MMY-MAP1606HT8P-C MMY-MAP1806HT8P-C MMY-MAP2006HT8P-C MMY-MAP2206HT8P-C

Transcription

1 FILE NO. M SERVICE MANUAL AIR-CDITIER (MULTI TYPE) <SUPER MODULAR MULTI SYSTEM - e> Outdoor Unit Model name: <Heat Pump Model> MMY-MAP0806HT8(J)P MMY-MAP006HT8(J)P MMY-MAP06HT8(J)P MMY-MAP06HT8(J)P MMY-MAP606HT8(J)P MMY-MAP806HT8(J)P MMY-MAP006HT8(J)P MMY-MAP06HT8(J)P MMY-MAP0806HT7(J)P MMY-MAP006HT7(J)P MMY-MAP06HT7(J)P MMY-MAP06HT7(J)P MMY-MAP606HT7(J)P MMY-MAP806HT7(J)P MMY-MAP006HT7(J)P MMY-MAP06HT7(J)P MMY-MAP0806HT8(J)P-ME MMY-MAP006HT8(J)P-ME MMY-MAP06HT8(J)P-ME MMY-MAP0A6HT8(J)P-ME MMY-MAPA6HT8(J)P-ME MMY-MAP06HT8(J)P-ME MMY-MAP606HT8(J)P-ME MMY-MAPA6HT8(J)P-ME MMY-MAP6A6HT8(J)P-ME MMY-MAP806HT8(J)P-ME MMY-MAP006HT8(J)P-ME MMY-MAP0806HT8(J)P-E MMY-MAP006HT8(J)P-E MMY-MAP06HT8(J)P-E MMY-MAP06HT8(J)P-E MMY-MAP606HT8(J)P-E MMY-MAP806HT8(J)P-E MMY-MAP006HT8(J)P-E MMY-MAP06HT8(J)P-E MMY-MAP0806HT8(J)P-TR MMY-MAP006HT8(J)P-TR MMY-MAP06HT8(J)P-TR MMY-MAP06HT8(J)P-TR MMY-MAP606HT8(J)P-TR MMY-MAP806HT8(J)P-TR MMY-MAP006HT8(J)P-TR MMY-MAP06HT8(J)P-TR MMY-MAP0806HT7P-ME MMY-MAP006HT7P-ME MMY-MAP06HT7P-ME MMY-MAP0A6HT7P-ME MMY-MAPA6HT7P-ME MMY-MAP06HT7P-ME MMY-MAP606HT7P-ME MMY-MAPA6HT7P-ME MMY-MAP6A6HT7P-ME MMY-MAP806HT7P-ME MMY-MAP006HT7P-ME MMY-MAP0806HT8P-A MMY-MAP006HT8P-A MMY-MAP06HT8P-A MMY-MAP06HT8P-A MMY-MAP606HT8P-A MMY-MAP806HT8P-A MMY-MAP006HT8P-A MMY-MAP606HT8P-C MMY-MAP806HT8P-C MMY-MAP006HT8P-C MMY-MAP06HT8P-C <Cooling Only Model> MMY-MAP0806T8(J)P-E MMY-MAP006T8(J)P-E MMY-MAP06T8(J)P-E MMY-MAP06T8(J)P-E MMY-MAP606T8(J)P-E MMY-MAP806T8(J)P-E MMY-MAP006T8(J)P-E MMY-MAP06T8(J)P-E MMY-MAP0806T8(J)P MMY-MAP006T8(J)P MMY-MAP06T8(J)P MMY-MAPB6T8(J)P MMY-MAP06T8(J)P MMY-MAP606T8(J)P MMY-MAP8B6T8(J)P MMY-MAP806T8(J)P MMY-MAP006T8(J)P MMY-MAP06T8(J)P MMY-MAP0806T7(J)P MMY-MAP006T7(J)P MMY-MAP06T7(J)P MMY-MAPB6T7(J)P MMY-MAP06T7(J)P MMY-MAP606T7(J)P MMY-MAP8B6T7(J)P MMY-MAP806T7(J)P MMY-MAP006T7(J)P MMY-MAP06T7(J)P MMY-MAP0806T8P-SG MMY-MAP006T8P-SG MMY-MAP06T8P-SG MMY-MAPB6T8P-SG MMY-MAP06T8P-SG MMY-MAP606T8P-SG MMY-MAP8B6T8P-SG MMY-MAP806T8P-SG MMY-MAP006T8P-SG MMY-MAP06T8P-SG MMY-MAP0806T8(J)P-ID MMY-MAP006T8(J)P-ID MMY-MAP06T8(J)P-ID MMY-MAPB6T8(J)P-ID MMY-MAP06T8(J)P-ID MMY-MAP606T8(J)P-ID MMY-MAP8B6T8(J)P-ID MMY-MAP806T8(J)P-ID MMY-MAP006T8(J)P-ID MMY-MAP06T8(J)P-ID MMY-MAP0806T8(J)P-T MMY-MAP006T8(J)P-T MMY-MAP06T8(J)P-T MMY-MAPB6T8(J)P-T MMY-MAP06T8(J)P-T MMY-MAP606T8(J)P-T MMY-MAP8B6T8(J)P-T MMY-MAP806T8(J)P-T MMY-MAP006T8(J)P-T MMY-MAP06T8(J)P-T

2 Contents SAFETY CAUTI Refrigerant (R0A) Wiring Diagrams Outdoor Unit Parts Rating Outdoor Unit (50Hz model: MMY-MAP***6*T8*P*) Outdoor Unit (60Hz model: MMY-MAP***6HT7*P) Outdoor Inverter (50/60Hz model: MMY-MAP***6*T8/7*P*) Parts Layout in Outdoor Unit Parts Layout in Inverter Assembly Outdoor (Inverter) Print Circuit Board Interface P.C. board (MCC-67) Inverter P.C. board for compressor (MCC-660) A-IPDU Inverter P.C. board for compressor (MCC-669) A-IPDU Inverter P.C. board for fan motor (MCC-659) FAN-IPDU ise Filer PC board (MCC-608 -A, -B) Refrigerant Piping Systematic Drawing Combined Refrigerant Piping System Schematic Diagrams rmal Operation (COOL Mode / DEFROST Mode) High Outside Air Temperature (Roughly 0 C or Above) rmal Operation (COOL Mode) - Low Outside Air Temperature (Roughly Below 0 C) rmal Operation (HEAT Mode) rmal Operation (HOT GAS DEFROST Mode) Emergency Operation (Cooling Operation under Header Outdoor Unit Backup Scenario) Emergency Operation (Heating Operation under Header Outdoor Unit Backup Scenario) Refrigerant Recovery from Failed Outdoor Unit (Pump-Down Operation under Follower Outdoor Unit Backup Scenario) Control Outline Applied Control and Functions Applied Control for Indoor Unit Control Specifications Optional Connector Specifications of Indoor P.C. Board Test Operation of Indoor Unit Method to Set Indoor Unit Function DN Code Applied Control of Indoor Unit Applied control for Outdoor Unit Outdoor Fan High Static Pressure Shift Priority Operation Mode Setting Applied Control of Outdoor Unit Power peak-cut Control (Standard) Power peak-cut Control (Extended) Snowfall Fan Control

3 6--7. External master / Control Night operation (sound reduction) Control Operation Mode Selection Control Error/Operation Output Compressor Operation Output Operating Rate Output TEST OPERATI Procedure and Summary of Test Operation Check Items before Test Operation (before powering-on) Check at Main Power-on Address Setup Precautions Address Setup and Check Procedure Address Setup Procedure Check after Address Setup when Central Control System Is Connected Troubleshooting in Test Operation A Check Code is Displayed on the Remote Controller Operation from the indoor remote controller is not accepted, and a check code is displayed on the 7-segment display of the interface PC board of the header unit There is no display of a check code on the 7-segment display on the interface PC board of the header unit, although there is indoor unit that is not accepting operation from the indoor remote controller In checking the number of connected outdoor units and connected indoor units after address setup, a lower number of connected units is displayed. (There are outdoor/indoor units that do not operate in a test operation.) Test Operation Check Fan Check Single cooling/single heating Test Operation Check Service Support Function Check Function for Connecting of Refrigerant and Control Lines Function to Start/Stop (/) Indoor Unit from Outdoor Unit Check Code Clearing Function Remote Controller Distinction Function Pulse Motor Valve (PMV) Forced Open/Close Function in Indoor Unit Pulse Motor Valve (PMV) Forced Open Fully/Close fully Function in Outdoor Unit Solenoid Valve Forced Open/Close Function in Outdoor Unit Fan Operation Check in Outdoor Unit Abnormal Outdoor Unit Discrimination Method By Fan Operating Function Manual Adjustment Function of Outside Temperature (TO) Sensor Refrigerant leakage detection Monitor Function of Remote Controller Switch SMMS WAVE TOOL FOR SMARTPHE Prohibition/Permission of the NFC Setting Confirmation for the generation of the error of the NFC DRED (Demand response enabling device)

4 8 TROUBLESHOOTING Overview Troubleshooting Method Troubleshooting Based on Information Displayed on Remote Controller Check Codes Displayed on Remote Controller and SMMS-e Outdoor Unit (7-Segment Display on I/F Board) and Locations to Be Checked Diagnosis procedure for each check code Segment Display Function Oil Level Judgment Display SMMS-e Outdoor Interface P.C. Board Function Setting Exchange Table Leakage/Clogging of Refrigerating Cycle Circuit Sensor Characteristics Pressure Sensor Output Check BACKUP OPERATI (EMERGENCY OPERATI) te for Backup Operation Compressor Backup Operation Setting Outdoor Unit Backup Operation Setting Follower outdoor unit backup operation setting (failure of follower outdoor unit) Header outdoor unit backup operation setting (failure of header outdoor unit) Cooling-Season Outdoor Unit Backup Operation Setting OUTDOOR UNIT REFRIGERANT RECOVERY METHOD Refrigerant Recovery from Failed Outdoor Unit (Pump-Down) te for refrigerant recovery operation Refrigerant recovery procedure A (Case of no outdoor unit backup operation setting) Refrigerant recovery procedure B (Case of outdoor unit backup operation setting) How to Operate System While Failed Outdoor Unit Being Repaired Work procedure after Repair REPLACING COMPRESSORS Compressor Replacement Procedure (Outline) Replacement of Compressors Check Procedure to Search Cause of Compressor Oil Shortage OUTDOOR UNIT PARTS REPLACEMENT METHODS P.C. BOARD EXCHANGE PROCEDURES Replacement of Outdoor P.C. Boards List of service P.C. boards Configuration of inverter assembly Interface P.C. Board (MCC-67) Replacement Procedure Comp-IPDU P.C. Board (MCC-669) Replacement Procedure Comp-IPDU P.C. Board (MCC-669) Replacement Procedure Comp-IPDU P.C. Board (MCC-660) Replacement Procedure Fan-IPDU P.C. Board (MCC-659) Replacement Procedure ise Filter P.C. Board (MCC-608A, B) Replacement Procedure ise Filter P.C. Board (MCC-608A, B) Replacement Procedure ise Filter P.C. Board (MCC-608A, B) Replacement Procedure EXPLODED DIAGRAM/PARTS LIST

5 This service manual provides relevant explanations about new outdoor unit (SMMS-e). Please refer to the following service manuals for each indoor units. M File. <-way Cassette Type> (MMU-AP***HP-E) (Made in Thailand model) M-0 (MMU-AP***HY-C) (Made in China model) A0-0 (MMU-AP***H-C) (Made in Japan model) A-008- <-way Cassette Type> (MMU-AP****WH) (MMU-AP***WH-C) (Made in Japan model) A0-007 A-008- <Concealed Duct Standard Type> (MMD-AP****BHP*) (Made in Thailand model) M-069 (MMD-AP***6BHY-C) (Made in China model) A0-5 (MMD-AP***BH-C) (Made in Japan model) A-008- <Slim Duct Type> (MMD-APSPH-E, AP7SPH-E) A-005 (MMD-AP***6M(P)HY-C) (Made in China model) A0-0 (MMD-AP***S(P)H-C) (Made in Japan model) A-008- <Concealed Duct High Static Pressure Type> (MMD-AP***6HP*) (Made in Thailand model) M-50 (MMD-AP***H-C) (Made in Japan model) A-008- <High-wall Compact Type> (MMK-AP****MH-E) (Made in Thailand model) M <High-wall Type> (MMK-AP****H*) (Made in Thailand model) M <Ceiling Type> (MMC-AP***7HP*) (Made in Thailand model) M-085 (MMC-AP***H-C) (Made in Japan model) A-008- <Floor Standing Type> (MMF-AP***6H*) (MMF-AP***H-C) (Made in Japan model) A0-0 A-008- Console Type (MML-AP****NH-E) (Made in Thailand model) M-0 (MML-AP***NH-C) (Made in Thailand model) M-06 <Air to Air Heat Exchanger with DX Coil Unit Type> (MMD-VN****HEXE*) A0-0 <Fresh Air Intake Indoor Unit Type> (MMD-AP****HFE) A06-06 <HOT WATER MODULE> (MMW-AP****LQ-E) A0- <Other indoor units> (MM*-AP****H*) (MM*-AP****H-C) (Made in Japan model) A0-0 A-008-

6 SAFETY CAUTI Please read carefully through these instructions that contain important information which complies with the Machinery Directive (Directive 006//EC), and ensure that you understand them. Some of the details provided in these instructions differ from the service manual, and the instructions provided here take precedence. Generic Denomination: Air Conditioner Definition of Qualified Installer or Qualified Service Person The air conditioner must be installed, maintained, repaired and removed by a qualified installer or qualified service person. When any of these jobs is to be done, ask a qualified installer or qualified service person to do them for you. A qualified installer or qualified service person is an agent who has the qualifications and knowledge described in the table below. Agent Qualified installer Qualified service person Qualifications and knowledge which the agent must have The qualified installer is a person who installs, maintains, relocates and removes the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation. He or she has been trained to install, maintain, relocate and remove the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation or, alternatively, he or she has been instructed in such operations by an individual or individuals who have been trained and is thus thoroughly acquainted with the knowledge related to these operations. The qualified installer who is allowed to do the electrical work involved in installation, relocation and removal has the qualifications pertaining to this electrical work as stipulated by the local laws and regulations, and he or she is a person who has been trained in matters relating to electrical work on the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation or, alternatively, he or she has been instructed in such matters by an individual or individuals who have been trained and is thus thoroughly acquainted with the knowledge related to this work. The qualified installer who is allowed to do the refrigerant handling and piping work involved in installation, relocation and removal has the qualifications pertaining to this refrigerant handling and piping work as stipulated by the local laws and regulations, and he or she is a person who has been trained in matters relating to refrigerant handling and piping work on the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation or, alternatively, he or she has been instructed in such matters by an individual or individuals who have been trained and is thus thoroughly acquainted with the knowledge related to this work. The qualified installer who is allowed to work at heights has been trained in matters relating to working at heights with the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation or, alternatively, he or she has been instructed in such matters by an individual or individuals who have been trained and is thus thoroughly acquainted with the knowledge related to this work. The qualified service person is a person who installs, repairs, maintains, relocates and removes the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation. He or she has been trained to install, repair, maintain, relocate and remove the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation or, alternatively, he or she has been instructed in such operations by an individual or individuals who have been trained and is thus thoroughly acquainted with the knowledge related to these operations. The qualified service person who is allowed to do the electrical work involved in installation, repair, relocation and removal has the qualifications pertaining to this electrical work as stipulated by the local laws and regulations, and he or she is a person who has been trained in matters relating to electrical work on the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation or, alternatively, he or she has been instructed in such matters by an individual or individuals who have been trained and is thus thoroughly acquainted with the knowledge related to this work. The qualified service person who is allowed to do the refrigerant handling and piping work involved in installation, repair, relocation and removal has the qualifications pertaining to this refrigerant handling and piping work as stipulated by the local laws and regulations, and he or she is a person who has been trained in matters relating to refrigerant handling and piping work on the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation or, alternatively, he or she has been instructed in such matters by an individual or individuals who have been trained and is thus thoroughly acquainted with the knowledge related to this work. The qualified service person who is allowed to work at heights has been trained in matters relating to working at heights with the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation or, alternatively, he or she has been instructed in such matters by an individual or individuals who have been trained and is thus thoroughly acquainted with the knowledge related to this work. 5

7 Definition of Protective Gear When the air conditioner is to be transported, installed, maintained, repaired or removed, wear protective gloves and safety work clothing. In addition to such normal protective gear, wear the protective gear described below when undertaking the special work detailed in the table below. Failure to wear the proper protective gear is dangerous because you will be more susceptible to injury, burns, electric shocks and other injuries. Work undertaken All types of work Electrical-related work Work at heights (50 cm or more) Transportation of heavy objects Repair of outdoor unit Protective gear to wear Protective gloves Safety working clothing Gloves to provide protection for electricians and from heat Insulating shoes Clothing to provide protection from electric shock Helmets for use in industry Shoes with additional protective toe cap Gloves to provide protection for electricians and from heat The important contents concerned to the safety are described on the product itself and on this Service Manual. Please read this Service Manual after understanding the described items thoroughly in the following contents (Indications / Illustrated marks), and keep them. [Explanation of indications] Indication DANGER WARNING CAUTI Explanation Indicates contents assumed that an imminent danger causing a death or serious injury of the repair engineers and the third parties when an incorrect work has been executed. Indicates possibilities assumed that a danger causing a death or serious injury of the repair engineers, the third parties, and the users due to troubles of the product after work when an incorrect work has been executed. Indicates contents assumed that an injury or property damage (*) may be caused on the repair engineers, the third parties, and the users due to troubles of the product after work when an incorrect work has been executed. * Property damage: Enlarged damage concerned to property, furniture, and domestic animal / pet [Explanation of illustrated marks] Indication Explanation Indicates prohibited items (Forbidden items to do) The sentences near an illustrated mark describe the concrete prohibited contents. Indicates mandatory items (Compulsory items to do) The sentences near an illustrated mark describe the concrete mandatory contents. Indicates cautions (Including danger / warning) The sentences or illustration near or in an illustrated mark describe the concrete cautious contents. 6

8 Warning Indications on the Air Conditioner Unit [Confirmation of warning label on the main unit] Confirm that labels are indicated on the specified positions If removing the label during parts replace, stick it as the original. Warning indication Description WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Disconnect all remote electric power supplies before servicing. WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Disconnect all remote electric power supplies before servicing. WARNING Moving parts. Do not operate unit with grille removed. Stop the unit before the servicing. WARNING Moving parts. Do not operate unit with grille removed. Stop the unit before the servicing. CAUTI High temperature parts. You might get burned when removing this panel. CAUTI High temperature parts. You might get burned when removing this panel. CAUTI Do not touch the aluminium fins of the unit. Doing so may result in injury. CAUTI Do not touch the aluminium fins of the unit. Doing so may result in injury. CAUTI BURST HAZARD Open the service valves before the operation, otherwise there might be the burst. CAUTI BURST HAZARD Open the service valves before the operation, otherwise there might be the burst. CAUTI Do not climb onto the fan guard. Doing so may result in injury. CAUTI Do not climb onto the fan guard. Doing so may result in injury. 7

9 PRECAUTIS FOR SAFETY The manufacturer shall not assume any liability for the damage caused by not observing the description of this manual. DANGER Turn off breaker Before carrying out the installation, maintenance, repair or removal work, be sure to set the circuit breaker for both the indoor and outdoor units to the position. Otherwise, electric shocks may result. Before opening the intake grille of the indoor unit or service panel of the outdoor unit, set the circuit breaker to the position. Failure to set the circuit breaker to the position may result in electric shocks through contact with the interior parts. Only a qualified installer (*) or qualified service person (*) is allowed to remove the intake grille of the indoor unit or service panel of the outdoor unit and do the work required. Before starting to repair the outdoor unit fan or fan guard, be absolutely sure to set the circuit breaker to the position, and place a Work in progress sign on the circuit breaker. When cleaning the filter or other parts of the indoor unit, set the circuit breaker to without fail, and place a Work in progress sign near the circuit breaker before proceeding with the work. When you have noticed that some kind of trouble (such as when an error display has appeared, there is a smell of burning, abnormal sounds are heard, the air conditioner fails to cool or heat or water is leaking) has occurred in the air conditioner, do not touch the air conditioner yourself but set the circuit breaker to the position, and contact a qualified service person. Take steps to ensure that the power will not be turned on (by marking out of service near the circuit breaker, for instance) until qualified service person arrives. Continuing to use the air conditioner in the trouble status may cause mechanical problems to escalate or result in electric shocks or other failure. Electric shock hazard Prohibition Stay on protection When you access inside of the service panel to repair electric parts, wait for about five minutes after turning off the breaker. Do not start repairing immediately.otherwise you may get electric shock by touching terminals of high-voltage capacitors. Natural discharge of the capacitor takes about five minutes. Place a Work in progress sign near the circuit breaker while the installation, maintenance, repair or removal work is being carried out. There is a danger of electric shocks if the circuit breaker is set to by mistake. Before operating the air conditioner after having completed the work, check that the electrical parts box cover of the indoor unit and service panel of the outdoor unit are closed, and set the circuit breaker to the position. You may receive an electric shock if the power is turned on without first conducting these checks. If, in the course of carrying out repairs, it becomes absolutely necessary to check out the electrical parts with the electrical parts box cover of one or more of the indoor units and the service panel of the outdoor unit removed in order to find out exactly where the trouble lies, wear insulated heat-resistant gloves, insulated boots and insulated work overalls, and take care to avoid touching any live parts. You may receive an electric shock if you fail to heed this warning. Only qualified service person (*) is allowed to do this kind of work. 8

10 WARNING General Before starting to repair the air conditioner, read carefully through the Service Manual, and repair the air conditioner by following its instructions. Only qualified service person (*) is allowed to repair the air conditioner. Repair of the air conditioner by unqualified person may give rise to a fire, electric shocks, injury, water leaks and / or other problems. Do not use any refrigerant different from the one specified for complement or replacement. Otherwise, abnormally high pressure may be generated in the refrigeration cycle, which may result in a failure or explosion of the product or an injury to your body. Only a qualified installer (*) or qualified service person (*) is allowed to carry out the electrical work of the air conditioner. Under no circumstances must this work be done by an unqualified individual since failure to carry out the work properly may result in electric shocks and / or electrical leaks. When transporting the air conditioner, wear shoes with protective toe caps, protective gloves and other protective clothing. Wear protective gloves and safety work clothing during installation, servicing and removal. When connecting the electrical wires, repairing the electrical parts or undertaking other electrical jobs, wear gloves to provide protection for electricians and from heat, insulating shoes and clothing to provide protection from electric shocks. Failure to wear this protective gear may result in electric shocks. Electrical wiring work shall be conducted according to law and regulation in the community and installation manual. Failure to do so may result in electrocution or short circuit. Only a qualified installer (*) or qualified service person (*) is allowed to undertake work at heights using a stand of 50 cm or more or to remove the intake grille of the indoor unit to undertake work. When working at heights, use a ladder which complies with the ISO standard, and follow the procedure in the ladder s instructions. Also wear a helmet for use in industry as protective gear to undertake the work. When working at heights, put a sign in place so that no-one will approach the work location, before proceeding with the work. Parts and other objects may fall from above, possibly injuring a person below. When executing address setting, test run, or troubleshooting through the checking window on the electric parts box, put on insulated gloves to provide protection from electric shock. Otherwise you may receive an electric shock. Do not touch the aluminum fin of the outdoor unit. You may injure yourself if you do so. If the fin must be touched for some reason, first put on protective gloves and safety work clothing, and then proceed. Do not climb onto or place objects on top of the outdoor unit. You may fall or the objects may fall off of the outdoor unit and result in injury. When transporting the air conditioner, wear shoes with additional protective toe caps. When transporting the air conditioner, do not take hold of the bands around the packing carton. You may injure yourself if the bands should break. Be sure that a heavy unit (0 kg or heavier) such as a compressor is carried by two persons. This air conditioner has passed the pressure test as specified in IEC Annex EE. Check earth wires. Before troubleshooting or repair work, check the earth wire is connected to the earth terminals of the main unit, otherwise an electric shock is caused when a leak occurs. If the earth wire is not correctly connected, contact an electric engineer for rework. After completing the repair or relocation work, check that the ground wires are connected properly. Be sure to connect earth wire. (Grounding work) Incomplete grounding causes an electric shock. Do not connect ground wires to gas pipes, water pipes, and lightning rods or ground wires for telephone wires. Prohibition of modification. Use specified parts. Do not modify the products. Do not also disassemble or modify the parts. It may cause a fire, electric shock or injury. When any of the electrical parts are to be replaced, ensure that the replacement parts satisfy the specifications given in the Service Manual (or use the parts contained on the parts list in the Service Manual). Use of any parts which do not satisfy the required specifications may give rise to electric shocks, smoking and / or a fire. 9

11 Do not bring a child close to the equipment. If, in the course of carrying out repairs, it becomes absolutely necessary to check out the electrical parts with the electrical parts box cover of one or more of the indoor units and the service panel of the outdoor unit removed in order to find out exactly where the trouble lies, put a sign in place so that noone will approach the work location before proceeding with the work. Third-party individuals may enter the work site and receive electric shocks if this warning is not heeded. Insulating measures fire Refrigerant Connect the cut-off lead wires with crimp contact, etc., put the closed end side upward and then apply a watercut method, otherwise a leak or production of fire is caused at the users side. When performing repairs using a gas burner, replace the refrigerant with nitrogen gas because the oil that coats the pipes may otherwise burn. When repairing the refrigerating cycle, take the following measures. ) Be attentive to fire around the cycle. When using a gas stove, etc., be sure to put out fire before work; otherwise the oil mixed with refrigerant gas may catch fire. ) Do not use a welder in the closed room. When using it without ventilation, carbon monoxide poisoning may be caused. ) Do not bring inflammables close to the refrigerant cycle, otherwise fire of the welder may catch the inflammables. The refrigerant used by this air conditioner is the R0A. Check the used refrigerant name and use tools and materials of the parts which match with it. For the products which use R0A refrigerant, the refrigerant name is indicated at a position on the outdoor unit where is easy to see. To prevent miss-charging, the route of the service port is changed from one of the former R. For an air conditioner which uses R0A, never use other refrigerant than R0A. For an air conditioner which uses other refrigerant (R, etc.), never use R0A. If different types of refrigerant are mixed, abnormal high pressure generates in the refrigerating cycle and an injury due to breakage may be caused. When the air conditioner has been installed or relocated, follow the instructions in the Installation Manual and purge the air completely so that no gases other than the refrigerant will be mixed in the refrigerating cycle. Failure to purge the air completely may cause the air conditioner to malfunction. Do not charge refrigerant additionally. If charging refrigerant additionally when refrigerant gas leaks, the refrigerant composition in the refrigerating cycle changes resulted in change of air conditioner characteristics or refrigerant over the specified standard amount is charged and an abnormal high pressure is applied to the inside of the refrigerating cycle resulted in cause of breakage or injury. Therefore if the refrigerant gas leaks, recover the refrigerant in the air conditioner, execute vacuuming, and then newly recharge the specified amount of liquid refrigerant. In this time, never charge the refrigerant over the specified amount. When recharging the refrigerant in the refrigerating cycle, do not mix the refrigerant or air other than R0A into the specified refrigerant. If air or others is mixed with the refrigerant, abnormal high pressure generates in the refrigerating cycle resulted in cause of injury due to breakage. Install the refrigerant pipe securely during the installation work before operating the air conditioner. If the compressor is operated with the valve open and without refrigerant pipe, the compressor sucks air and the refrigeration cycles is over pressurized, which may cause injury. After the installation work, confirm that refrigerant gas does not leak. If refrigerant gas leaks into the room and flows near a fire source, such as a cooking range, noxious gas may be generated. Never recover the refrigerant into the outdoor unit. When the equipment is moved or repaired, be sure to recover the refrigerant with recovering device. The refrigerant cannot be recovered in the outdoor unit; otherwise a serious accident such as breakage or injury is caused. Assembly / Wiring After repair work, surely assemble the disassembled parts, and connect and lead the removed wires as before. Perform the work so that the cabinet or panel does not catch the inner wires. If incorrect assembly or incorrect wire connection was done, a disaster such as a leak or fire is caused at user s side. Insulator check After the work has finished, be sure to use an insulation tester set (500 V Megger) to check the resistance is MΩ or more between the charge section and the non-charge metal section (Earth position). If the resistance value is low, a disaster such as a leak or electric shock is caused at user s side. 0

12 Ventilation Compulsion Check after repair Do not operate the unit with the valve closed. Check after reinstallation Cooling check When the refrigerant gas leaks during work, execute ventilation. If the refrigerant gas touches to a fire, poisonous gas generates. A case of leakage of the refrigerant and the closed room full with gas is dangerous because a shortage of oxygen occurs. Be sure to execute ventilation. When the refrigerant gas leaks, find up the leaked position and repair it surely. If the leaked position cannot be found up and the repair work is interrupted, pump-down and tighten the service valve, otherwise the refrigerant gas may leak into the room. The poisonous gas generates when gas touches to fire such as fan heater, stove or cocking stove though the refrigerant gas itself is innocuous. When installing equipment which includes a large amount of charged refrigerant such as a multi air conditioner in a sub-room, it is necessary that the density does not the limit even if the refrigerant leaks. If the refrigerant leaks and exceeds the limit density, an accident of shortage of oxygen is caused. Tighten the flare nut with a torque wrench in the specified manner. Excessive tighten of the flare nut may cause a crack in the flare nut after a long period, which may result in refrigerant leakage. Nitrogen gas must be used for the airtight test. The charge hose must be connected in such a way that it is not slack. For the installation / moving / reinstallation work, follow to the Installation Manual. If an incorrect installation is done, a trouble of the refrigerating cycle, water leak, electric shock or fire is caused. Once the repair work has been completed, check for refrigerant leaks, and check the insulation resistance and water drainage. Then perform a trial run to check that the air conditioner is running properly. After repair work has finished, check there is no trouble. If check is not executed, a fire, electric shock or injury may be caused. For a check, turn off the power breaker. After repair work (installation of front panel and cabinet) has finished, execute a test run to check there is no generation of smoke or abnormal sound. If check is not executed, a fire or an electric shock is caused. Before test run, install the front panel and cabinet. Be sure to fix the screws back which have been removed for installation or other purposes. Check the following matters before a test run after repairing piping. Connect the pipes surely and there is no leak of refrigerant. The valve is opened. Running the compressor under condition that the valve closes causes an abnormal high pressure resulted in damage of the parts of the compressor and etc. and moreover if there is leak of refrigerant at connecting section of pipes, the air is sucked and causes further abnormal high pressure resulted in burst or injury. Only a qualified installer (*) or qualified service person (*) is allowed to relocate the air conditioner. It is dangerous for the air conditioner to be relocated by an unqualified individual since a fire, electric shocks, injury, water leakage, noise and / or vibration may result. Check the following items after reinstallation. ) The earth wire is correctly connected. ) The power cord is not caught in the product. ) There is no inclination or unsteadiness and the installation is stable. If check is not executed, a fire, an electric shock or an injury is caused. When carrying out the pump-down work shut down the compressor before disconnecting the refrigerant pipe. Disconnecting the refrigerant pipe with the service valve left open and the compressor still operating will cause air or other gas to be sucked in, raising the pressure inside the refrigeration cycle to an abnormally high level, and possibly resulting in rupture, injury or other trouble. When the service panel of the outdoor unit is to be opened in order for the compressor or the area around this part to be repaired immediately after the air conditioner has been shut down, set the circuit breaker to the position, and then wait at least 0 minutes before opening the service panel. If you fail to heed this warning, you will run the risk of burning yourself because the compressor pipes and other parts will be very hot to the touch. In addition, before proceeding with the repair work, wear the kind of insulated heat-resistant gloves designed to protect electricians. Take care not to get burned by compressor pipes or other parts when checking the cooling cycle while running the unit as they get heated while running. Be sure to put on gloves providing protection for electric shock and heat. When the service panel of the outdoor unit is to be opened in order for the fan motor, reactor, inverter or the areas around these parts to be repaired immediately after the air conditioner has been shut down, set the circuit breaker to the position, and then wait at least 0 minutes before opening the service panel. If you fail to heed this warning, you will run the risk of burning yourself because the fan motor, reactor, inverter heat sink and other parts will be very hot to the touch. In addition, before proceeding with the repair work, wear the kind of insulated heat-resistant gloves designed to protect electricians.

13 Installation Only a qualified installer (*) or qualified service person (*) is allowed to install the air conditioner. If the air conditioner is installed by an unqualified individual, a fire, electric shocks, injury, water leakage, noise and/or vibration may result. Before starting to install the air conditioner, read carefully through the Installation Manual, and follow its instructions to install the air conditioner. Be sure to use the company-specified products for the separately purchased parts. Use of nonspecified products may result in fire, electric shock, water leakage or other failure. Have the installation performed by a qualified installer. Use wiring that meets the specifications in the Installation Manual and the stipulations in the local regulations and laws. Use of wiring which does not meet the specifications may give rise to electric shocks, electrical leakage, smoking and/or a fire. Do not supply power from the power terminal block equipped on the outdoor unit to another outdoor unit. Capacity overflow may occur on the terminal block and may result in fire. Do not install the air conditioner in a location that may be subject to a risk of expire to a combustible gas. If a combustible gas leaks and becomes concentrated around the unit, a fire may occur. If refrigerant gas has leaked during the installation work, ventilate the room immediately. If the leaked refrigerant gas comes in contact with fire, noxious gas may be generated. Install a circuit breaker that meets the specifications in the installation manual and the stipulations in the local regulations and laws. Install the circuit breaker where it can be easily accessed by the qualified service person (*). If you install the unit in a small room, take appropriate measures to prevent the refrigerant from exceeding the limit concentration even if it leaks. Consult the dealer from whom you purchased the air conditioner when you implement the measures. Accumulation of highly concentrated refrigerant may cause an oxygen deficiency accident. Do not place any combustion appliance in a place where it is directly exposed to the wind of air conditioner, otherwise it may cause imperfect combustion. Explanations given to user If you have discovered that the fan grille is damaged, do not approach the outdoor unit but set the circuit breaker to the position, and contact a qualified service person to have the repairs done. Do not set the circuit breaker to the position until the repairs are completed. Relocation Only a qualified installer (*) or qualified service person (*) is allowed to relocate the air conditioner. It is dangerous for the air conditioner to be relocated by an unqualified individual since a fire, electric shocks, injury, water leakage, noise and / or vibration may result. When carrying out the pump-down work shut down the compressor before disconnecting the refrigerant pipe. Disconnecting the refrigerant pipe with the service valve left open and the compressor still operating will cause air, etc. to be sucked in, raising the pressure inside the refrigeration cycle to an abnormally high level, and possibly resulting in reputing, injury, etc. (*) Refer to the Definition of Qualified Installer or Qualified Service Person

14 Manufacturer: Declaration of Conformity TOSHIBA CARRIER (THAILAND) CO., LTD. / 9 Moo 5, Bangkadi Industrial Park, Tivanon Road, Amphur Muang, Pathumthani 000, Thailand Authorized Representative / Nick Ball TCF holder: Toshiba EMEA Engineering Director Toshiba Carrier UK Ltd. Porsham Close, Belliver Industrial Estate, PLYMOUTH, Devon, PL6 7DB. United Kingdom Hereby declares that the machinery described below: Generic Denomination: Model / type: Air Conditioner Outdoor unit <Heat Pump Model> MMY-MAP0806HT8(J)P-E, MMY-MAP006HT8(J)P-E, MMY-MAP06HT8(J)P-E, MMY-MAP06HT8(J)P-E, MMY-MAP606HT8(J)P-E, MMY-MAP806HT8(J)P-E, MMY-MAP006HT8(J)P-E, MMY-MAP06HT8(J)P-E MMY-MAP0806HT8(J)P-TR, MMY-MAP006HT8(J)P-TR, MMY-MAP06HT8(J)P-TR, MMY-MAP06HT8(J)P-TR, MMY-MAP606HT8(J)P-TR, MMY-MAP806HT8(J)P-TR, MMY-MAP006HT8(J)P-TR, MMY-MAP06HT8(J)P-TR <Cooling Only Model> MMY-MAP0806T8(J)P-E, MMY-MAP006T8(J)P-E, MMY-MAP06T8(J)P-E, MMY-MAP06T8(J)P-E, MMY-MAP606T8(J)P-E, MMY-MAP806T8(J)P-E, MMY-MAP006T8(J)P-E, MMY-MAP06T8(J)P-E Commercial name: Super Modular Multi System Air Conditioner Complies with the provisions of the Machinery Directive (Directive 006//EC) and the regulations transposing into national law Complies with the provisions of the following harmonized standard: EN 78-: 008+A:0 NOTE This declaration becomes invalid if technical or operational modifications are introduced without the manufacturer s consent.

15 Specifications Model MMY-MAP0806HT8(J)P MMY-MAP0806HT7(J)P MMY-MAP0806HT8(J)PME MMY-MAP0806HT7P-ME MMY-MAP0806HT8P-A MMY-MAP006HT8(J)P MMY-MAP006HT7(J)P MMY-MAP006HT8(J)PME MMY-MAP006HT7P-ME MMY-MAP006HT8P-A MMY-MAP06HT8(J)P MMY-MAP06HT7(J)P MMY-MAP06HT8(J)PME MMY-MAP06HT7P-ME MMY-MAP06HT8P-A MMY-MAP0A6HT8(J)P-ME MMY-MAP0A6HT7P-ME MMY-MAPA6HT8(J)P-ME MMY-MAPA6HT7P-ME MMY-MAP06HT8(J)P MMY-MAP06HT7(J)P MMY-MAP06HT8(J)PME MMY-MAP06HT7P-ME MMY-MAP06HT8P-A MMY-MAP606HT8(J)P MMY-MAP606HT7(J)P MMY-MAP606HT8(J)PME MMY-MAP606HT7P-ME MMY-MAP606HT8P-A MMY-MAP606HT8P-C MMY-MAPA6HT8(J)P-ME MMY-MAPA6HT7P-ME MMY-MAP6A6HT8(J)P-ME MMY-MAP6A6HT7P-ME MMY-MAP806HT8(J)P MMY-MAP806HT7(J)P MMY-MAP806HT8(J)PME MMY-MAP806HT7P-ME MMY-MAP806HT8P-A MMY-MAP806HT8P-C MMY-MAP006HT8(J)P MMY-MAP006HT7(J)P MMY-MAP006HT8(J)PME MMY-MAP006HT7P-ME MMY-MAP006HT8P-A MMY-MAP006HT8P-C MMY-MAP06HT8(J)P MMY-MAP06HT7(J)P MMY-MAP06HT8P-C Sound power level (dba) Cooling Heating Weight (kg)

16 Specifications Model Sound power level (dba) Cooling Heating Weight (kg) MMY-MAP0806HT8(J)P-E MMY-MAP0806HT8(J)P-TR 7 7 MMY-MAP0806T8(J)P-E - MMY-MAP006HT8(J)P-E MMY-MAP006HT8(J)P-TR 7 7 MMY-MAP006T8(J)P-E - MMY-MAP06HT8(J)P-E MMY-MAP06HT8(J)P-TR 80 8 MMY-MAP06T8(J)P-E - MMY-MAP06HT8(J)P-E MMY-MAP06HT8(J)P-TR 80 MMY-MAP06T8(J)P-E MMY-MAP606HT8(J)P-E MMY-MAP606HT8(J)P-TR MMY-MAP606T8(J)P-E - 99 MMY-MAP806HT8(J)P-E MMY-MAP806HT8(J)P-TR MMY-MAP806T8(J)P-E - 70 MMY-MAP006HT8(J)P-E MMY-MAP006HT8(J)P-TR 8 MMY-MAP006T8(J)P-E MMY-MAP06HT8(J)P-E MMY-MAP06HT8(J)P-TR MMY-MAP06T8(J)P-E

17 Specifications Model Sound power level (dba) Weight (kg) MMY-MAP0806T8(J)P MMY-MAP0806T7(J)P MMY-MAP0806T8P-SG 7 0 MMY-MAP0806T8(J)P-ID MMY-MAP0806T8(J)P-T MMY-MAP006T8(J)P MMY-MAP006T7(J)P MMY-MAP006T8P-SG 7 0 MMY-MAP006T8(J)P-ID MMY-MAP006T8(J)P-T MMY-MAP06T8(J)P MMY-MAP06T7(J)P MMY-MAP06T8P-SG 80 0 MMY-MAP06T8(J)P-ID MMY-MAP06T8(J)P-T MMY-MAPB6T8(J)P MMY-MAPB6T7(J)P MMY-MAPB6T8P-SG 80 0 MMY-MAPB6T8(J)P-ID MMY-MAPB6T8(J)P-T MMY-MAP06T8(J)P MMY-MAP06T7(J)P MMY-MAP06T8P-SG MMY-MAP06T8(J)P-ID MMY-MAP06T8(J)P-T MMY-MAP606T8(J)P MMY-MAP606T7(J)P MMY-MAP606T8P-SG 8 98 MMY-MAP606T8(J)P-ID MMY-MAP606T8(J)P-T MMY-MAP8B6T8(J)P MMY-MAP8B6T7(J)P MMY-MAP8B6T8P-SG 8 98 MMY-MAP8B6T8(J)P-ID MMY-MAP8B6T8(J)P-T MMY-MAP806T8(J)P MMY-MAP806T7(J)P MMY-MAP806T8P-SG 8 69 MMY-MAP806T8(J)P-ID MMY-MAP806T8(J)P-T MMY-MAP006T8(J)P MMY-MAP006T7(J)P MMY-MAP006T8P-SG 8 69 MMY-MAP006T8(J)P-ID MMY-MAP006T8(J)P-T MMY-MAP06T8(J)P MMY-MAP06T7(J)P MMY-MAP06T8P-SG 8 69 MMY-MAP06T8(J)P-ID MMY-MAP06T8(J)P-T 6

18 CARRYING IN THE OUTDOOR UNIT CAUTI Handle the outdoor unit carefully, observing the following items. When using a forklift or other machinery for loading/unloading in transportation, insert the fork of the forklift into the rectangular holes for handling as shown below. When lifting up the unit, insert a rope able to bear the unit s weight into the rectangular holes for handling, and tie the unit from sides. (Apply padding in positions where the rope comes into contact with the outdoor unit so that no damage is caused to the outer surface of the outdoor unit.) (There are reinforcing plates on the side surfaces, so the rope cannot be passed through.) GOOD NO GOOD NO GOOD Plaster board Rope Rectangular holes for handling Plaster board Side Rectangular holes for lifting NO GOOD Front /Back GOOD Fork of the forklift 7 Reinforcing plate

19 Weight centre C. Anchor bolt position 755 Y Anchor bolt position 755 Y X X Z Z X (Unit : mm). Model type MMY-MAP0806(H)T (J)P MMY-MAP006(H)T (J)P A MMY-MAP06(H)T (J)P MMY-MAPB6T (J)P MMY-MAP0A6HT (J)P-ME MMY-MAPA6HT (J)P-ME B MMY-MAP06(H)T (J)P MMY-MAP606(H)T (J)P MMY-MAP8B6T (J)P MMY-MAPA6HT (J)P-ME MMY-MAP6A6HT (J)P-ME C MMY-MAP806(H)T (J)P MMY-MAP006(H)T (J)P MMY-MAP06(H)T (J)P X (mm) Y (mm) Z (mm) Anchor bolt position 0 Anchor bolt position Y Anchor bolt position 700 Z B. Anchor bolt position A.

20 SELECTI OF PIPE SIZE Coupling size of brazed pipe Connected section External size Internal size K G ØC ØF Standard outer dia. of connected copper pipe External size Connected section Internal size Standard outer dia. (Allowable difference) Min. depth of insertion C F K G Oval value (Unit: mm) Min. thickness of coupling (±0.0) 6.5 ( ) or less (±0.0) 9.6 ( ) or less (±0.0).8 ( ) or less (±0.0) 6.00 ( ) or less (±0.0) 9.9 ( ) or less (±0.0).6 ( ) or less (±0.0) 8.75 ( ) 0.0 or less (±0.0) 5. ( ) 0.5 or less (±0.05) 8. ( ) or less (±0.05).50 ( ) or less Screw size and tightening torque Power supply Earth screw terminal Communication wire terminal Screw size M6 M8 M Tightening torque (N m).5 to to 6.6. to. 9

21 Adding refrigerant After finishing vacuuming, exchange the vacuum pump with a refrigerant canister and start additional charging of refrigerant. Calculation of additional refrigerant charge amount Refrigerant charge amount at shipment from the factory does not include the refrigerant for pipes at the local site. For refrigerant to be charged in pipes at the local site, calculate the amount and charge it additionally. NOTE If the additional refrigerant amount indicates minus as the result of calculation, use the air conditioner without additional refrigerant. Outdoor unit type amount (kg) Cooling only model Outdoor unit type amount (kg) MAP080 MAP00 MAP0 MAP0A MAPA MAP0 MAP60 MAPA MAP6A MAP80 MAP00 MAP0.5 MAP080 MAP00 MAP0 MAP MAP 0 MAP 0 MAP 0.5 MAP.5 Additional refrigerant charge amount at site = [] + [] + [] []. Compensation by system HP (Table -~-6) []. Additional refrigerant charge amount Indoor unit (Table ) []. (Real length of liquid pipe Additional refrigerant charge amount per liquid pipe m (Table ) ). Table -;; For HT8P, HT7P model Combination System Standard model High efficiency model HP HP Charged refrigerant kg Compensation by System HP kg

22 Table-- For HT8P-ME, HT7P-ME model (Standard) System Standard model HP Combination Charged refrigerant HP kg Compesation by System HP kg Table -- For HT8P-ME HT7P-ME model (High efficiency) Compensation by System HP kg kg 0 0A A A A A A 0A - - A 0A - - HP (Model type) HP High-efficiency model Charged refrigerant Combination System A A A A A A - 0 6A A - 6A 6A - A A 0A A A A A A A A A A.5.5 6A A A.5.5 6A 6A A.5.5

23 Table- For HT8P-E, T8P-E, HT8P-TR model System Standard model High efficiency model Combination HP HP Charged refrigerant (kg) Heat pump type Cooling only type Compensation by System HP kg Table- For HT8P-A model System Standard model High efficiency model HP Combination HP Charged refrigerant kg Compensation by System HP kg

24 Table-5 ; T8P, T7P, T8P-SG, T8P-ID, T8P-T model Space saving High Efficiency / High Diversity System Combination Charged refrigerant Compensation by System HP HP HP kg kg B B B 8B B B B B B B 8B B B B B 8B B 8B 8B B 8B B 8B

25 Table -6 For HT8P-C model System Standard model HP Combination Charged refrigerant HP kg Table Additional refrigerant charge amount Indoor unit Addition Standard Indoor unit kg/hp Table Pipe dia. at liquid side Additional refrigerant amount/m 0. mm kg/m ø ø Fresh Air Intake Indoor Unit 0. ø ø Air to Air Heat exchanger with DX-coil 0. ø Compensation by System HP kg Hot Water Module 0 ø Charging of refrigerant Keeping the valve of the outdoor unit closed, be sure to charge the liquid refrigerant into the service port at the liquid side. If the specified amount of refrigerant cannot be charged, fully open the valves of the outdoor unit at liquid and gas sides, operate the air conditioner in COOL mode, and then charge refrigerant into service port at the gas side. In this time, choke the refrigerant slightly by operating the valve of the canister to charge liquid refrigerant. The liquid refrigerant may be charged suddenly, therefore be sure to charge refrigerant gradually.

26 Refrigerant (R0A) This air conditioner adopts a HFC type refrigerant (R0A) which does not deplete the ozone layer.. Safety Caution Concerned to refrigerant (R0A) The pressure of R0A is high.6 times of that of the former refrigerant (R). Accompanied with change of refrigerant, the refrigerating oil has been also changed. Therefore, be sure that water, dust, the former refrigerant or the former refrigerating oil is not mixed into the refrigerating cycle of the air conditioner with new refrigerant during installation work or service work. If an incorrect work or incorrect service is performed, there is a possibility to cause a serious accident. Use the tools and materials exclusive to R0A to purpose a safe work.. Cautions on Installation/Service () Do not mix the other refrigerant or refrigerating oil. For the tools exclusive to R0A, shapes of all the joints including the service port differ from those of the former refrigerant in order to prevent mixture of them. () As the use pressure of the refrigerant (R0A) is high, use material thickness of the pipe and tools which are specified for R0A. () In the installation time, use clean pipe materials and work with great attention so that water and others do not mix in because pipes are affected by impurities such as water, oxide scales, oil, etc. Use the clean pipes. Be sure to brazing with flowing nitrogen gas. (Never use gas other than nitrogen gas.) () For the earth protection, use a vacuum pump for air purge. (5) R0A refrigerant is azeotropic mixture type refrigerant. Therefore use liquid type to charge the refrigerant. (If using gas for charging, composition of the refrigerant changes and then characteristics of the air conditioner change.). Pipe Materials For the refrigerant pipes, copper pipe and joints are mainly used. It is necessary to select the most appropriate pipes to conform to the standard. Use clean material in which impurities adhere inside of pipe or joint to a minimum. () Copper pipe <Piping> The pipe thickness, flare finishing size, flare nut and others differ according to a refrigerant type. When using a long copper pipe for R0A, it is recommended to select Copper or copper-base pipe without seam and one with bonded oil amount 0mg/0m or less. Also do not use crushed, deformed, discolored (especially inside) pipes. (Impurities cause clogging of expansion valves and capillary tubes.) <Flare nut> Use the flare nuts which are attached to the air conditioner unit. () Joint The flare joint and socket joint are used for joints of the copper pipe. The joints are rarely used for installation of the air conditioner. However clear impurities when using them. 5

27 . Tools () Required Tools for R0A Mixing of different types of oil may cause a trouble such as generation of sludge, clogging of capillary, etc. Accordingly, the tools to be used are classified into the following three types. ) Tools exclusive for R0A (Those which cannot be used for conventional refrigerant (R)) ) Tools exclusive for R0A, but can be also used for conventional refrigerant (R) ) Tools commonly used for R0A and for conventional refrigerant (R) The table below shows the tools exclusive for R0A and their interchangeability. Tools exclusive for R0A (The following tools for R0A are required.) Explanation of symbols : Newly prepared (It is necessary to use it exclusively with R0A, separately from those for R or R07C.) : Former tool is available. Used tools Usage Gauge manifold Proper use of tools/parts Charging hose Vacuuming, charging refrigerant and operation check Charging cylinder Charging refrigerant Gas leak detector Checking gas leak Exclusive to R0A Exclusive to R0A Unusable (Use the Refrigerant charging balance.) Exclusive to R0A Vacuum pump Vacuum drying Vacuum pump with counterflow Vacuum drying Usable if a counter-flow preventive adapter is attached R (Existing article) Flare tool Flare processing of pipes Usable by adjusting size Bender Bending processing of pipes R (Existing article) Refrigerant recovery device Recovering refrigerant Exclusive to R0A Torque wrench Tightening flare nut Exclusive to Ø.7mm and Ø5.9mm Pipe cutter ting pipes R (Existing article) Refrigerant canister Charging refrigerant Exclusive to R0A Enter the refrigerate name for identification Brazing machine/ Nitrogen gas cylinder Brazing of pipes R (Existing article) Refrigerant charging balance Charging refrigerant R (Existing article) (te ) When flaring is carried out for R0A using the conventional flare tools, adjustment of projection margin is necessary. For this adjustment, a copper pipe gauge, etc. are necessary.(te ) Charging cylinder for R0A is being currently developed. General tools (Conventional tools can be used.) In addition to the above exclusive tools, the following equipments which serve also for R are necessary as the general tools. () Vacuum pump (7) Screwdriver (+, ) (8) Spanner or Monkey wrench Use vacuum pump by attaching vacuum pump adapter. (9) Hole core drill () Torque wrench (0)Hexagon wrench (Opposite side mm) () Pipe cutter ()Tape measure () Reamer ()Metal saw (5) Pipe bender (6) Level vial Also prepare the following equipments for other installation method and run check. () Clamp meter () Insulation resistance tester () Electroscope () Thermometer 6

28 CN CN CN CN CN CN L T L T BLK CN RED CN WHI CN BLK CN BLK WHI RED RB U U U MCC-608B F0 F0 F0 MCC-608A BLK CN GRN YEL RED BLK GRN YEL RED WHI PNK YEL WHI PUR CN5 CN5 CN5 CN55 CN5 CN90 CN507 CN505 CN90 TK TK TK TK5 TL TL TO TS TS GRN BLK GRY WHI BLU BLK BLU RED CN50 PNK CN50 TE YEL Wire mark (Sensorholder) color TD color WHI CN50. Connector TD Symbol * Temperature sensor color I/D 5L RED WHI BLK RED WHI BLK BLK A Mg-CTT A GRY U A RED (RED) CN (BLK) CN50 HEATER HEATER (BLU) CN0 RED GRY F0 (WHI) F0 CN00 (BLK) CN50 L-CM CN CN SW800 + U CN85 + U V W RED WHI BLK + CM CM L-CM CN CN MS (BLU) SW SW09 (GRN) CN5 C (WHI) CN0 (BLU) CN85 5 (BLU) CN0 5 B SW SW0 (BLU) CN5 + SW800 MCC-659 CN800 SWRT (Service) SW7 SW CN85(WHI) CN0 * SW07 (WHI) CN50 5 SW0 SW6 5 SW RED WHI BLK MCC-669() SW800 7 (WHI) (BLU) CN0 CN0 5 5 SW06 (BLK) CN509 MS 6 - D CN85 (RED) RED WHI BLK FM CN 5 U V W (RED) CN50 (RED) CN05 (WHI) (RED) CN55 (YEL) CN5 (GRN) CN5 (BLK) CN5 (PNK) CN90 (WHI) CN5 (GRN) CN50 (YEL) CN507 CN90 (PUR) CN505 (PNK) CN50 (WHI) CN50 MCC-669 (CM) MCC-67 L N TB L TK5 TK TK TK TL TL TE TO TS TS TD TD MgCTT TB U U S U U U5 U6 S L t t t t t t t t t t t t * Ｖ Ｗ Rotary switch Push button switch -way valve coil Rush current protect resistor Pulse motor valve (Sub cool) Accumulator case heater Reactor for compressor Magnet contactor Pressure sensor (High) Pressure sensor (Low) Pulse motor valve (Main) Compressor case heater Parts name -way valve coil High pressure switch Compressor Relay connector Connector Fuse (Compressor).5A 500V Fuse (Interface) T6.A 50V Fuse (ise filter) T6.A 50V Fuse (Fan) 6.A 750VDC Fan motor Parts name Inverter P.C.Board (Compressor) Interface Control P.C.Board ise filter P.C.Board A ise filter P.C.Board B Inverter P.C.Board (Fan) TD,TD TE TK,TK,TK,TK5 TL,TL TO TS,TS TB TB Ｕ CN-R P.C.board Connector Terminal Terminal block Protective earth Field wiring Pipe temp. sensor (Discharge) Heat exchange temp. sensor Oil temp. sensor Liquid temp. sensor Air temp. sensor Pipe temp. sensor (Suction) Terminal block(power supply) Terminal block(control wiring) SW06,SW07,SW09,SW0 SW,SW,SW,SW Dip switch SW6,SW7,SW0,SW800 SW0,SW0,SW0 SW0,SW05,SW5,A,B,C D,,,5 5 A.HEATER L-CM,L-CM Mg-CTT PD PS PMV PMV RB HEATER,HEATER Symbol WV 6H,6H CM,CM CN-R CN*** (MCC-669) F0,F0 (MCC-67) F0,F0 (MCC-608A) F0,F0,F0 (MCC-659) F0 FM Symbol MCC-669 MCC-67 MCC-608A MCC-608B MCC-659 P.C.Board Compressor terminal NFC module (MCC-667) * Heat pump model only. * The installation of the optional board is up to four pieces. * -E,-TR Heat pump model only. *ise filter P.C. boards are installed on a back of terminal block. MCC-669 (CM) MCC-659 (RED) CN06 6H P> CN85 (WHI) 6H P> Parts layout 5 5 CN600 (BLU) (WHI) CN500 SW0 SW05 SW5 (GRN) CN5 PS PD D600 D60 D60 D60 D60 SW0 SW0 SW0 CN0 CN (BLU) A * CN5 Connector for optional P.C.Board (RED) CN508 6 MS V W - - CN85(WHI) 5 (RED) (WHI) CN00 RED WHI BLK (RED) 5 CN0 RED WHI BLK CN5(GRY) CN(WHI) CN (BLU) CN(RED) CN7 (BLU) CN0 (RED) MCC-669() WV A.HEATER * Mg-CTT A GRY Coil Color indication RED:RED WHI:WHITE YEL:YELLOW BLU:BLUE BLK:BLACK GRY:GRAY PNK:PINK ORN:ORANGE BRN:BROWN GRN:GREEN PUR:PURPLE CN-R CN0 (WHI) CN CN 6T MCC-67 CN (BLU) RED WHI BLK CN Ｍ F0 CN CN TB U U S U U U5 U6 S CN PMV CN CN TB L L L N CN0 F0 CN CN F0 CN CN CN(WHI) Ｍ CN0 CN (WHI) F0 CN CN CN(WHI) PMV CN0 TO INDOOR TO CENTRAL TO OUTDOOR CTROLLER UNIT UNIT CN9 CN0 POWER SUPPLY *T8 * 50Hz 80 5V N *T7* 60Hz 80V N CN9 CN0 CN(WHI) CN0 F0 CN YEL 7 BLU Wiring Diagrams -. Outdoor Unit Models: MMY-MAP0806, MAP006, and MAP06

29 CN CN CN CN CN CN A L T L T BLK RED CN WHI CN BLK CN BLK WHI RED RB U U U MCC-608B F0 F0 F0 MCC-608A GRY BLK CN CN GRN BLK GRN YEL RED CN50 CN5 CN5 CN5 CN5 CN55 CN5 CN5 TE TK TK TK TK5 TL TL TL YEL WHI PUR BLU CN507 CN505 CN90 CN55 CN56 TO TS TS TG TG WHI RED PNK CN90 RED BLU BLK GRY YEL GRY WHI WHI BLU BLK RED BLU GRY RED GRN YEL RED TE PNK CN50 Wire mark (Sensorholder) color CN50 color WHI TD. Connector TD Symbol * Temperature sensor color I/D 5L RED WHI BLK RED WHI BLK BLK Mg-CTT A U A RED CN50 Color indication RED:RED WHI:WHITE YEL:YELLOW BLU:BLUE BLK:BLACK GRY:GRAY PNK:PINK ORN:ORANGE BRN:BROWN GRN:GREEN PUR:PURPLE (RED) CN HEATER HEATER (BLU) CN0 RED GRY F0 (WHI) F0 CN00 (BLK) CN50 L-CM CN CN SW V W + V W RED WHI BLK U + CM CM L-CM CN CN SW800 RED WHI BLK MS - - (BLU) CN0 5 SW SW09 (GRN) CN5 (WHI) CN0 (BLU) CN85 5 (BLU) + SW800 MCC-659 CN0 5 B SW SW0 (BLU) CN5 C CN800 SWRT (Service) SW7 SW CN85(WHI) * 5 SW07 (WHI) CN50 * SW0 SW6 SW 5 (WHI) (BLU) CN0 CN0 5 CN85 (WHI) 7 MS - - (RED) CN SW06 (BLK) CN509 6 MS FM - D 5 U V W CN CN85 (RED) RED WHI BLK (RED) CN50 (RED) CN06 (WHI) (YEL) (WHI) MCC-669 (CM) MCC-659 (WHI) CN56 (BLU) CN55 t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t MCC-669 (CM) MCC-67 (RED) CN55 (YEL) CN5 (GRN) CN5 (BLK) CN5 (PNK) CN90 (GRY) CN5 CN5 (RED) CN5 (GRN) CN50 CN507 CN90 (PUR) CN505 (PNK) CN50 (WHI) CN50 6H P> L L N TB * MgCTT TB U U S U U U5 U6 S L TG * TG * TK5 TK TK TK TL TL TL TE TE TO TS TS TD TD * -E,-TR Heat pump model only. * Heat pump model only. * The installation of the optional board is up to four pieces. *ise filter P.C. boards are installed on a back of terminal block. TB 6H P> CN85 (WHI) (RED) CN05 Parts layout 5 CN600(BLU) 5 (WHI) CN500 SW0 SW05 SW5 (GRN) CN5 PS PD D600 D60 D60 D60 D60 SW0 SW0 SW0 CN0 CN (BLU) A * CN5 Connector for optional P.C.Board (RED) CN508 6 MCC-669() (WHI) CN00 (BLU) 5 CN0 RED WHI BLK U (RED) 5 CN0 RED WHI BLK CN5(GRY) CN(WHI) CN (BLU) CN(RED) CN7 (BLU) CN0 (RED) MCC-669() WV A.HEATER * Mg-CTT A GRY Coil (BLK) CN-R CN0 (WHI) MCC-67 Ｍ CN0 CN0 6T PMV CN (BLU) RED WHI BLK CN Ｍ F0 CN0 CN0 TB U U S U U U5 U6 S CN PMV CN0 CN0 TB L L L N CN0 F0 CN0 CN0 F0 CN0 CN0 CN(WHI) Ｍ CN0 CN(WHI) F0 CN0 CN0 CN(WHI) PMV CN0 TO CENTRAL TO OUTDOOR CTROLLER UNIT CN09 CN0 TO INDOOR UNIT CN09 CN0 CN (WHI) CN0 F0 CN BLU 8 YEL POWER SUPPLY *T8 * 50Hz 80 5V N *T7* 60Hz 80V N Ｖ Ｗ Pulse motor valve (Sub cool) Dip switch SW06,SW07,SW09,SW0 SW,SW,SW,SW TD,TD TE,TE TK,TK,TK,TK5 TL,TL,TL TO TS,TS TG,TG TB TB TB Ｕ CN-R P.C.board Connector Terminal Terminal block Protective earth Field wiring Pipe temp. sensor (Discharge) Heat exchange temp. sensor Oil temp. sensor Liquid temp. sensor Air temp. sensor Pipe temp. sensor (Suction) Gas temp. sensor Terminal block(power supply) Terminal block(control wiring) Terminal block(internal wiring connector) Rotary switch Push button switch SW0,SW0,SW0 SW0,SW05,SW5 SW6,SW7,SW0,SW800 -way valve coil Rush current protect resistor,a,b,c D,,,5 5 Compressor terminal NFC module (MCC-667) Accumulator case heater Reactor for compressor Magnet contactor Pressure sensor (High) Pressure sensor (Low) Pulse motor valve (Main) Pulse motor valve (Sub) Compressor case heater HEATER,HEATER A.HEATER L-CM,L-CM Mg-CTT PD PS PMV PMV PMV RB Parts name -way valve coil High pressure switch Compressor Relay connector Connector Fuse (Compressor).5A 500V Fuse (Interface) T6.A 50V Fuse (ise filter) T6.A 50V Fuse (Fan) 6.A 750VDC Fan motor Parts name Inverter P.C.Board (Compressor) Interface Control P.C.Board ise filter P.C.Board A ise filter P.C.Board B Inverter P.C.Board (Fan) Symbol WV 6H,6H CM,CM CN-R CN*** (MCC-669) F0,F0 (MCC-67) F0,F0 (MCC-608A) F0,F0,F0 (MCC-659) F0 FM MCC-669 MCC-67 MCC-608A MCC-608B MCC-659 Symbol P.C.Board Models: MMY-MAP0A6, MAPA6, MAP06 and MAP606

30 CN0 CN CN RED BLK WHI CN RED WHI BLK CN CN (RED) CN HEATER HEATER (BLK) CN50 L 5L 6T Mg-CTT L T T Mg-CTT() L 5L 6T Mg-CTT L T T Mg-CTT() F0 F0 + MS CN V W CM RED WHI BLK U (WHI) (BLU) CN0 CN0 5 CN85 (WHI) 5 (RED) CN85 MCC-660() (BLU) CN0 RED WHI BLK CN L-CM CN CN CN SW800 RED GRY (WHI) CN00 (BLK) CN (RED) 5 CN0 RED CN5(GRY) CN(WHI) CN (BLU) CN(RED) CN7 (BLU) CN0 (RED) (BLU) CN0 WHI N/F(B) MCC-608B GRY RED WV A.HEATER * Mg-CTT A Coil A Mg-CTT A Coil A (WHI) CN0 CN CN5 N/F(A) MCC-608A U CN-R BLK BLK CN CN RED CN5 CN GRY WHI BLK U U U N/F(A) MCC-608A N/F(B) MCC-608B F0 F0 F0 CN CN CN0 BLK BLK RED WHI BLK BLK CN CN RED WHI BLK CN CN CN CN CN CN CN MCC-67 CN0 CN0 TB U U S U U U5 U6 S CM MS V W RED WHI BLK U + SW - - CN85 (BLU) CN0 5 CN85(WHI) 5 (RED) SW09 SW SW0 5 (WHI) (RED) CN D (WHI) CN0 (BLU) CN85 5 (BLU) + SW800 U V W + SW800 U V W FM FM RED WHI BLK MS (RED) CN85 5 MS RED WHI BLK - (YEL) CN00 CN85 (RED) (YEL) 6H P> (RED) CN06 - CN85 (WHI) CN00 5 CN600(BLU) 5 (RED) CN05 CN0 5 A 6 D600 D60 D60 D60 D60 SW0 SW0 SW0 CN0 CN500 CN50 SW0 SW05 SW5 MCC-659() B SW (GRN) CN5 PS PD MCC-659() C CN800 SWRT (Service) SW7 MCC-660() * 5 * SW0 SW07 (BLU) (BLU) (GRN) CN CN5 CN5 CN5 (WHI) * CN50 5 RED WHI BLK + SW6 SW SW06 (BLK) CN509 (RED) Connector for optional P.C.Board CN508 6 L-CM CN CN CN SW800 (WHI) CN00 CN (BLU) TB L L L N F0 CN0 CN0 CN(WHI) Ｍ CN0 CN(WHI) PMV CN0 Ｍ CN0 CN (WHI) F0 CN0 CN0 CN(WHI) PMV CN0 Ｍ CN0 PMV CN0 TO OUTDOOR UNIT F0 CN0 CN0 F0 CN0 TO CENTRAL CTROLLER CN09 CN0 TO INDOOR UNIT CN0 F0 CN0 CN0 (WHI) (WHI) CN56 (BLU) CN55 (RED) CN55 (YEL) CN5 (GRN) CN5 (BLK) (PNK) CN5 CN90 (GRY) CN5 CN5 (RED) CN5 (GRN) (YEL) CN50 CN507 CN90 (PUR) (WHI) CN505 (PNK) CN50 (WHI) CN50 6H P> CN CLAMP * FILTER CN09 CN0 CN0 CN BLU F0 CN0 YEL RB BLU 9 RB YEL POWER SUPPLY *T8 * 50Hz 80 5V N *T7* 60Hz 80V N Ｖ CN55 TG Ｗ MCC-660 (CM) MCC-659 (FM) WHI BLU PUR WHI MCC-660 (CM) MCC-67 Ｕ N TB L RED BLU BLK GRY RED GRY YEL MCC-608A() MgCTT() TB U U S U U U5 U6 S MgCTT() MCC-608B() MCC-608B() L MCC-608A() L WHI GRN Color indication RED:RED WHI:WHITE YEL:YELLOW BLU:BLUE BLK:BLACK GRY:GRAY PNK:PINK ORN:ORANGE BRN:BROWN GRN:GREEN PUR:PURPLE NFC module (MCC-667) CN56 CN90 TS TG CN505 YEL CN507 TO TS PNK GRY CN90 CN5 CN5 WHI BLU BLK RED BLU RED YEL Wire mark (Sensorholder) color Rotary switch Push button switch -way valve coil Rush current protect resistor Pulse motor valve (Sub cool) Accumulator case heater Reactor for compressor Magnet contactor Pressure sensor (High) Pressure sensor (Low) Pulse motor valve (Main) Pulse motor valve (Sub) Compressor case heater Parts name -way valve coil High pressure switch Compressor Relay connector Connector Fuse (Compressor) 0A 500V Fuse (Interface) T6.A 50V Fuse (ise filter) T6.A 50V Fuse (Fan) 6.A 750VDC Fan motor Parts name Inverter P.C.Board (Compressor) Interface Control P.C.Board ise filter P.C.Board A ise filter P.C.Board B Inverter P.C.Board (Fan) TD,TD TE,TE TK,TK,TK,TK5 TL,TL,TL TO TS,TS TG,TG TB TB TB CN-R P.C.board Connector Terminal Terminal block Protective earth Field wiring Pipe temp. sensor (Discharge) Heat exchange temp. sensor Oil temp. sensor Liquid temp. sensor Air temp. sensor Pipe temp. sensor (Suction) Gas temp. sensor Terminal block(power supply) Terminal block(control wiring) Terminal block(internal wiring connector) SW06,SW07,SW09,SW0 SW,SW,SW,SW Dip switch SW6,SW7,SW0,SW800 SW0,SW0,SW0 SW0,SW05,SW5,A,B,C D,,,5 5 A.HEATER L-CM,L-CM Mg-CTT,Mg-CTT PD PS PMV PMV PMV RB HEATER,HEATER Symbol WV 6H,6H CM,CM CN-R CN*** (MCC-660) F0,F0 (MCC-67) F0,F0 (MCC-608A) F0,F0,F0 (MCC-659) F0 FM, FM MCC-660 MCC-67 MCC-608A MCC-608B MCC-659 Symbol P.C.Board *ise filter P.C. boards are installed on a back of terminal block. * Heat pump model only. * The installation of the optional board is up to four pieces. * -E-TR Heat pump model only. * Install the attached Clamp filter on-site. MCC-659 (FM) TB *5 YEL GRN BLK RED GRN PNK color WHI CN55 RED CN5 CN5 CN5 CN5 CN50 CN50 CN50. Connector TL TL TL TK5 TK TK TK TE TE TD Compressor terminal TG * TG * TK5 TK TK TK TL TL TL TE TE TO TS TS TD TD Parts layout t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t TD Symbol *5 Temperature sensor color I/D Models: MMY-MAPA6, MAP6A6, MAP806, MAP006, and MAP06

31 CN CN CN CN CN L T BLK RED CN BLK WHI RED MCC-669 (CM) MCC-67 L N TB L T-0 Mg-CTT MCC-65 (DEMAND) TB U U S U U U5 U6 S L U CN-R (RED) CN (BLK) CN50 HEATER HEATER A.HEATER (BLU) CN0 RED GRY F0 (WHI) F0 CN00 (BLK) CN50 L-CM CN CN SW800 + V W CM MS (RED) CN85 (WHI) (BLU) CN0 CN0 5 CN85(WHI) (RED) RED WHI BLK U + 5 CN0 RED WHI BLK CN5(GRY) CN(WHI) CN (BLU) CN(RED) CN7 (BLU) CN0 (RED) CN0 (WHI) MCC-67 MCC-669() WV Mg-CTT A GRY Coil A RED *ise filter P.C. boards are installed on a back of terminal block. * The installation of the optional board is up to four pieces. MCC-669 (CM) MCC-659 CN WHI CN RB U U U MCC-608B F0 F0 F0 BLK CN BLK CN Parts layout 5L L T RED WHI BLK RED WHI BLK BLK A Mg-CTT A MCC-608A CN GRY CN CN 6T TB U U S U U U5 U6 S CN CN RED WHI BLK F0 CN CN 5 5 L-CM CN CN SW800 7 RED WHI BLK + V W CM MS RED WHI BLK U SW (BLU) CN0 5 SW SW09 C (WHI) CN0 (BLU) CN85 5 (BLU) CN0 5 B SW SW0 + SW800 MCC-659 CN800 SWRT (Service) SW7 5 SW07 (BLU) (GRN) CN5 CN5 (WHI) * CN50 CN85(WHI) SW0 SW6 SW SW06 (BLK) (RED) CN509 CN508 6 MCC-669() (WHI) CN00 CN (BLU) Connector for optional P.C.Board CN CN TB L L L N CN0 F0 CN CN F0 CN CN CN(WHI) Ｍ CN0 CN (WHI) F0 CN CN CN (WHI) Ｍ MS FM CN D CN00 (YEL) CN85 (RED) RED WHI BLK (WHI) (RED) CN05 Color indication RED:RED WHI:WHITE YEL:YELLOW BLU:BLUE BLK:BLACK GRY:GRAY PNK:PINK ORN:ORANGE BRN:BROWN GRN:GREEN PUR:PURPLE (RED) CN06 (WHI) (YEL) CN5 (RED) CN55 (GRN) CN5 (BLK) CN5 (PNK) CN90 (WHI) CN5 (GRN) CN50 (YEL) CN507 CN90 (PUR) CN505 (PNK) CN50 (WHI) CN50 6H P> To DRED t t t t t t t t t t t t TK5 TK TK TK TL TL TE TO TS TS TD TD COM DRM DRM DRM CN0 (WHI) P0 DRM CN00 (WHI) Fuse T.5A 50V~ CN0 (YEL) T-0 NFC module (MCC-667) CN06 5 (WHI) CN0 (BLK) MCC-65 (DEMAND) CN85 (WHI) 6H P> AS/NZS 755 DRM 5 5 CN600 (BLU) CN500 (RED) PS CN50 PD SW0 SW05 SW5 (GRN) CN5 * D600 D60 D60 D60 D60 SW0 SW0 SW0 CN0 CN (BLU) 5 CN5 A U V W CN0 PMV CN0 PMV CN0 CN (WHI) CN0 YEL F0 CN BLU TO INDOOR TO CENTRAL TO OUTDOOR CTROLLER UNIT UNIT CN9 BLK 50Hz 80-5V N~ CN9 DRM GRY 0 RED POWER SUPPLY Rotary switch Push button switch -way valve coil Ｖ Ｗ Ｕ Compressor terminal TD,TD TE TK,TK,TK,TK5 TL,TL TO TS,TS TB TB T-0 CN-R P.C.board Connector Terminal Terminal block Protective earth Field wiring Pipe temp. sensor (Discharge) Heat exchange temp. sensor Oil temp. sensor Liquid temp. sensor Air temp. sensor Pipe temp. sensor (Suction) Terminal block(power supply) Terminal block(control wiring) Trance SW06,SW07,SW09,SW0 SW,SW,SW,SW Dip switch SW6,SW7,SW0,SW800 SW0,SW0,SW0 SW0,SW05,SW5,A,B,C D,,,5 Rush current protect resistor Pulse motor valve (Sub cool) Accumulator case heater Reactor for compressor Magnet contactor Pressure sensor (High) Pressure sensor (Low) Pulse motor valve (Main) Compressor case heater HEATER,HEATER A.HEATER L-CM,L-CM Mg-CTT PD PS PMV PMV RB Parts name -way valve coil High pressure switch Compressor Relay connector Connector Fuse (Compressor).5A 500V Fuse (Interface) T6.A 50V Fuse (ise filter) T6.A 50V Fuse (Fan) 6.A 750VDC Fan motor Parts name Inverter P.C.Board (Compressor) Interface Control P.C.Board ise filter P.C.Board A ise filter P.C.Board B Inverter P.C.Board (Fan) Demand P.C.Board Symbol WV 6H,6H CM,CM CN-R CN*** (MCC-669) F0,F0 (MCC-67) F0,F0 (MCC-608A) F0,F0,F0 (MCC-659) F0 FM Symbol MCC-669 MCC-67 MCC-608A MCC-608B MCC-659 MCC-65 P.C.Board Models: MMY-MAP0806HT8P-A, MAP006HT8P-A and MAP06HP8P-A

32 CN CN CN CN Mg-CTT A L T L T BLK RED CN WHI CN BLK CN MCC-669 (CM) MCC-669 (CM) MCC-67 U L N TB L (RED) CN T-0 (BLU) CN0 RED GRY F0 (WHI) F0 CN00 (BLK) CN50 L-CM CN CN SW800 V W V W RED WHI BLK U + CM CM L-CM CN CN + MS SW SW07 (BLU) CN0 5 SW SW09 (GRN) CN5 (WHI) CN0 (BLU) CN85 5 (BLU) + SW800 MCC-659 CN0 5 B SW SW0 (BLU) * CN5 C CN800 SWRT (Service) SW7 SW (WHI) CN50 CN85(WHI) SW6 SW SW0 RED WHI BLK (WHI) (BLU) CN0 CN0 5 CN85 (WHI) 7 MS - - (RED) CN SW06 (BLK) CN509 (RED) CN508 Connector for optional P.C.Board 6 MCC-669() (WHI) CN00 U + 6 (BLU) 5 CN0 RED WHI BLK (RED) 5 CN0 RED WHI BLK CN5(GRY) CN(WHI) CN (BLU) CN(RED) CN7 (BLU) MCC-669() CN0 (WHI) CN0 (RED) * The installation of the optional board is up to four pieces. Mg-CTT MCC-65 (DEMAND) TB U U S U U U5 U6 S L CN50 HEATER HEATER A.HEATER WV A RED Mg-CTT A GRY Coil (BLK) CN-R *ise filter P.C. boards are installed on a back of terminal block. TB MCC-659 BLK WHI RED RB U U U MCC-608B F0 F0 F0 MCC-608A BLK CN CN Parts layout A RED WHI BLK RED WHI BLK BLK CN CN 5L 6T Ｍ CN0 GRY CN Ｍ CN0 CN0 RED WHI BLK CN Ｍ CN (BLU) MCC-67 CN0 F0 CN0 F0 CN0 CN0 TB U U S U U U5 U6 S CN0 CN0 TB L L L N CN0 F0 CN0 CN0 CN(WHI) PMV F0 CN0 CN0 CN (WHI) PMV MS FM CN (YEL) CN00 PS (WHI) (WHI) (YEL) (WHI) CN56 (BLU) CN55 (RED) CN55 CN5 (GRN) CN5 (BLK) CN5 (PNK) CN90 (GRY) CN5 CN5 (RED) CN5 (GRN) CN50 (YEL) CN507 CN90 (PUR) CN505 (PNK) CN50 (WHI) CN50 6H P> COM DRM DRM DRM AS/NZS 755 DRM To DRED t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t CN0 (WHI) P0 DRM CN00 (WHI) Fuse T.5A 50V~ CN0 (YEL) T-0 NFC module (MCC-667) TG TG TK5 TK TK TK TL TL TL TE TE TO TS TS TD TD CN06 5 (WHI) CN0 (BLK) MCC-65 (DEMAND) 5 CN85 (WHI) (RED) CN06 5 (RED) CN05 6H P> CN600 (BLU) (WHI) CN500 Color indication RED:RED WHI:WHITE YEL:YELLOW BLU:BLUE BLK:BLACK GRY:GRAY PNK:PINK ORN:ORANGE BRN:BROWN GRN:GREEN PUR:PURPLE D CN85 (RED) RED WHI BLK (RED) CN50 SW0 SW05 SW5 (GRN) CN5 * PD D600 D60 D60 D60 D60 SW0 SW0 SW0 CN0 CN (BLU) 5 CN5 A U V W CN0 PMV CN0 TO CENTRAL TO OUTDOOR CTROLLER UNIT CN0 CN (WHI) CN0 F0 CN BLU YEL TO INDOOR UNIT CN09 BLK POWER SUPPLY CN09 DRM GRY RED 50Hz 80-5V N~ Rotary switch Push button switch Ｖ Ｗ Ｕ Compressor terminal TD,TD TE,TE TK,TK,TK,TK5 TL,TL,TL TO TS,TS TG,TG TB TB TB T-0 CN-R P.C.board Connector Terminal Terminal block Protective earth Field wiring Pipe temp. sensor (Discharge) Heat exchange temp. sensor Oil temp. sensor Liquid temp. sensor Air temp. sensor Pipe temp. sensor (Suction) Gas temp. sensor Terminal block(power supply) Terminal block(control wiring) Terminal block(internal wiring connector) Trance SW06,SW07,SW09,SW0 SW,SW,SW,SW Dip switch SW6,SW7,SW0,SW800 -way valve coil SW0,SW0,SW0 SW0,SW05,SW5 Rush current protect resistor Pulse motor valve (Sub cool) Accumulator case heater Reactor for compressor Magnet contactor Pressure sensor (High) Pressure sensor (Low) Pulse motor valve (Main) Pulse motor valve (Sub) Compressor case heater Parts name -way valve coil High pressure switch Compressor Relay connector Connector Fuse (Compressor).5A 500V Fuse (Interface) T6.A 50V Fuse (ise filter) T6.A 50V Fuse (Fan) 6.A 750VDC Fan motor Parts name Inverter P.C.Board (Compressor) Interface Control P.C.Board ise filter P.C.Board A ise filter P.C.Board B Inverter P.C.Board (Fan) Demand P.C. Board,A,B,C D,, A.HEATER L-CM,L-CM Mg-CTT PD PS PMV PMV PMV RB HEATER,HEATER Symbol WV 6H,6H CM,CM CN-R CN*** (MCC-669) F0,F0 (MCC-67) F0,F0 (MCC-608A) F0,F0,F0 (MCC-659) F0 FM MCC-669 MCC-67 MCC-608A MCC-608B MCC-659 MCC-65 Symbol P.C.Board Models: MMY-MAP06HT8P-A and MAP606HT8P-A

33 CN CN RED BLK WHI CN CN RED WHI BLK CN CN A (RED) CN HEATER HEATER A.HEATER (BLK) CN50 L 5L T 6T Mg-CTT L Mg-CTT() T 5L Mg-CTT L L T T 6T Mg-CTT() F0 F0 + MS RED CM RED WHI BLK V W CN U + 6 (BLU) - - (RED) CN85 (WHI) (BLU) CN0 CN0 5 CN85 (WHI) 5 5 CN0 MCC-660() (RED) RED WHI BLK L-CM CN CN CN SW800 RED GRY (WHI) CN00 (BLK) CN50 5 CN0 CN CN5(GRY) CN(WHI) CN (BLU) CN(RED) CN7 (BLU) CN0 (RED) (BLU) CN0 (WHI) CN0 CN N/F(B) MCC-608B GRY RED WV Mg-CTT A Coil A Mg-CTT A Coil WHI N/F(A) MCC-608A U CN-R BLK BLK CN5 CN RED CN CN CN5 WHI GRY CN BLK U U U N/F(A) MCC-608A N/F(B) MCC-608B F0 F0 F0 CN BLK BLK RED WHI BLK BLK CN CN RED WHI BLK CN CN CN CN CN CN0 CN0 CN MCC-67 CN0 CN0 TB U U S U U U5 U6 S V W CM MS RED WHI BLK U (BLU) CN0 5 CN85(WHI) 5 (RED) CN85 SW 5 6 CN 5 CN600(BLU) 5 (WHI) CN0 (BLU) CN SW800 U V W + SW800 U V W - (BLK) (WHI) (BLU) CN56 CN55 (RED) CN55 (YEL) CN5 (GRN) CN5 CN5 (PNK) (GRY) CN90 CN5 (WHI) CN5 (RED) (GRN) CN5 CN50 (YEL) CN507 (BLU) To DRED MCC-659 (FM) TB MCC-660 (CM) MCC-659 (FM) Ｕ COM DRM DRM DRM CN0 (BLK) MCC-660 (CM) MCC-67 L TB N CN00 (WHI) MCC-608A() DRM Fuse T.5A 50V~ CN0 (YEL) T-0 T-0 Mg-CTT() MCC-65 (DEMAND) TB U U S U U U5 U6 S MgCTT() MCC-608B() MCC-608B() L L CN0 (WHI) MCC-608A() DRM CN06 5 (WHI) NFC module (MCC-667) Ｖ Ｗ Compressor terminal MCC-65 (DEMAND) TG TG TK5 TK TK TK TL TL TL TE TE TO TS TS TD TD Color indication RED:RED WHI:WHITE YEL:YELLOW BLU:BLUE BLK:BLACK GRY:GRAY PNK:PINK ORN:ORANGE BRN:BROWN GRN:GREEN PUR:PURPLE AS/NZS 755 DRM t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t Parts layout CN90 (PUR) (WHI) (PNK) CN505 CN50 (WHI) CN50 6H P> CN0 (RED) CN06 * The installation of the optional board is up to four pieces. * Install the attached Clamp filter on-site. FM FM MS RED WHI BLK (RED) CN85 5 (YEL) MS RED WHI BLK - (YEL) CN00 CN85 (RED) 6H P> CN85 (WHI) CN00 (BLU) 5 D (RED) CN05 CN0 A (WHI) (RED) D600 D60 D60 D60 D60 SW0 SW0 SW0 CN0 CN500 CN50 SW0 SW05 SW5 (GRN) CN5 MCC-659() B SW CN (BLU) 5 CN5 PS PD MCC-659() C * *ise filter P.C. boards are installed on a back of terminal block. CN800 SWRT (Service) SW7 SW SW0 SW09 SW07 (BLU) (GRN) (WHI) CN5 CN5 CN50 MCC-660() SW6 SW SW0 RED WHI BLK + SW06 (BLK) CN509 (RED) CN508 Connector for optional P.C.Board 6 L-CM CN CN CN SW800 (WHI) CN00 CN (BLU) TB L L L N F0 CN0 CN0 CN(WHI) Ｍ CN0 CN(WHI) PMV CN0 Ｍ CN0 PMV F0 CN0 CN0 CN (WHI) Ｍ CN0 PMV CN0 TO OUTDOOR UNIT CN0 TO CENTRAL CTROLLER F0 CN0 CN0 F0 CN0 TO INDOOR UNIT CN09 CN0 CLAMP * FILTER CN0 F0 CN0 CN0 CN 50Hz 80-5V N~ CN09 CN0 CN0 CN BLU F0 CN0 YEL RB BLU RB YEL GRY RED POWER SUPPLY Accumulator case heater Reactor for compressor Magnet contactor Pressure sensor (High) Pressure sensor (Low) Pulse motor valve (Main) Pulse motor valve (Sub) A.HEATER L-CM,L-CM Mg-CTT,Mg-CTT PD PS PMV PMV PMV RB Rotary switch Push button switch -way valve coil Rush current protect resistor TD,TD TE,TE TK,TK,TK,TK5 TL,TL,TL TO TS,TS TG,TG TB TB TB T-0 CN-R P.C.board Connector Terminal Terminal block Protective earth Field wiring Pipe temp. sensor (Discharge) Heat exchange temp. sensor Oil temp. sensor Liquid temp. sensor Air temp. sensor Pipe temp. sensor (Suction) Gas temp. sensor Terminal block(power supply) Terminal block(control wiring) Terminal block(internal wiring connector) Trance SW06,SW07,SW09,SW0 SW,SW,SW,SW Dip switch SW6,SW7,SW0,SW800 SW0,SW0,SW0 SW0,SW05,SW5,A,B,C D,, Compressor case heater HEATER,HEATER Pulse motor valve (Sub cool) Parts name -way valve coil High pressure switch Compressor Relay connector Connector Fuse (Compressor) 0A 500V Fuse (Interface) T6.A 50V Fuse (ise filter) T6.A 50V Fuse (Fan) 6.A 750VDC Fan motor Parts name Inverter P.C.Board (Compressor) Interface Control P.C.Board ise filter P.C.Board A ise filter P.C.Board B Inverter P.C.Board (Fan) Demand P.C.Board Symbol WV 6H,6H CM,CM CN-R CN*** (MCC-660) F0,F0 (MCC-67) F0,F0 (MCC-608A) F0,F0,F0 (MCC-659) F0 FM, FM MCC-660 MCC-67 MCC-608A MCC-608B MCC-659 MCC-65 Symbol P.C.Board Models: MMY-MAP806HT8P-A and MAP006HT8P-A

34 CN CN CN CN CN CN L T L T BLK RED CN WHI CN BLK CN BLK WHI RED RB MCC-669 (CM) MCC-67 U L TB N CN-R MgCTT TB U U S U U U5 U6 S L L A RED (RED) CN (BLK) CN50 HEATER HEATER A.HEATER (BLU) CN0 (WHI) CN0 RED GRY (WHI) CN00 (BLK) CN50 F0 F0 L-CM CN CN SW800 V W (WHI) (BLU) V W U + RED WHI BLK + CM CM L-CM CN CN MS SW6 - SW07 (BLU) CN0 5 SW SW09 (GRN) CN5 C (WHI) CN0 (BLU) CN85 5 (BLU) CN0 5 + SW800 B SW SW0 (BLU) CN5 MCC-659 CN800 SWRT (Service) SW7 SW (WHI) CN50 CN85(WHI) SW0 - SW RED WHI BLK MCC-669() SW800 7 CN0 CN0 5 CN85(WHI) 5 SW06 (BLK) CN509 MS 6 - D 5 U V W FM CN CN85 (RED) RED WHI BLK (RED) CN50 (RED) CN CN600 (BLU) (WHI) CN500 SW0 SW05 SW5 (GRN) CN5 PS PD D600 D60 D60 D60 D60 SW0 SW0 SW0 CN0 CN (BLU) A * CN5 Connector for optional P.C.Board (RED) CN508 6 MS (RED) (WHI) U + CN85 CN00 RED WHI BLK (RED) 5 CN0 RED WHI BLK CN5(GRY) CN(WHI) CN (BLU) CN(RED) CN7 (BLU) CN0 (RED) MCC-669() Mg-CTT A GRY Coil * The installation of the optional board is up to four pieces. *ise filter P.C. boards are installed on a back of terminal block. MCC-669 (CM) MCC-659 U U U MCC-608B F0 F0 F0 MCC-608A BLK CN CN Parts layout 5L 6T RED WHI BLK RED WHI BLK BLK A Mg-CTT CN A MCC-67 CN CN GRY CN Ｍ CN (BLU) RED WHI BLK CN PMV CN TB U U S U U U5 U6 S F0 CN F0 CN CN CN (WHI) CN CN TB L L L N CN0 CN(WHI) Ｍ CN0 F0 CN F0 CN CN CN(WHI) PMV CN0 TO INDOOR TO CENTRAL TO OUTDOOR CTROLLER UNIT UNIT CN9 CN0 POWER SUPPLY CN9 CN0 CN (WHI) CN0 F0 CN YEL BLU T8 50Hz 80-5V N~ T7 60Hz 80V N~ (RED) CN06 (RED) CN55 (YEL) CN5 (GRN) CN5 (BLK) CN5 (PNK) CN90 (WHI) CN5 (GRN) (YEL) CN50 CN507 CN90 (PUR) (WHI) (PNK) CN505 CN50 (WHI) CN50 6H P> CN85 (WHI) 6H P> t t t t t t t t t t t t Ｖ Ｗ Rotary switch Push button switch -way valve coil Rush current protect resistor Pulse motor valve (Sub cool) Accumulator case heater Reactor for compressor Magnet contactor Pressure sensor (High) Pressure sensor (Low) Pulse motor valve (Main) Compressor case heater Parts name High pressure switch Compressor Relay connector Connector Fuse (Compressor).5A 500V Fuse (Interface) T6.A 50V Fuse (ise filter) T6.A 50V Fuse (Fan) 6.A 750VDC Fan motor Parts name Inverter P.C.Board (Compressor) Interface Control P.C.Board ise filter P.C.Board A ise filter P.C.Board B Inverter P.C.Board (Fan) TD,TD TE TK,TK,TK,TK5 TL,TL TO TS,TS TB TB Ｕ CN-R P.C.board Connector Terminal Terminal block Protective earth Field wiring Pipe temp. sensor (Discharge) Heat exchange temp. sensor Oil temp. sensor Liquid temp. sensor Air temp. sensor Pipe temp. sensor (Suction) Terminal block(power supply) Terminal block(control wiring) SW06,SW07,SW09,SW0 SW,SW,SW,SW Dip switch SW6,SW7,SW0,SW800 SW0,SW0,SW0 SW0,SW05,SW5,A,B,C D,, A.HEATER L-CM,L-CM Mg-CTT PD PS PMV PMV RB HEATER,HEATER Symbol 6H,6H CM,CM CN-R CN*** (MCC-669) F0,F0 (MCC-67) F0,F0 (MCC-608A) F0,F0,F0 (MCC-659) F0 FM Compressor terminal NFC module (MCC-667) Color indication RED:RED WHI:WHITE YEL:YELLOW BLU:BLUE BLK:BLACK GRY:GRAY PNK:PINK ORN:ORANGE BRN:BROWN GRN:GREEN PUR:PURPLE TK5 TK TK TK TL TL TE TO TS TS TD TD Symbol MCC-669 MCC-67 MCC-608A MCC-608B MCC-659 P.C.Board Models: MMY-MAP0806T (J)P, MAP006T (J)P, MAP06 (J)P and MAPB6T (J)P

35 CN CN CN CN CN CN L T L T BLK RED CN WHI CN BLK CN MCC-669 (CM) MCC-659 BLK WHI RED RB U U U U MCC-669 (CM) MCC-67 MCC-608B F0 F0 F0 MCC-608A GRY BLK CN CN L CN50 L N TB (RED) CN HEATER HEATER A.HEATER MgCTT TB U U S U U U5 U6 S L A RED (BLU) CN0 (WHI) CN0 RED GRY (WHI) CN00 (BLK) CN50 F0 F0 L-CM CN CN SW800 V W V W U + RED WHI BLK + CM CM L-CM CN CN SW800 MS SW - - SW07 (BLU) CN0 5 SW SW09 (GRN) CN5 (WHI) CN0 (BLU) CN85 5 (BLU) + SW800 MCC-659 CN0 5 B SW SW0 (BLU) CN5 C CN800 SWRT (Service) SW7 SW (WHI) CN50 CN85(WHI) SW0 SW6 RED WHI BLK (WHI) (BLU) CN0 CN0 5 CN85 (WHI) 7 MS - - (RED) CN SW06 (BLK) CN509 6 MS FM - D 5 RED WHI BLK CN CN85 (RED) U V W (RED) CN50 5 CN600(BLU) 5 (WHI) CN500 SW0 SW05 SW5 (GRN) CN5 PS PD D600 D60 D60 D60 D60 SW0 SW0 SW0 CN0 CN (BLU) A * CN5 Connector for optional P.C.Board (RED) CN508 6 MCC-669() (WHI) CN00 U + 6 (BLU) CN0 RED WHI BLK (RED) 5 CN0 5 Ｍ RED WHI BLK CN5(GRY) CN(WHI) CN (BLU) CN(RED) CN7 (BLU) CN0 (RED) MCC-67 MCC-669() Mg-CTT A GRY Coil (BLK) CN-R * The installation of the optional board is up to four pieces. *ise filter P.C. boards are installed on a back of terminal block. TB Parts layout 5L 6T RED WHI BLK A PMV CN0 RED WHI BLK BLK Mg-CTT A Ｍ CN0 CN0 CN PMV CN (BLU) RED WHI BLK CN Ｍ CN0 TB U U S U U U5 U6 S F0 CN0 F0 CN0 CN0 CN(WHI) CN0 CN0 TB L L L N CN0 CN(WHI) PMV CN0 F0 CN0 F0 CN0 CN0 CN(WHI) TO CENTRAL TO OUTDOOR CTROLLER UNIT CN0 TO INDOOR UNIT CN09 CN0 T8 50Hz 80-5V N~ T7 60Hz 80V N~ CN09 CN0 CN (WHI) CN0 F0 CN BLU YEL POWER SUPPLY (RED) CN06 CN85 (WHI) (RED) CN05 6H P> (BLK) (WHI) CN56 (BLU) CN55 (RED) CN55 (YEL) CN5 (GRN) CN5 CN5 (PNK) CN90 (GRY) (WHI) CN5 CN5 (RED) CN5 (GRN) (YEL) CN50 CN507 CN90 (PUR) (WHI) (PNK) CN505 CN50 (WHI) CN50 6H P> t t t t t t t t t t t t t t Ｖ Ｗ Rotary switch Push button switch -way valve coil TD,TD TE,TE TK,TK,TK,TK5 TL,TL,TL TO TS,TS TB TB TB Ｕ CN-R P.C.board Connector Terminal Terminal block Protective earth Field wiring Pipe temp. sensor (Discharge) Heat exchange temp. sensor Oil temp. sensor Liquid temp. sensor Air temp. sensor Pipe temp. sensor (Suction) Terminal block(power supply) Terminal block(control wiring) Terminal block(internal wiring connector) SW06,SW07,SW09,SW0 SW,SW,SW,SW Dip switch SW6,SW7,SW0,SW800 SW0,SW0,SW0 SW0,SW05,SW5,A,B,C D,, Rush current protect resistor Pulse motor valve (Sub cool) Accumulator case heater Reactor for compressor Magnet contactor Pressure sensor (High) Pressure sensor (Low) Pulse motor valve (Main) Pulse motor valve (Sub) Compressor case heater HEATER,HEATER A.HEATER L-CM,L-CM Mg-CTT PD PS PMV PMV PMV RB Parts name High pressure switch Compressor Relay connector Connector Fuse (Compressor).5A 500V Fuse (Interface) T6.A 50V Fuse (ise filter) T6.A 50V Fuse (Fan) 6.A 750VDC Fan motor Parts name Inverter P.C.Board (Compressor) Interface Control P.C.Board ise filter P.C.Board A ise filter P.C.Board B Inverter P.C.Board (Fan) Symbol 6H,6H CM,CM CN-R CN*** (MCC-669) F0,F0 (MCC-67) F0,F0 (MCC-608A) F0,F0,F0 (MCC-659) F0 FM Compressor terminal NFC module (MCC-667) Color indication RED:RED WHI:WHITE YEL:YELLOW BLU:BLUE BLK:BLACK GRY:GRAY PNK:PINK ORN:ORANGE BRN:BROWN GRN:GREEN PUR:PURPLE TK5 TK TK TK TL TL TL TE TE TO TS TS TD TD Symbol MCC-669 MCC-67 MCC-608A MCC-608B MCC-659 P.C.Board Models: MMY-MAP06T (J)P, MAP606T (J)P and MAP8B6 (J)P

36 CN CN CN CN WHI CN CN RED BLK CN CN RED WHI BLK CN CN GRY CN5 CN RED (BLK) CN50 (RED) CN HEATER HEATER A.HEATER Mg-CTT A Coil A Mg-CTT A Coil A 5L Mg-CTT L L T T 6T Mg-CTT() 5L Mg-CTT L L T T 6T Mg-CTT() (WHI) F0 F0 + CN RED V W MS 6 CM (BLU) - - (RED) CN85 (WHI) (BLU) CN0 CN0 5 CN85 (WHI) 5 5 CN0 MCC-660() (RED) RED WHI BLK U CN + 5 CN0 RED WHI BLK L-CM CN CN CN SW800 RED GRY (WHI) CN00 (BLK) CN50 CN5(GRY) CN(WHI) CN (BLU) CN(RED) CN7 (BLU) CN0 (RED) (BLU) CN0 CN N/F(B) MCC-608B GRY RED CN0 WHI N/F(A) MCC-608A U CN-R BLK BLK CN5 CN CN WHI BLK U U U N/F(A) MCC-608A N/F(B) MCC-608B F0 F0 F0 CN CN BLK BLK RED WHI BLK BLK CN CN RED WHI BLK CN0 CN0 CN TB L L L N CN0 CN0 CN MCC-67 6 Ｍ RED WHI BLK + V W CM MS RED WHI BLK U + SW0 - - (BLU) CN0 5 CN85(WHI) 5 (RED) CN85 SW 5 (WHI) (RED) CN 5 CN600(BLU) 5 (WHI) CN0 (BLU) CN SW800 U V W + SW800 U V W FM FM MS RED WHI BLK (RED) CN85 5 MS RED WHI BLK - (YEL) CN00 CN85 (RED) (YEL) 6H P> (RED) CN06 - CN85 (WHI) CN00 (BLU) 5 D (RED) CN05 CN0 A 6 D600 D60 D60 D60 D60 SW0 SW0 SW0 CN0 CN500 CN50 MCC-659() B SW SW0 SW05 SW5 (GRN) CN5 PS PD MCC-659() C CN800 SWRT (Service) SW7 SW SW0 SW09 SW07 (BLU) (BLU) (GRN) CN CN5 CN5 CN5 (WHI) * CN50 MCC-660() SW6 SW SW06 (BLK) CN509 (RED) Connector for optional P.C.Board CN508 6 L-CM CN CN CN SW800 (WHI) CN00 CN (BLU) TB U U S U U U5 U6 S F0 CN0 CN0 CN(WHI) PMV CN0 CN(WHI) Ｍ CN0 PMV CN0 CN (WHI) F0 CN0 CN0 CN(WHI) Ｍ CN0 PMV CN0 TO OUTDOOR UNIT CN0 TO CENTRAL CTROLLER F0 CN0 CN0 F0 CN0 TO INDOOR UNIT CN09 CN0 CLAMP * FILTER CN0 F0 CN0 CN0 (WHI) (WHI) CN56 (BLU) CN55 (RED) (YEL) CN55 CN5 (GRN) CN5 (BLK) CN5 (PNK) CN90 (GRY) CN5 CN5 (RED) (GRN) CN5 CN50 (YEL) CN507 CN90 (PUR) (WHI) (PNK) CN505 CN50 (WHI) CN50 6H P> CN T8 50Hz 80-5V N~ T7 60Hz 80V N~ CN09 CN0 CN0 CN BLU F0 CN0 YEL RB BLU 5 RB YEL POWER SUPPLY Ｖ Ｗ MCC-660 (CM) MCC-659 (FM) MCC-660 (CM) MCC-67 Ｕ L L TB MCC-608A() MgCTT() TB U U S U U U5 U6 S Rotary switch Push button switch -way valve coil Rush current protect resistor Pulse motor valve (Sub cool) Accumulator case heater Reactor for compressor Magnet contactor Pressure sensor (High) Pressure sensor (Low) Pulse motor valve (Main) Pulse motor valve (Sub) Compressor case heater Parts name High pressure switch Compressor Relay connector Connector Fuse (Compressor) 0A 500V Fuse (Interface) T6.A 50V Fuse (ise filter) T6.A 50V Fuse (Fan) 6.A 750VDC Fan motor Parts name Inverter P.C.Board (Compressor) Interface Control P.C.Board ise filter P.C.Board A ise filter P.C.Board B Inverter P.C.Board (Fan) TD,TD TE,TE TK,TK,TK,TK5 TL,TL,TL TO TS,TS TB TB TB CN-R P.C.board Connector Terminal Terminal block Protective earth Field wiring Pipe temp. sensor (Discharge) Heat exchange temp. sensor Oil temp. sensor Liquid temp. sensor Air temp. sensor Pipe temp. sensor (Suction) Terminal block(power supply) Terminal block(control wiring) Terminal block(internal wiring connector) SW06,SW07,SW09,SW0 SW,SW,SW,SW Dip switch SW6,SW7,SW0,SW800 SW0,SW0,SW0 SW0,SW05,SW5,A,B,C D,, A.HEATER L-CM,L-CM Mg-CTT,Mg-CTT PD PS PMV PMV PMV RB HEATER,HEATER Symbol 6H,6H CM,CM CN-R CN*** (MCC-660) F0,F0 (MCC-67) F0,F0 (MCC-608A) F0,F0,F0 (MCC-659) F0 FM, FM * The installation of the optional board is up to four pieces. * Install the attached Clamp filter on-site. MgCTT() MCC-608B() MCC-608B() L N MCC-608A() Color indication RED:RED WHI:WHITE YEL:YELLOW BLU:BLUE BLK:BLACK GRY:GRAY PNK:PINK ORN:ORANGE BRN:BROWN GRN:GREEN PUR:PURPLE *ise filter P.C. boards are installed on a back of terminal block. MCC-659 (FM) TB NFC module (MCC-667) Compressor terminal TK5 TK TK TK TL TL TL TE TE TO TS TS TD TD Parts layout t t t t t t t t t t t t t t Symbol MCC-660 MCC-67 MCC-608A MCC-608B MCC-659 P.C.Board Models: MMY-MAP806T (J)P, MAP006T (J)P and MAP06 (J)P

37 Parts Rating -. Outdoor Unit (50Hz model: MMY-MAP 6 T8 P ) Name Model Specification MMY-MAP0806(H)T8(J)P* MMY-MAP006(H)T8(J)P* MMY-MAP06(H)T8(J)P* MMY-MAPB6T8(J)P* MMY-MAP0A6HT8(J)P-ME MMY-MAPA6HT8(J)P-ME MMY-MAP06(H)T8(J)P* MMY-MAP606(H)T8(J)P* MMY-MAP8B6T8(J)P* MMY-MAPA6HT8(J)P-ME MMY-MAP6A6HT8(J)P-ME MMY-MAP806(H)T8(J)P* MMY-MAP006(H)T8(J)P* MMY-MAP06(H)T8(J)P* Compressor RAATB-0MD Output:.kW Compressor RAATB-0MD Output:.kW Compressor RAATB-0MD Output:.9kW Compressor RAATB-0MD Output:5.kW Compressor RA6ATB-0M Output:.8kW Compressor RA6ATB-0M Output:.7kW Compressor RA6ATB-0M Output:.8kW Compressor RA6ATB-0M Output:5.8kW Compressor RA6ATB-0M Output:6.9kW Compressor RA6ATB-0M Output:.0kW Compressor RA6ATB-0M Output:.7kW Compressor RA6ATB-0M Output:6.5kW Compressor RA6ATB-0M Output:7.6kW Compressor RA6ATB-0M Output:9.0kW -way valve coil * SHF AC0-0V 50Hz -way valve coil VPV AC0-0V 50Hz B,5 * -way valve coil TEV AC0-0V 50Hz,A,C,D -way valve coil FQ-G59 AC0-0V 50Hz, AC0-0V 50Hz * * * * * * * * 5 Pulse motor valve coil PAM DCV Pulse motor valve coil UKV DCV 5 High-presure SW ACB-UB5W :.5MPa :.MPa 6 Pressure sensor(for high pressure) NSK-BH08F ~.5V/0~.9MPa 7 Pressure sensor(for low pressure) NSK-BH00F ~.5V/0~0.98MPa 8 Fan motor WDF-60A000 DC Case heater(for comp.) AC0V/9W 0 Case heater(for accum.) AC0V/55W Fusible plug 7 *:Heat pump model only. *:-E,-TR of heat pump model only. 6

38 -. Outdoor Unit (60Hz model: MMY-MAP 6HT7 P ) Name Model Specification MMY-MAP0806(H)T7(J)P* MMY-MAP006(H)T7(J)P* MMY-MAP06(H)T7(J)P* MMY-MAPB6T7(J)P* MMY-MAP0A6HT7P-ME MMY-MAPA6HT7P-ME MMY-MAP06(H)T7(J)P* MMY-MAP606(H)T7(J)P* MMY-MAP8B6T7(J)P* MMY-MAPA6HT7P-ME MMY-MAP6A6HT7P-ME MMY-MAP806(H)T7(J)P* MMY-MAP006(H)T7(J)P* MMY-MAP06(H)T7(J)P* Compressor RAATB-0MD Output:.kW Compressor RAATB-0MD Output:.kW Compressor RAATB-0MD Output:.9kW Compressor RAATB-0MD Output:5.kW Compressor RA6ATB-0M Output:.8kW Compressor RA6ATB-0M Output:.7kW Compressor RA6ATB-0M Output:.8kW Compressor RA6ATB-0M Output:5.8kW Compressor RA6ATB-0M Output:6.9kW Compressor RA6ATB-0M Output:.0kW Compressor RA6ATB-0M Output:.7kW Compressor RA6ATB-0M Output:6.5kW Compressor RA6ATB-0M Output:7.6kW Compressor RA6ATB-0M Output:9.0kW -way valve coil * SHF AC08-0V 60Hz -way valve coil VPV AC08-0V 60Hz B -way valve coil TEV AC08-0V 60Hz,A,C,D -way valve coil FQ-D60 AC08-0V 60Hz, AC08-0V 60Hz * * * 5 Pulse motor valve coil PAM DCV Pulse motor valve coil UKV DCV 5 High-presure SW ACB-UB5W :.5MPa :.MPa 6 Pressure sensor(for high pressure) NSK-BH08F ~.5V/0~.9MPa 7 Pressure sensor(for low pressure) NSK-BH00F ~.5V/0~0.98MPa 8 Fan motor WDF-60A000 DC Case heater(for comp.) AC0V/9W 0 Case heater(for accum.) AC0V/55W Fusible plug 7 *:Heat pump model only. 7

39 MMY-MAP06* MMY-MAP606* MMY-MAP8B6* MMY-MAPA6* MMY-MAP6A6* MMY-MAP806* MMY-MAP006* MMY-MAP06* Pipe temp. sensor(td) Pipe temp. sensor(ts) Heatexchanger temp. sensor(te) Outside temp. sensor(to) Oil temp. sensor(tk) Liquid temp. sensor(tl) Gas temp. sensor(tg) MMY-MAPA6* MMY-MAP0A6* PTC thermistor MMY-MAPB6* Power supply terminal block Relay terminal block for reactor Communication terminal block Reactor(For comp. & fan) Reactor(For comp. & fan) Reactor(For comp. & fan) P.C.board(ise filter) Line filter Line filter P.C.board(I/F board) P.C.board(IPDU for comp.) P.C.board(IPDU for comp.) Fuse(MCC-669) Fuse(MCC-660) Comp.motor drive IPM Comp.motor drive IPM P.C.board(IPDU for fan) Fuse(MCC-659) Fan motor drive IPM(MCC-659) Magnet switch (MG-CTT) (50/60Hz) MMY-MAP06* Name MMY-MAP006* MMY-MAP0806* -. Outdoor Inverter (50/60Hz model: MMY-MAP 6 T8/7 P ) MCC-67 MCC-669 MCC-660 GAC.5A GAC 0A PSS5SAFT PSS50SAFT MCC-659 HDL 6.A PSS0S7FT FC-S AC600V/75A,P AC600V/0A,P AC0V(or no more than DCV)/A,8P 5.8mH/A.9mH/5A.9mH/0A.0mH/AC00V/5A 0.77mH/AC80V/50A.5A/AC500V(P.C.board) 0A/AC500V(P.C.board) 5A/DC00V(P.C.board) 50A/DC00V(P.C.board) 6.A/DC750V(P.C.board) 0A/DC00V(P.C.board) AC0-0V MZ-0RMARD0E A/AC500V -0-5 Ambient temp. range) Ambient temp. range) Ambient temp. range) Ambient temp. range) -0-5 Ambient temp. range) Ambient temp. range) -0-0 Ambient temp. range) - Model JXO-600 JXO-00 JXO-BJ CH-79 CH-90 CH-65 MCC Specification

40 9 Accumlator TD senor TD senor valve valve Comp ressor Comp ressor High pressure SW TL sensor TL sensor Check joint (Liquid pipe) High pressure sensor Check joint (High pressure) *Heat pump model only way valve *-E,-TR model only 5 valve *Heat pump model only 5 valve PMV High pressure SW Low pressure sensor Check joint (Low pressure) TE sensor TO sensor Fusible plug TK sensor TK sensor TK sensor TK5 sensor A B PMV valve C valve D valve TS sensor TS sensor Liquid tank -. Parts Layout in Outdoor Unit 8, 0,, HP Model: MMY-MAP0806, MAP006, MAP06, MAPB6

41 0 High pressure SW Accumlator TD senor TD senor valve valve Comp ressor Comp ressor Check joint (Liquid pipe) D valve TL sensor TL sensor TL sensor High pressure sensor Liquid tank Fusible plug TK5 sensor Check joint (High pressure) TK sensor *Heat pump model only TK sensor B A PMV valve TK sensor High pressure SW way valve *-E,-TR model only 5 valve *-E,-TR model only 5 valve *Heat pump model only TG sensor C valve PMV PMV TS sensor TS sensor *Heat pump model only TG sensor TE sensor TE sensor Low pressure sensor Check joint (Low pressure) TO sensor 0,,, 6, 8HP Model: MMY-MAP0A6, MAPA6, MAP06, MAP606, MAP8B6

42 TD senor Comp ressor Comp ressor TL sensor High pressure sensor Check joint (High pressure) Check joint (Liquid pipe) *Heat pump model only TL sensor way valve TL sensor PMV PMV TD senor *-E,-TR model only valve valve 5 valve *-E,-TR model only 5 valve *Heat pump model only TG sensor High pressure SW *Heat pump model only TG sensor High pressure SW TE sensor Low pressure sensor TE sensor Check joint (Low pressure) TO sensor Accumlator TK5 sensor TK sensor TK sensor TS sensor A PMV TS sensor B TK sensor valve C valve D valve Fusible plug Liquid tank, 6, 8, 0, HP Model: MMY-MAPA6, MAP6A6, MAP806, MAP006, MAP06

43 -5. Parts Layout in Inverter Assembly Outdoor Unit (8, 0,, HP) Model: MMY-MAP0806, MAP006, MAP06, MAPB6 Inverter P.C. board for fan [FAN IPDU] (MCC-659) Interface P.C. board [Outdoor control P.C. board] (MCC-67) ise Filter P.C. board (MCC-608) Power supply terminal block Relay connector for central control Communication terminal block Thermistor Magnet Contactor Inverter P.C. board for Compressor [A IPDU] (MCC-669) Inverter P.C. board for Compressor [A IPDU] (MCC-669)

44 Outdoor Unit (0,,, 6, 8HP) Model: MMY-MAP0A6, MAPA6, MAP06, MAP606, MAP8B6 Inverter P.C. board for fan [FAN IPDU] (MCC-659) Interface P.C. board [Outdoor control P.C. board] (MCC-67) ise Filter P.C. board (MCC-608) Power supply terminal block Relay connector for central control Communication terminal block Thermistor Magnet Contactor Relay terminal block for reactor Inverter P.C. board for Compressor [A IPDU] (MCC-669) Inverter P.C. board for Compressor [A IPDU] (MCC-669)

45 Outdoor Unit (, 6, 8, 0, HP) Model: MMY-MAPA6, MAP6A6, MAP806, MAP006, MAP06 Interface P.C. board [Outdoor control P.C. board] (MCC-67) Inverter P.C. board for fan [FAN IPDU] (MCC-659) ise Filter P.C. board (MCC-608) Power supply terminal block Relay connector for central control Communication terminal block Thermistor Relay terminal block for reactor Inverter P.C. board for fan [FAN IPDU] (MCC-659) Magnet Contactor Inverter P.C. board for Compressor [A IPDU] (MCC-660) Inverter P.C. board for Compressor [A IPDU] (MCC-660)

46 -6. Outdoor (Inverter) Print Circuit Board -6-. Interface P.C. board (MCC-67) Sensor input PMV output CN00 PMV output CN0 Option input/output PMV output CN0 CN5 CN508 CN50 CN5 CN5 CN509 CN5 TD CN50 TD CN50 TG CN56 TG CN55 TK TK TL TL TO CN507 CN5 TK5 CN55 TE CN5 CN5 TK CN5 TE CN50 TS CN505 CN5 CN5 High pressure SW CN05, 06 UART communication CN600 SW0, 05, 5 7-segment LED SW06, 07, 09, 0 SW0, 0, 0 SW,,, PD sensor CN50 SW6, 7 Jumper select PS sensor CN500 SW0 For inter-unit cable between indoor and outdoor units CN0 Sensor input For inter-unit cable between outdoor units TS CN90 TL CN90 CN0 Dyna-doctor connecting terminal NFC connecting terminal CN85 CN800 -way valve output CN7 Accumulator heater CN Comp. case heater CN Comp. case heater CN, CN CN 5,5 CN A B C CN D CN 5

47 -6-. Inverter P.C. board for compressor (MCC-660) A-IPDU Power supply output to FAN CN Power supply input L CN0 Reactor connecting terminal CN09 Power supply input L CN0 Power supply input L CN0 Power supply output to FAN CN Reactor connecting terminal CN0 Compressor output W-phase CN0 Compressor output V-phase CN0 Compressor output U-phase CN0 UART communication CN85 UART communication CN85 For inverter address setting SW800 6

48 -6-. Inverter P.C. board for compressor (MCC-669) A-IPDU Power supply output to FAN CN Reactor connecting terminal CN09 Power supply input L CN0 Power supply input L CN0 Power supply input L CN0 Compressor output W-phase CN0 Compressor output V-phase CN0 Reactor connecting terminal CN0 Compressor output U-phase CN0 UART communication CN85 UART communication CN85 For inverter address setting Power supply output to FAN SW800 CN 7

49 -6-. Inverter P.C. board for fan motor (MCC-659) FAN-IPDU UART communication between A-IPDU CN85 UART communication between interfaces CN85 For inverter address setting SW800 Power supply Input from A-IPDU CN Fan motor Output U-phase CN0 Fan motor Output V-phase CN0 Fan motor Output W-phase CN0 Power supply Input from A-IPDU CN0 Power supply Input from N/F CN0 8

50 -6-5. ise Filter PC board (MCC-608 -A, -B) Power supply input L CN Power supply input L CN Power supply input L CN Power supply output to FAN CN Power supply output to I/F CN Power supply output to FAN CN MCC-608-B MCC-608-A Power supply input L CN Power supply output L CN Power supply output L CN Power supply output L CN 9 Power supply input L CN Power supply input L CN

51 Refrigerant Piping Systematic Drawing Outdoor Unit (8, 0, HP) Model: MMY-MAP0806, MMY-MAP006, MMY-MAP06 Fan M Fan motor Right side Main heat exchanger (TO) Reducer Left side Main heat exchanger (PMV) (TE) (TL) (5) Reducer -way valve High-pressure sensor (TS) (TS) Low-pressure sensor Oil separator Fusible plug () FP (D) () () Liquid Tank Highpressure switch (TD) (TD) Highpressure switch Accumulator Sub cool heat exchanger Compressor (Inverter) (PMV) (C) Oil Header Reducer (A) Compressor (Inverter) (TK) (TK) (TK5) (TL) (TK) Liquid side Service valve Gas side Service valve Balance pipe Service valve (B) Symbol Solenoid valve Capillary tube 50 Check valve Check joint Strainer Temperature Distributor sensor

52 Outdoor Unit (0,,, 6HP) Model: MMY-MAP0A6, MMY-MAPA6, MMY-MAP06, MMY-MAP606 Fan M Fan motor Right side Main heat exchanger (TO) Right side Sub heat exchanger (PMV) (TG) Left side Main heat exchanger (PMV) (TL) (TE) (TG) (TL) Left side Sub heat exchanger (TE) -way valve High-pressure sensor (TS) 仮 Oil separator (TS) Fusible plug Low-pressure sensor () (D) FP () () Liquid Tank Highpressure switch Highpressure switch (TD) (TD) Accumlator (C) Sub cool heat exchanger (TK) Compressor (Inverter) (PMV) (TK) (TK) (TK5) (TL) Oil Header Reducer (A) Compressor (Inverter) Liquid side Service valve Gas side Service valve Balance pipe Service valve (B) Symbol Solenoid valve 5 Capillary tube Check valve Check joint Strainer Temperature Distributor sensor

53 Outdoor Unit (, 6, 8, 0, HP) Model: MMY-MAPA6, MMY-MAP6A6, MAP806, MMY-MAP006, MMY-MAP06 Fan Fan M M Fan motor Fan motor Right side Main heat exchanger (PMV) (TO) Right side Sub heat exchanger (TG) Left side Main heat exchanger (PMV) (TL) (TE) (TG) (TL) Left side Sub heat exchanger (TE) -way valve 仮 High-pressure sensor (TS) Oil separator Low-pressure sensor (TS) () Fusible plug (D) FP () () Accumulator Liquid Tank Highpressure switch Highpressure switch (TD) (TD) Sub cool heat exchanger Compressor (Inverter) (PMV) (C) (TK) (TK) (TK) (TK5) (TL) Compressor (Inverter) Oil Header (A) Reducer Liquid side Service valve Gas side Service valve Balance pipe Service valve (B) Symbol Solenoid valve Capillary tube 5 Check valve Check joint Strainer Temperature Distributor sensor

54 Outdoor Unit (8 0 HP) Model MMY-MAP0806*-E/TR MMY-MAP006*-E/TR MMY-MAP06*-E/TR Fan M Fan motor Right side Main heat exchanger Reducer Left side Main heat exchanger (PMV) (TE) (5) (TO) (5) (TL) Reducer -way valve High-pressure sensor (TS) (TS) Low-pressure sensor Oil separator Fusible plug () FP (D) () () Liquid Tank Highpressure switch (TD) (TD) Highpressure switch Accumulator (TK) Sub cool heat exchanger Compressor (Inverter) (C) Compressor (Inverter) Check valve Check valve (TK) (TK) (PMV) (TL) Reducer Oil Header (TK5) (A) Liquid side Service valve Gas side Service valve Balance pipe Service valve (B) Symbol Solenoid valve Capillary tube 5 Check valve Check joint Strainer Temperature Distributor sensor

55 Outdoor Unit ( 6HP) Model MMY-MAP06*-E/TR MMY-MAP606*-E/TR Fan M Fan motor Right side Main heat exchanger (PMV) (TO) Right side Sub heat exchanger (TG) Left side Main heat exchanger (PMV) (TL) (TE) (TG) (TL) Left side Sub heat exchanger (TE) (5) (5) -way valve High-pressure sensor (TS) 仮 Oil separator (TS) Fusible plug Low-pressure sensor () (D) FP () () Liquid Tank Highpressure switch (TD) (TD) Highpressure switch Accumulator (C) Sub cool heat exchanger (TK) Compressor (Inverter) Compressor (Inverter) (TK) (TK) (PMV) (TL) Oil Header (TK5) (A) Reducer Liquid side Service valve Gas side Service valve Balance pipe Service valve (B) Symbol Solenoid valve 5 Capillary tube Check valve Check joint Strainer Temperature Distributor sensor

56 Outdoor Unit (8 0 HP) Model MMY-MAP806*-E/TR MMY-MAP006*-E/TR MMY-MAP06*-E/TR Fan Fan M M Fan motor Fan motor Right side Main heat exchanger (PMV) (TO) Right side Sub heat exchanger (TG) Left side Main heat exchanger (PMV) (TL) (TE) (TL) 仮 (TG) Left side Sub heat exchanger (TE) (5) -way valve (5) High-pressure sensor (TS) Oil separator Low-pressure sensor (TS) () Fusible plug (D) FP () () Accumulator Highpressure switch Liquid Tank Highpressure switch (TD) (TD) Sub cool heat exchanger Compressor (Inverter) (PMV) (C) (TK) Compressor (Inverter) (TK) (TK) (TL) Oil Header (TK5) (A) Reducer Liquid side Service valve Gas side Service valve Balance pipe Service valve (B) Symbol Solenoid valve Capillary tube 55 Check valve Check joint Strainer Temperature Distributor sensor

57 Outdoor Unit (8 0, HP) Model MMY-MAP0806T8/7(J)P*, MMY-MAP006T8/7(J)P*, MMY-MAP06T8/7(J)P* MMY-MAPB6T8/7(J)P* Fan M Fan motor Right side Main heat exchanger (TO) Reducer Left side Main heat exchanger (PMV) (TE) (TL) High-pressure sensor (TS) (TS) Low-pressure sensor Oil separator Fusible plug () FP (D) () () Liquid Tank Highpressure switch (TD) (TD) Highpressure switch Accumulator Sub cool heat exchanger Compressor (Inverter) (C) (TK) Check valve (PMV) Check valve (TK) (TK) (TK5) Oil Header Reducer (A) (TL) Compressor (Inverter) Liquid side Service valve Gas side Balance pipe Service valve Service valve (B) Symbol Solenoid valve Capillary tube 56 Check valve Check joint Strainer Temperature Distributor sensor

58 Outdoor Unit ( 6 8HP) Model MMY-MAP06T8/7(J)P*, MMY-MAP606T8/7(J)P* MMY-MAP8B6T8/7(J)P* Fan M Fan motor Right side Main heat exchanger (PMV) (TO) Right side Sub heat exchanger Left side Main heat exchanger (PMV) (TE) (TL) (TL) Left side Sub heat exchanger (TE) High-pressure sensor (TS) 仮 Oil separator (TS) Fusible plug Low-pressure sensor () (D) FP () () Liquid Tank Highpressure switch Highpressure switch (TD) (TD) Accumulator (C) Sub cool heat exchanger (TK) Compressor (Inverter) (PMV) (TK) (TK) (TK5) (TL) Oil Header Reducer (A) Compressor (Inverter) Liquid side Service valve Gas side Service valve Balance pipe Service valve (B) Symbol Solenoid valve Capillary tube 57 Check valve Check joint Strainer Temperature Distributor sensor

59 Outdoor Unit (8 0 HP) Model MMY-MAP806T8/7(J)P*, MMY-MAP006T8/7(J)P*, MMY-MAP06T8/7(J)P* Fan M Fan M Fan motor Fan motor Right side Main heat exchanger (PMV) (TO) Right side Sub heat exchanger Left side Main heat exchanger (PMV) (TE) (TL) (TL) Left side Sub heat exchanger (TE) 仮 High-pressure sensor (TS) Oil separator Low-pressure sensor (TS) () Fusible plug (D) FP () () Accumulator Liquid Tank Highpressure switch (TD) (TD) Highpressure switch Sub cool heat exchanger Compressor (Inverter) (PMV) (C) (TK) (TK) (TK) (TK5) (TL) Compressor (Inverter) Oil Header (A) Reducer Liquid side Service valve Balance pipe Gas side Service valve Service valve (B) Symbol Solenoid valve 58 Capillary tube Check valve Check joint Strainer Temperature Distributor sensor

60 Explanation of Functional Parts Functional part name Functional outline (Hot gas bypass) (Connector CN: White) ) Low pressure release function ) High pressure release function ) Gas balance function during stop time A (Connector CN: White) ) Supplies oil reserved in the oil header during time. B (Connector CN: White) ) Returns oil supplied in the balance pipe to the compressor. C (Connector CN: White) ) Pressurizes oil reserved in the oil header during time. D (Connector CN: White) ) Reserves oil in the oil separator during time. ) Returns oil reserved in the oil separator to the compressor during time. (Start assure valve of compressor) ( Connector CN: Blue, Connector CN: Blue. ) For gas balance start ) High pressure release function ) Low pressure release function 5 (Connector CN: White) ) Gas injection function during hot gas defrost in heating operation 5 (Connector CN: White) ) Preventive function for high-pressure rising in heating operation ) Gas injection function during hot fas defrost in heating operation Solenoid valve (Connector CN7:Blue) ) Cooling/heating exchange ) Reverse defrost -way valve (PMV Connector CN00: White, PMV Connector CN0: Blue) Super heat control function in heating operation ) Liquid line shut-down function while follower unit stops ) Subcool adjustment function in cooling operation ) Exchange function between main and sub exchangers in cooling operation ) Pulese motor valve PMV, PMV ) Prevention for rapid decreasing of oil (Decreases oil flowing to the cycle) ) Reserve function of surplus oil Oil separator TD TD (TD Connector CN50: White, TD Connector CN50: Pink ) ) Protection of compressor discharge temp. ) Used for dischage temperature release (Connector CN505: White) Controls PMV super heat in heating operation ) Protection of compressor TS ) TS (Connector CN90: Purple) ) Controls PMV super heat in heating operation TG TG Temp. Sensor (Connector CN0: Red) ) Subcool adjustment function in cooling operation ) Liquid bypass function for discharge temperature release (cooling bypass function) TE TE TK,TK TK,TK5 TL,TL TL TO (TG Connector CN55: Blue, TG Connector CN56: White ) ) Controls PMV super heat in heating operation (TE Connector CN50: Green, TE Connector CN5: Red ) ) Controls defrost in heating operation ) Controls outdoor fan in heating operation (TK Connector CN5: Black, TK Connector CN5: Green, TK Connector CN5: Yellow, TK5 Connector CN55: Red) ) Judges oil level of the compressor (TL Connector CN5: White, TL Connector CN5: Gray, TL Connector CN90: Pink) ) Detects subcool in cooling operation (Connector CN507: Yellow) Detects outside temperature ) High pressure sensor (Connector CN50: Red) ) Detects high pressure and controls compressor capacity ) Detects high pressure in cooling operation, and controls the fan in low ambient cooling operation ) Detects subcool in indoor unit in heating operation Low pressure sensor (Connector CN500: White) ) Detects low pressure in cooling operation and controls compressor capacity ) Detects low pressure in heating operation, and controls the super heat Compressor case heater (Compressor Connector CN: White, Compressor Connector CN: Blue. ) Prevents liquid accumulation to compressor Accumulator case heater (Connector CN: Red) ) Prevents liquid accumulation to accumulator Pressure sensor Heater Balance pipe High pressure switch (.5MPa) ) Oil balancing in each outdoor unit High pressure SW High pressure SW (High pressure SW, Connector CN5: BLK) ) Piping resisting pressure protection 59

61 Indoor Unit Liquid side Gas side Strainer Capillary tube Heat exchanger at indoor side Pulse Motor Valve (PMV) Sensor (TC) Sensor (TCJ) Sensor (TA) Fan M Fan motor Sensor (TC) CAUTI MMU-AP007YH, AP0YH type air conditioners have no TC sensor. Explanation of functional parts in indoor unit Functional part Pulse Motor Valve Temp. Sensor name PMV.TA.TC.TC.TCJ Functional outline (Connector CN08 (6P): Blue) ) Controls super heat in cooling operation ) Controls subcool in heating operation ) Recovers refrigerant oil in cooling operation ) Recovers refrigerant oil in heating operation (Connector CN0 (P): Yellow) ) Detects indoor suction temperature (Connector CN00 (P): Brown) ) Controls PMV super heat in cooling operation (Connector CN0 (P): Black) ) Controls PMV subcool in heating operation (Connector CN0 (P): Red) ) Controls PMV super heat in cooling operation ) [MMU-AP007YH to AP0YH only] Controls PMV subcool in heating operation 60

62 Combined Refrigerant Piping System Schematic Diagrams -. rmal Operation (COOL Mode / DEFROST Mode) High Outside Air Temperature (Roughly 0 C or Above) Header unit (MMY-MAP606HT*) Follower unit (MMY-MAP06HT*) Fan M Right side Main heat exchanger Left side Main heat exchanger TG Left side Sub heat exchanger TE TL PMV Left side Main heat exchanger TE TO TG PMV PMV Fan motor Right side Main heat exchanger TO Right side Sub heat exchanger TL Fan M Fan motor TE TL 5 -Way valve TS -Way valve Check Joint Check Joint Pressure sensor (high pressure) Pressure sensor (low pressure) FP D Fusible Plug Liquid tank Sub cool heat exchanger Liquid tank C TD Sub cool heat exchanger HPS 圧縮機 １ Conpressor TD HPS TK HPS TK Compressor PMV TK TK5 Oil Header Compressor TK TL TK TK5 Oil Header A TC TCJ TC Cooling -Way valve (n) 5 PMV PMV PMV B Outdoor Unit A (*) B Control C Control D Control Outdoor fan Control Control Control Control Control Control TC TCJ TC TC TCJ Cooling B PMV PMV PMV PMV Check joint A Check joint Indoor Unit TD (ｲﾝﾊﾞｰﾀ) Compressor TL 圧縮機 １ (ｲﾝﾊﾞｰﾀ) PMV C TD HPS TK Accumulator Oil Separator D Fusible Plug Check Joint Pressure sensor (low pressure) FP Oil Separator Pressure sensor (high pressure) TS Accumulator TS TS Check Joint TC TC TCJ Cooling TC Cooling High-pressure gas refrigerant Evaporative gas refrigerant (Low pressure) Condensed liquid refrigerant Low-pressure circuit (Refrigerant recovery line) ( 8 HP system described in the example of (6 HP + HP)) (*) (n) of stopped compressor (n)= (*) It may be controlled. The outdoor unit which communication line between indoor and outdoor is connected is the "Header unit". Other outdoor units are called "Follower units". 6

63 -. rmal Operation (COOL Mode) - Low Outside Air Temperature (Roughly Below 0 C) Header unit (MMY-MAP606HT*) Follower unit (MMY-MAP06HT*) Fan M Right side Main heat exchanger Left side Main heat exchanger TG Left side Sub heat exchanger TE TL PMV Left side Main heat exchanger TE TO TG PMV PMV Fan motor Right side Main heat exchanger TO Right side Sub heat exchanger TL Fan M Fan motor TE TL 5 -Way valve TS -Way valve Check Joint Check Joint Pressure sensor (high pressure) Pressure sensor (low pressure) FP D Fusible Plug Liquid tank Sub cool heat exchanger Liquid tank C TD Sub cool heat exchanger HPS 圧縮機 １ Compressor TD HPS TK HPS TK Compressor PMV TK TK5 Oil Header Compressor TK TL Check joint TK TK5 Oil Header A TC TCJ TC Cooling -Way valve (n) 5 PMV PMV PMV B Outdoor Unit A (*) B C Close(*) D Control Outdoor fan Close(*) Control Control Control Control Control TC TCJ TC TC TCJ Cooling B PMV PMV PMV PMV Check joint A Indoor Unit TD (ｲﾝﾊﾞｰﾀ) Compressor TL 圧縮機 １ (ｲﾝﾊﾞｰﾀ) PMV C TD HPS TK Accumulator Oil Separator D Fusible Plug Check Joint Pressure sensor (low pressure) FP Oil Separator Pressure sensor (high pressure) TS Accumulator TS TS Check Joint TC TC TCJ Cooling TC Cooling High-pressure gas refrigerant Evaporative gas refrigerant (Low pressure) Condensed liquid refrigerant Low-pressure circuit (Refrigerant recovery line) ( 8 HP system described in the example of (6 HP + HP)) (*) (n) of stopped compressor (n)= (*) It may be controlled. The outdoor unit which communication line between indoor and outdoor is connected is the "Header unit". Other outdoor units are called "Follower units". 6

64 -. rmal Operation (HEAT Mode) Follower unit (MMY-MAP06HT*) Header unit (MMY-MAP606HT*) Fan M Right side Main heat exchanger Left side Main heat exchanger TG Left side Sub heat exchanger TE TL PMV Left side Main heat exchanger TE TO TG PMV TL Fan motor Right side Main heat exchanger TO Right side Sub heat exchanger PMV Fan M Fan motor TE TL 5 -Way valve TS -Way valve Check Joint Check Joint Pressure sensor (high pressure) Pressure sensor (low pressure) D Fusible Plug Liquid tank Sub cool heat exchanger Liquid tank C TD Sub cool heat exchanger HPS 圧縮機 １ Compressor TD HPS TK HPS TK Compressor PMV TK TK5 Oil Header Compressor TK TL Check joint TK TK5 Oil Header A TC TCJ TC Heating -Way valve (n) 5 PMV PMV PMV B Outdoor Unit A (*) B C Control D Control Outdoor fan Close(*) Control Control Control Control Control TC TCJ TC TC TCJ Heating B PMV PMV PMV PMV Check joint A Indoor Unit TD (ｲﾝﾊﾞｰﾀ) Compressor TL 圧縮機 １ (ｲﾝﾊﾞｰﾀ) PMV C TD HPS TK Accumulator Oil Separator D Fusible Plug Check Joint Pressure sensor (low pressure) FP Oil Separator Pressure sensor (high pressure) TS Accumulator TS FP TS Check Joint TC TC TCJ Heating TC Heating High-pressure gas refrigerant Evaporative gas refrigerant (Low pressure) Condensed liquid refrigerant Low-pressure circuit (Refrigerant recovery line) ( 8 HP system described in the example of (6 HP + HP)) (*) (n) of stopped compressor (n)= (*) It may be controlled. The outdoor unit which communication line between indoor and outdoor is connected is the "Header unit". Other outdoor units are called "Follower units". 6

65 -. rmal Operation (HOT GAS DEFROST Mode) Header unit (MMY-MAP606HT8P-E/TR) Follower unit (MMY-MAP06HT8P-E/TR) Fan M Fan M Fan motor Right side Main heat exchanger PMV TL Left side Main heat exchanger TG Left side Sub heat exchanger TE TE TL Way valve -Way valve Check Joint TS Check Joint D Oil Separator FP D Fusible Plug Liquid tank C TD Liquid tank Sub cool heat exchanger HPS TD 圧縮機 １ 圧縮機 １ (ｲﾝﾊﾞｰﾀ) TK PMV TK TK5 TD HPS Compressor Compressor Compressor Oil Header TK TL Check joint Accumulator HPS TK (ｲﾝﾊﾞｰﾀ) TL TK TK5 Oil Header Check joint A TCJ TC TC Heating -Way valve Outdoor Unit A (*) B C Close D Close Outdoor fan Close Control Control Control Control TCJ TC TC TCJ Heating B PMV PMV TC B PMV PMV A Indoor Unit C TD HPS TK Compressor (n) 5/5 PMV PMV PMV Accumulator PMV Oil Separator Sub cool heat exchanger Pressure sensor (low pressure) Fusible Plug Pressure sensor (high pressure) TS FP Pressure sensor (low pressure) Check Joint TS Check Joint Pressure sensor (high pressure) TS TO PMV Left side Main heat exchanger TE TL Right side Main heat exchanger TO TG Right side Sub heat exchanger PMV Fan motor TC TC TCJ Heating TC Heating High-pressure gas refrigerant Evaporative gas refrigerant (Low pressure) Condensed liquid refrigerant Low-pressure circuit (Refrigerant recovery line) ( 8 HP system described in the example of (6 HP + HP)) (*) (n) of stopped compressor (n)= The outdoor unit which communication line between indoor and outdoor is connected is the "Header unit". Other outdoor units are called "Follower units". 6

66 -5. Emergency Operation (Cooling Operation under Header Outdoor Unit Backup Scenario) Header unit (MMY-MAP606HT*) Follower unit (MMY-MAP06HT*) Set Up as Temporary Header Unit during Emergency Operation Trouble Leakage form PMV: Liquid-side service valve = Full closure Fan M Right side Main heat exchanger Left side Main heat exchanger TG Left side Sub heat exchanger TE TL PMV Left side Main heat exchanger TE TO TG PMV PMV Fan motor Right side Main heat exchanger TO Right side Sub heat exchanger TL Fan M Fan motor TE TL 5 -Way valve TS -Way valve Check Joint Check Joint Pressure sensor (high pressure) Pressure sensor (low pressure) FP D Fusible Plug Liquid tank Sub cool heat exchanger Liquid tank C TD Sub cool heat exchanger HPS 圧縮機 １ Compressor TD HPS TK HPS TK Compressor PMV TK TK5 Oil Header Compressor TK TL Check joint TK TK5 Oil Header A TC B B TCJ TC Cooling Trouble header outdoor unit -Way valve A (n) B 5 C PMV Close D PMV Close Outdoor fan PMV Close TC TCJ TC PMV PMV PMV Balance pipe service valve = Full opening PMV Gas-side service valve = Full closure Check joint A Indoor Unit TD (ｲﾝﾊﾞｰﾀ) Compressor TL 圧縮機 １ (ｲﾝﾊﾞｰﾀ) PMV C TD HPS TK Accumulator Oil Separator D Fusible Plug Check Joint Pressure sensor (low pressure) FP Oil Separator Pressure sensor (high pressure) TS Accumulator TS TS Check Joint TC TCJ Cooling TC TC TCJ Cooling TC Cooling Temporal header outdoor unit -Way valve A Control (n) (*) B Control 5 C Control PMV Control D Control PMV Control Outdoor fan Control PMV Control (*) (n) of stopped compressor (n)= (*) It may be controlled. High-pressure gas refrigerant Evaporative gas refrigerant (Low pressure) Condensed liquid refrigerant Low-pressure circuit (Refrigerant recovery line) ( 8 HP system described in the example of (6 HP + HP)) The outdoor unit which communication line between indoor and outdoor is connected is the "Header unit". Other outdoor units are called "Follower units". 65

67 -6. Emergency Operation (Heating Operation under Header Outdoor Unit Backup Scenario) Header unit (MMY-MAP606HT*) Follower unit (MMY-MAP06HT*) Set Up as Temporary Header Unit during Emergency Operation Trouble Fan Leakage form PMV: Liquid-side service valve = Full closure M Right side Main heat exchanger Left side Main heat exchanger TG Left side Sub heat exchanger TE TL PMV Left side Main heat exchanger TE TO TG PMV PMV Fan motor Right side Main heat exchanger TO Right side Sub heat exchanger TL Fan M Fan motor TE TL 5 -Way valve TS -Way valve Check Joint Check Joint Pressure sensor (high pressure) Pressure sensor (low pressure) FP Fusible Plug D Liquid tank Sub cool heat exchanger Liquid tank C TD HPS TK Sub cool heat exchanger HPS 圧縮機 １ (ｲﾝﾊﾞｰﾀ) HPS TK HPS Compressor PMV TK TK5 Oil Header Compressor TK TL Check joint TK Oil Header TK5 A B B TC TCJ TC Heating Trouble header outdoor unit -Way valve A (n) B 5 C PMV Close D PMV Close Outdoor fan PMV Close TC TCJ TC PMV PMV PMV Balance pipe service valve = Full opening PMV Gas-side service valve = Full closure Check joint A Indoor Unit TD (ｲﾝﾊﾞｰﾀ) Compressor TK TL TD 圧縮機 １ Compressor PMV C TD Accumulator Oil Separator D Fusible Plug Check Joint Pressure sensor (low pressure) FP Oil Separator Pressure sensor (high pressure) TS Accumulator TS TS Check Joint TC TCJ Heating TC TC TCJ Heating TC Heating Temporal header outdoor unit -Way valve A Control (n) (*) B Control 5 C Control PMV Control D Control PMV Control Outdoor fan Control PMV Close(*) (*) (n) of stopped compressor (n)= (*) It may be controlled. High-pressure gas refrigerant Evaporative gas refrigerant (Low pressure) Condensed liquid refrigerant Low-pressure circuit (Refrigerant recovery line) ( 8 HP system described in the example of (6 HP + HP)) The outdoor unit which communication line between indoor and outdoor is connected is the "Header unit". Other outdoor units are called "Follower units". 66

68 -7. Refrigerant Recovery from Failed Outdoor Unit (Pump-Down Operation under Follower Outdoor Unit Backup Scenario) Follower unit (MMY-MAP06HT*) Header unit (MMY-MAP606HT*) Trouble Fan M Fan M Fan motor Right side Main heat exchanger PMV Left side Main heat exchanger TG Left side Sub heat exchanger TE TL PMV Left side Main heat exchanger TE TO TG PMV TL Right side Main heat exchanger TO Right side Sub heat exchanger Fan motor TE TL 5 -Way valve -Way valve Liquid line bypass Check Joint TS Check Joint Pressure sensor (high pressure) Pressure sensor (low pressure) FP D Fusible Plug Liquid tank Fusible Plug Liquid tank C Sub cool heat exchanger FP Oil Separator TD Sub cool heat exchanger Accumulator Oil Separator C TD TD HPS TK HPS 圧縮機 １ (ｲﾝﾊﾞｰﾀ) (ｲﾝﾊﾞｰﾀ) Compressor Compressor TK TL HPS 圧縮機 １ PMV D Check Joint Pressure sensor (low pressure) TD HPS TK Pressure sensor (high pressure) TS Accumulator TS TS Check Joint PMV TK TK5 Compressor Compressor Oil Header TK TL TK5 Oil Header A Check joint A Check joint TK B B Balance pipe service valve = Full opening Gas-side service valve = Full opening Full closure 0 minutes after system startup TC TCJ TC TC TCJ TC Cooling -Way valve (n) 5 PMV PMV PMV Header outdoor unit A (*) B C Control D Control Outdoor fan Control Control Control Control Control Control TC TCJ Cooling -Way valve (n) 5 PMV PMV PMV PMV PMV PMV PMV Indoor Unit Liquid-side service valve = Full closure TC TC TCJ Cooling Trouble outdoor unit A (*) B C Open(*) D Open(*) Outdoor fan Open(*) TC Cooling Control Control Control Control Control (*) (n) of stopped compressor (n)= (*) It may be controlled. High-pressure gas refrigerant Evaporative gas refrigerant (Low pressure) Condensed liquid refrigerant Low-pressure circuit (Refrigerant recovery line) ( 8 HP system described in the example of (6 HP + HP)) The outdoor unit which communication line between indoor and outdoor is connected is the "Header unit". Other outdoor units are called "Follower units". 67

69 5 Control Outline Outdoor Unit Item Description of operation, numerical data, and other information. PMV, control (PMV and ) ) During air conditioner operation, the pulse count of a PMV (pulse motor valve ) is controlled between 0pls and 000pls. During air conditioner operation, the pulse count of PMV is controlled between 5pls and 500pls. ) During cooling, the PMV opening is controlled on the basis of measurements provided by the TL temperature sensor and the Pd pressure sensor (subcool control). ) During heating, the PMV opening is controlled on the basis of measurements provided by the TS, TD and TG temperature sensors and the PS pressure sensor (super heat control). ) PMVs are fully closed when the air conditioner is in thermostat state or upon being turned off normally or shut down due to an abnormality. 500 PMV 0 Minimum Maximum Opening of PMV (pls) Opening of PMV (pls) 000 PMV 5 Minimum Maximum. PMV control ) During cooling, the pulse count of a PMV (pulse motor valve ) is controlled between 5pls and 500pls. The PMV opening is controlled on the basis of measurements provided by the TL tenperature sensor and PD pressure sensor (Subcool control), or TS temperature sensor and PS pressure sensor (super heat control). ) During heating, the pulse count of a PMV is controlled between 0pls and 00pls. The PMV opening is controlled on the basis of measurements provided by the TD or TD. 500 Opening of PMV during heating (pls) Opening of PMV during cooling (pls). Pulse motor valve (PMV) control PMV 5 Minimum Maximum 00 PMV 0 Minimum 68 Maximum Remarks

70 Item Description of operation, numerical data, and other information Remarks. Outdoor fan control. Cooling fan control )Outdoor fan speed (mode) is controlled on the basis of measurements provided by the Pd pressure sensor. )For a specified period after the start of cooling operation, the header outdoor unit controls outdoor fan speed (mode) on the basis of measurements provided by the Pd pressure sensor. Follower units, on the other hand, control outdoor fan speed (mode) on the basis of measurements provided by the TE temperature sensor. Pd pressure (MPa) [Highest mode] [Hold] [Current mode + ] (Mode raised as rapidly as every second) [Current mode + ]/50 seconds [Current mode + ]/75 seconds (Mode raised up to ) (Mode to highest).5 [Current mode - ]/50 seconds Mode being lowered:.00 Highest mode -.95 [Current mode - ] (Mode lowered as rapidly as every two seconds) (down to mode 0) * Available control modes are 0 (at rest) to 6. Mode being raised: mode 0 Interval control [Mode [0]: 80 seconds Mode []: 0 seconds] The fan speed corresponding to the highest mode varies with the HP capacity of the outdoor unit.. Heating fan control )Outdoor fan speed (mode) is controlled on the basis of measurements provided by the TE or TE temperature sensor. )If TE or TE > 5 C is continuously detected for 8 minutes, the fan may be turned off. However, this condition is the same as normal thermostat, so that fan operation will be restarted. )For a specified period after air conditioner startup and during defrosting, this control is disabled. )When refrigerant is in extremely short supply, this control may cause the air conditioner to be repeatedly turned on and off. TE temperature ( C) Zone A: Lowest mode, timer count for forced compressor shutdown Zone B: -/5 seconds (down to lowest mode) Zone C: -/5 seconds (down to lowest mode) Zone D: Hold (staying at current mode) Zone E: +/5 seconds (up to highest mode) Zone F: Highest mode The fan speed corresponding to the highest mode varies with the HP capacity of the outdoor unit.. Control while follower unit at rest The fan is operated at mode to prevent the accumulation of refrigerant inside the outdoor heat exchanger.. Capacity control )The compressors of the header and follower units are controlled on the basis of capacity demand issued by indoor controllers. )The two compressors featured in an outdoor unit operate on a rotational basis, so that, every time they come to a stop, their order of startup changes. )Where two follower units are connected, every time the system goes thermostat or all the compressors featured in the follower units come to a stop, the priority startup order of the follower units changes, as they are also subject to rotational operation. 69

71 Item Description of operation, numerical data, and other information Remarks. Oil level detection control )Judgment as to whether an optimum amount of oil is present in the compressor cases is made on the basis of the temperature readings of sensors TK to TK5. This control function is performed by the header unit and each follower unit individually. )In concrete terms, judgment is based on the relationship between the temperature measurements provided by TK, TK, on the one hand, and those provided by TK or TK5, on the other. If there is depletion, oil equalization control takes over. )This control function is performed whenever at least one compressor is in operation. Oil separator Oil level detection takes place regardless of the number of compressors, whether one or two. Rough guide for oil level judgment ) If TK - TK C, oil level of compressor is optimum. ) If TK - TK C, oil level of compressor is optimum. (D) () () () (TD) Highpressure switch Highpressure switch (TD) Compressor (Inverter) (C) (TK) Compressor (Inverter) (TK) (TK) Reducer (TK5) Oil Header (A) (B) Symbol Balance pipe Service valve Solenoid valve Capillary tube Check valve Check joint Strainer Temperature sensor Distributor 70

72 Item Description of operation, numerical data, and other information Remarks 5. Oil equation control 6. Refrigerant/ oil recovery control This control function is aimed at preventing compressors from running out of oil by evening out the oil supply to outdoor units, and is basically performed by opening/ closing solenoid valves A, B, C, D. There are three control patterns as described below. (For a schematic diagram of oil equalization control, see page 57.). Preparatory control If the oil level judgment result in the memory continues to be low for 0 seconds, B is turned on, with D turned on and off intermittently.. Oil equation control This control function is performed to transfer oil to the outdoor unit whose oil level is low from other outdoor units. It takes place whenever the header unit registers a low oil level result while at least one of its compressors is turned on or at least one of the follower units issues an oil level equation request. This control function does not apply to a header unit-only system (no follower units connected).. Oil depletion protection control This control function is performed if oil equation control fails to achieve an optimum oil level. In concrete terms, if a low oil level situation continues for 0 minutes, the unit is brought to a protective shutdown, followed by a restart minutes and 0 seconds later. If protective shutdown is repeated three times, the error is confirmed as final. (There will be no more restarts.) The check code is H07.. Cooling oil (refrigerant) recovery control Performed during cooling, this control function aims to: periodically collect any refrigerating oil condensate that has built up in inter-unit gas pipes and indoor units and return it to outdoor units when the compressor operation command is inadequate; and prevent the accumulation of refrigerant in outdoor heat exchangers while cooling operation is in progress under low outside air temperature conditions. It is managed by the header outdoor unit. )Control commencement conditions When cooling operation has continued for at least hours When cooling operation has started (compressors have just been turned on, though this does not always happen depending on outside air temperature conditions). )Control details All compressors currently in operation are operated at the minimum speed, with those currently not in operation turned on. Indoor units are set to the cooling oil (refrigerant) recovery control mode, with their indoor PMVs opened to a certain degree. Compressors are operated at the target speed. After recovery control is performed for a specified period of time, it is terminated, and normal cooling operation resumes.. Heating refrigerant (oil) recovery control Performed during heating, this control function aims to recover any liquid refrigerant trapped inside indoor units that have been turned off. It also serves the additional purposes of recovering indoor/outdoor refrigerant after defrosting and recovering oil present in outdoor heat exchangers during heating overload operation. This control function is managed by the header outdoor unit. )Control commencement conditions When heating operation has started (compressors have just been turned on) When heating takes over upon completion of defrosting When heating operation has continued for 60 minutes )Control details All compressors currently in operation are operated at the minimum speed, with those currently not in operation turned on. Indoor units are set to the heating refrigerant (oil) recovery control mode, with their indoor PMVs opened to a certain degree. Compressors are operated at the target speed. Upon completion of refrigerant recovery for all the indoor units, normal cooling operation resumes. Oil accumulated in the oil separator is returned to the compressor. This is normal oil equalization control. This protective control is performed when a prolonged low oil level is detected. Cooling oil recovery control takes place approximately every hours. Control duration is about to 5 minutes, though it varies according to the operating conditions of the system. Heating oil recovery control takes place approximately every hour. Control duration is about to 0 minutes, though it varies according to loading conditions. Compressor rotational speed varies with control conditions, indoor unit capacity, and outdoor unit specification. 7

73 Item 7. Defrosting control (reverse defrosting method) Description of operation, numerical data, and other information Remarks Frost formation temperature. Defrosting commencement conditions is -.5 C. During heating operation, the cumulative duration of operation in which TE and TE sensor temperature falls below frost formation temperature is measured, and If the outdoor units are a combination of different when this reaches 55 minutes, defrosting control is introduced. (Just after startup models, defrosting or upon changeover from cooling to heating, the target cumulative duration is 5 operation, once started, minutes.) cannot be manually * If the outdoor units are a combination of different models, all the units begin engaging in defrosting control as soon as one of them satisfies defrosting commencement conditions. terminated for about minutes. In case of All Fresh Air Intake Unit connection system, replace 55 minutes with 0 minutes. To protect the refrigerating. Details of defrosting control cycle circuit, the fan mode ) All compressors currently in operation are operated at the minimum speed. may be controlled during ) When a specified amount of time passes from the time the compressors reached defrosting. the minimum speed, the outdoor fans are turned off by closing the -way valves. And the PMV opening operated at the target opening for defrosting control. ) All compressors currently not in operation are turned on and operated at the target rotational speed for defrosting control.. Defrosting termination conditions Defrosting termination conditions are met when the TE and TE temperature sensor measurement reaches a specified value (roughly C) a certain period of time after the commencement of defrosting control. In that event, defrosting termination control takes over. During defrosting control, compressors are controlled so that their speeds do not exceed 76.6 rps. * If the outdoor units are a combination of different models, defrosting termination control commences when all the units satisfy the defrosting termination conditions. As long as one or more outdoor units are yet to satisfy the defrosting termination conditions, those that have engage in standby operation.. Details of defrosting termination control ) Compressors are operated at the standby operation speed. ) When a specified amount of time passes, the -way valves are opened. ) Indoor heating refrigerant recovery control is performed. For control details, see 6. Refrigerant/oil recovery control. 8.Hot gas defrosting control. Hot gas defrosting commencement conditions During heating operation, the cumulative duration of operation in which the TE (or TE) temperature sensor falls below the frost formation temperature is recorded. Once the time duration exceeds 0 minutes, the hot gas defrosting control begins. *If the outdoor units are in a combination (module), only the outdoor units that are operating their compressors, will perform the hot gas defrosting control.. Details of hot gas defrosting control ) 5 and 5 are opened. ) PMV (and PMV) are closed. )The outdoor fans are turned off. ) Compressors are operated at the target rotational speed for hot gas defrosting control.. Hot gas defrosting termination conditions Hot gas defrosting termination conditions are met when the TS (or TG and TG) temperature sensor measurement reaches a value of C for a specified value of time (within.5 minutes) after the commencement of hot gas defrosting control. In the event that these values are achieved the hot gas defrosting termination control will take over. *For module installations (multiple outdoor units). During Hot gas operation, ALL outdoor units must meet the termination conditionings for the hot gas control. If not the following defrost operation (5 minutes later if TE (or TE) temperatures measurements continues below the frost formation temperature) will results in a standard reverse defrosting operation.. Details of hot gas defrosting termination control ) Open the PMV (and PMV) to a certain degree. ) 5 and 5 are closed. ) rmal heating operation resumes. 7 During standby operation, compressor speed is in the -.5 rps range. (It varies from outdoor unit to outdoor unit.) Frost formation temperature is -.5 C. In case of All Fresh Air Intake Unit connection system, hot gas defrosting is not operated. When outside temperature is 0 C or lower, hot gas defrosting control is disabled. (Only Reverse defrosting). This is due to insufficient capacity output, from the outdoor unit, resulting in potentially unacceptable performance During hot gas defrosting control, compressors are controlled so that their speeds do not exceed 76.6 rps.

74 Item Description of operation, numerical data, and other information Remarks 9. Release valve control. gas balance control This control function is aimed at achieving gas balance by opening while compressors are turned off so as to reduce their startup load the next time they are turned on. It is individually performed by the header outdoor unit and each follower outdoor unit. )Control conditions In cooling, compressors have been turned off. In heating, the header unit has been shut down. )Control details The control point is changed according to P (Pd pressure - Ps pressure) registered just before the compressors were turned off. When P P, is opened. When this results in P < P, is closed. When P < P, is closed. (Unit: MPa) Control points for Pd pressure P, P Heating Cooling Header unit compressors Header unit compressors Header unit compressors P P P P P P Header unit.... Follower unit high pressure release control This control function is aimed at mitigating pressure rise while a compressor is in operation at low speeds. )Control conditions Heating operation is in progress (except periods of defrosting control). A lone compressor from the header unit is in operation at low speeds of up to 6 rps. )Control details When Pd pressure becomes. MPa, is opened. When Pd pressure becomes.8 MPa, is closed. )Termination conditions Shutdown, thermostat, defrosting operation, or cooling operation. The number of header unit compressors in operation increases to two. At least one follower unit compressor is turned on. The speed of the compressor rises to 0 rps or more.. low pressure release control This control function is aimed at preventing a rapid fall in pressure during transient operation. It is individually performed by the header outdoor unit and each follower outdoor unit. The control is always provided except during periods of stoppage or thermostat. )Control details When Ps pressure becomes 0.6 MPa, is opened. When Ps pressure becomes > 0.0 MPa, is closed. 7

75 Item Description of operation, numerical data, and other information Remarks 9. Release valve control (cont d) 0. High pressure release compressor shutdown control., low pressure release control This control function is aimed at providing low pressure protection, and is individually performed by the header unit and each follower unit. The control takes place during defrost operation, heating startup pattern control operation, and cooling operation. ) Control details (heating) When Ps pressure becomes 0. MPa,, are opened; when Ps pressure becomes 0.5 MPa,, are closed. )Control details (cooling) When Ps pressure and Pd pressure become 0. MPa and.8 MPa, respectively, and are opened; when Ps pressure and Pd pressure become 0.9 MPa and. MPa, respectively, and are closed high pressure release control This control function is aimed at mitigating pressure rise and is only performed by the header unit. )Control details (heating) When Pd pressure and compressor speed become. MPa and 8 rps, respectively, during heating, with a single compressor in operation, 5 is opened; when Pd pressure becomes.7 MPa, or compressor speed 6 rps, 5 is closed. This control function is aimed at automatically shutting down a compressor in an outdoor unit depending on Pd pressure. It is individually performed by the header unit and each follower unit. )Control details Compressors are shut down when Pd pressure reaches or exceeds P0 and P0. The compressor restart prevention timer ( minutes 0 seconds) is set, and the control terminated. When Pd P0 compressor. (the last one of two compressors in terms of startup order in a two compressor configuration) is shut down. When Pd P0 compressor. (the first compressor in terms of startup order) is shut down. (unit : MPa) P0 P0 Heating.5.5 Cooling Case heater control There are two types of case heaters: a compressor case heater and an accumulator case heater. This control function is aimed at preventing the accumulation of refrigerant in those cases, and is performed by all outdoor units. If the power supply has not been turned on for a specified period before a postinstallation test run, compressor failure may occur. Similarly, when starting compressors after a long period of no power supply, it is recommended that the power supply be turned on for a while before operation is resumed, just like a post-installation test run. This control function is sometimes used alongside an electrical charging of the compressor motor windings. In this case, a charging sound may be heard, but this is normal. )Control details The heaters are turned on while the compressors are turned off. The heaters are turned off when T0 sensor temperature becomes 8 C, and are turned back on when T0 sensor temperature becomes 5 C. When the compressors are turned on, the heaters are kept on for 0 minutes. 7

76 Item. A-IPDU control Description of operation, numerical data, and other information Remarks IPDU controls inverter compressors by issuing commands relating to compressor speeds, speed increases/decreases, and current release control values via the interface P.C. board. The main control functions of the IPDU P.C. board are described below.. Current release control To prevent inverter input current from exceeding the specified value, output frequency is controlled with AC input current as detected by T0 mounted on the control P.C. board. Current Zone B I Zone C Zone D I Zone A Zone A:Compressors are operated normally. Zone D:The current operating frequency is maintained. Zone B:Operating frequency is lowered. Zone C:The lowering of operating frequency is halted to maintain the current frequency. Current control values for various outdoor units are shown below. Outdoor unit HP capacity I I A A B A A B Heat sink temperature detection control ) This control function is aimed at protecting IPM from overheating via a thermistor (TH sensor) mounted in the compressor drive module (Q0) of A-IPDU. ) When TH about 75~80 C * is detected, the fan operation mode is raised by one step, followed by a series of additional step-ups right up to the highest mode at a rate of one step/5 seconds. ) After step ), the normal fan mode is restored when TH falls to < about 75~80 C *. ) When TH 97 C, compressors are shut down. 5) Compressors are restarted minutes and 0 seconds later, with an error count of recorded. If this is repeated four times (error count reaches ), the error is confirmed as final. The error [P07] is displayed. (There will be no more restarts.) A-IPDU and are each provided with a TH sensor. * It changes depending on the model and temperature condition. * Possible causes of the confirmed error include a heat buildup in the outdoor unit, fan abnormality, blockage of the cooling duct, and IPDU P.C. board fault. * The TH temperature used in this control function is the highest registered by AIPDU, A-IPDU.. Overcurrent protection control ) When the overcurrent protection circuit on an IPDU P.C. board detects an abnormal current, the compressor is shut down. ) The compressor is restarted minutes and 0 seconds later, with an error count of recorded. If the compressor successfully operates for at least 0 minutes after a restart, the error count is cleared. ) If the error count reaches 8, the error is confirmed as final.. High pressure SW control ) When the high pressure SW of an inverter compressor is activated, the compressor is shut down with an error count of recorded. ) The compressor is restarted minutes 0 seconds later, and, if it successfully operates for at least 0 minutes, the error count is cleared. ) If the error count reaches, the error is confirmed as final. The check code P0 is displayed. 75 Connected to A-IPDU, the high-pressure SW is normally closed.

77 <Other points to note> Cooling operation under low outside temperature conditions ) If pressure falls to extremely low levels, indoor units may be shut down via freeze prevention control based on the indoor TC sensor. ) If pressure falls to extremely low levels, frequency may be reduced via cooling capacity control. ) When the discharge temperature sensor reading falls below 60 C, the frequency may be increased above the level called for by the command received from the indoor unit. PMV (Pulse Motor Valve) ) When the power is turned on, PMVs generate a tapping sound as they are initialized. If this sound is not heard, there is a possibility of faulty PMV operation. However, in a noisy environment, it may simply be drowned out by ambient noise. ) Do not separate the actuator (head section) from any PMV during operation. It may result in an inaccurate opening. ) When transporting (relocating) the set, do not, under any circumstances, keep the actuator separated. It may damage the valve by causing it to close and exposing it to pressure from sealed liquid. ) When reattaching the actuator after its removal, push it in firmly until a click sound is heard. Then, turn the power off and back on again. <Schematic diagram for oil equation control> Unit transferring oil Unit receiving oil Header unit MMY-MAP06* Follower unit MMY-MAP06* FM FM TO TG PMV TL TO PMV PMV TG TE TL TL TE TE way valve way valve TS Pressure sensor (high pressure) D C TD TK D TD HPS C TD HPS 圧縮機 １ 圧縮機 １ (ｲﾝﾊﾞｰﾀ) Conpressor TK TL TK TL A HPS Conpressor TK TK TK5 A TK Conpressor PMV Oil Header TK5 TD HPS (ｲﾝﾊﾞｰﾀ) Conpressor PMV Fusible Plug B Oil Header Balance Pipe Liquid Pipe Gas Pipe 76 Pressure sensor (low pressure) FP Fusible Plug TS Pressure sensor (low pressure) TS FP TS Pressure sensor (high pressure) B

78 6. Applied control and Functions 6-. Applied Control for Indoor Unit 6--. Control Specifications NO. Item Specification outline Remarks Upon power supply reset. Identification of outdoor unit When the power supply is reset, the outdoor unit is identified, and control is redirected according to the identification result.. Indoor fan speed and air flow direction control availability settings Settings such as indoor fan speed and air flow direction control availability are replaced on the basis of EEPROM data.. If power supply reset is performed in the wake of a fault, the check code is cleared. If the abnormality persists after the Start/Stop button on the remote controller is pressed to resume operation, the check code is redisplayed on the remote controller. Operation selection. The operation mode changes in response to an operation selection command issued via the remote controller. Remote controller command Control outline STOP Air conditioner shutdown FAN Room temp. control Ts: Temperature setting Ta: Room temperature Fan operation COOL Cooling operation DRY Drying operation HEAT Heating operation. Adjustment range - remote controller temperature setting ( C) COOL/DRY HEAT Wired type 8~9 8~9 Wireless type 8~0 6~0 Shift in heating suction temperature (not applicable to remote controller thermo operation). In heating operation, the temperature setting may be fine-tuned via the DN code 06. SET DATA Temperature setting adjustment C + C + C +6 C Factory default SET DATA Automatic capacity control. The outdoor unit determines the operational capacities of indoor units according to the difference between Ta and Ts. Ta ( C) + Cooling Ta ( C) + SD + SB Ts S9 Ts S S S0 S5 S7 S7 - S5 - Heating S9 SB S0-77 SD SF Ts: Temperature setting Ta: Room temperature

79 NO. Item Specification outline Remarks 5 Fan speed control. The fan operates in one of the four speed modes of HIGH (HH), MED (H), LOW (L) and AUTO on the basis of a command issued via the remote controller. (Concealed duct high static pressure type: HH only). In AUTO fan speed mode, the air speed changes according to the difference between Ta and Ts. <Cooling> Ta ( C) Tsc -0.5 HH H+ H L+ L L L <HH> <HH> <HH> <HH> <H> <H> <L+> Control is identical in remote controller thermo and body thermo operation. Speed modes shown in < > apply to cooling operation under AUTO air conditioner operation mode. In AUTO fan speed mode, the fan speed remains the same for minutes each time a speed change occurs. However, a speed change command issued via the remote controller can override this, and the fan speed changes accordingly. At the beginning of cooling operation, a higher speed (steeper downward temperature gradient) is chosen. As long as the temperature difference remains on a boundary line, the fan speed stays the same. <Heating> (-0.5) (0) Ta ( C) -.0 Tsh (+0.5) +.0 L L+ H H+ <L+> <H> <H+> <HH> (+.0) +.0 C HH <HH> (+.5) +.0 B (+.0) +.0 A Figures inside ( ) applies to remote controller thermo operation. Figures outside ( ) applies to body thermo operation. Speed modes shown in < > apply to heating operation under AUTO air conditioner operation mode. In AUTO fan speed mode, the fan speed remains the same for minute each time a speed change occurs. However, a speed change command issued via the remote controller can override this, and the fan speed changes accordingly. At the beginning of heating operation, a higher speed (steeper upward temperature gradient) is chosen. As long as the temperature difference remains on a boundary line, the fan speed stays the same. When TC 60 C, the fan speed is raised by one step.. If the air conditioner goes thermo during heating operation, the fan speed drops down to LL (breeze). A B C D E F G E D HH > H+ > H > L+ > L > UL or LL DN code 0000 : Body thermo 000 : Remote controller thermo TC: Indoor heat exchanger sensor temperature HEATING STANDBY displayed 78

80 NO. Item Specification outline Remarks 6 Cold air discharge prevention control. In heating operation, the upper limit of the fan tap is set according to the lower of whichever is the higher between TC sensor and TCJ sensor temperatures, on the one hand, and TC sensor temperature, on the other. If the fan continuously operates in zone B for 6 minutes, it automatically moves into zone C. During defrosting, the control point is shifted by +6 C. ( C) D C A E B Zone A: Zone B:6 C or above and below 8 C Breeze Zone C:8 C or above and below 0 C Low Zone D:0 C or above and below C Medium Zone E:High TCJ: Indoor heat exchanger sensor temperature In zones D and E, priority is given to the remote controller fan speed setting. In zone A, HEATING STANDBY is displayed. Freeze prevention control (low temp. release). During cooling, the air conditioner is operated in the manner described below according to the temperature readings of the TC, TC and TCJ sensors. If zone J operation is detected for 5 minutes, the air conditioner is forced into thermo. In zone K, the timer is put on pause, with the current timer count retained. If zone I operation is detected, the timer count is cleared, and the air conditioner returns to normal operation. If continuous zone J operation forces the air conditioner into thermo, the indoor fan is operated in breeze mode until it moves into zone I. The control is terminated under the following conditions: Termination conditions )TC C, TC C, and TCJ C )Passage of 0 minutes after stoppage TC: Indoor heat exchanger sensor temperature 7 TC TC, TCJ P 0 C(5 C) -0 C P I a ( C) K Q 0 C - C Q Temperature in ( ): If the temperature is below J this value when the power is turned on, the air conditioner is forced into thermo.. During cooling, the air conditioner is operated in the manner described below according to the temperature readings of the TC and TCJ sensors. If zone M operation is detected for 5 minutes, the air conditioner is forced into thermo. In zone N, the timer is put on pause, with the current timer count retained. When the air conditioner goes back into zone M, timer count is resumed from the retained value. If zone L operation is detected, the timer count is cleared, and the air conditioner returns to normal operation. ( C) P Q L N M TC, TCJ P 5 Q -.0 Reset conditions )TC C, TC C and TCJ C )Passage of 0 minutes after stoppage * With models without TC, TC is not part of the control parameters. 79

81 NO. Item Specification outline Remarks Cooling oil (refrigerant) recovery control Heating refrigerant (oil) recovery control Defrosting control Short intermittent operation compensation control Drain pump control Elimination of residual heat While the outdoor unit is recovering cooling oil (refrigerant), the indoor units perform the following control tasks: [common for operational (cooling thermo / thermo / FAN), as well as nonoperational indoor units] )Open the indoor PMV to a certain degree. )Engage in recovery control for a specified period of time and return to normal cooling operation at the end of this period upon terminating the control. )Operate the drain pump throughout the recovery control period and for about minute after it. While the outdoor unit is recovering heating refrigerant (oil), the indoor units perform the following control tasks: )Open the indoor PMV to a certain degree. )Control the indoor fan according to the operation mode. [Indoor units operating in heating thermo / state] Let the indoor fan continue operating, but turn it off if the temperature of the indoor heat exchanger drops. [Indoor units operating in FAN mode] Turn off the indoor fan and display HEATING STANDBY on the remote controller. [n-operational indoor units] Keep the indoor fan turned off. )Terminate the recovery operation depending on the TC temperature reading. The timing of termination is determined by each indoor unit. )Operate the indoor fan and drain pump for about minute after the termination of the recovery operation. (Applicable to -way air discharge cassette type, - way air discharge cassette type and -way air discharge cassette type) While the outdoor unit is engaged in defrosting control, the indoor units perform the following control tasks: )Open the indoor PMV to a certain degree. )Control the indoor fan according to the operation mode. [Indoor units operating in heating thermo / state] Let the indoor fan continue operating for a while, but turn it off as the temperature of the indoor heat exchanger drops. [Indoor units operating in FAN mode] Let the indoor fan continue operating. [n-operational indoor units] Keep the indoor fan turned off. )As defrosting control comes to an end, it gives way to heating refrigerant (oil) recovery control. (For control details, see 9. Heating refrigerant (oil) recovery control above.). For 5 minutes after startup, the system is forced to continue operating even if it reaches the thermo region.. However, priority is given to cooling/heating selection, operation standby, and protective control, so that there is no overriding of thermo in these cases. Recovery operation normally takes place roughly every hours. The opening position of the indoor PMV depending on the type and capacity of the indoor unit. Recovery operation normally takes place roughly every hour. The opening position of the indoor PMV depending on the type and capacity of the indoor unit. For defrosting commencement conditions, see 7. Defrosting control (reverse defrosting method) above. The opening position of the indoor PMV depending on the type and capacity of the indoor unit.. During cooling (including DRY operation), the drain pump is operated at all times. Check code [P0]. If the float switch is activated while the drain pump is in operation, the drain pump continues operating, with the relevant check code displayed.. If the float switch is activated while the drain pump is turned off, thermo is forced on the air conditioner, with the drain pump put into operation. If the float switch continues to be activated for about 5 minutes, the drain pump is turned off, with the relevant check code displayed.. When the air conditioner is turned off after engaging in heating operation, the indoor fan is operated for about 0 seconds in breeze mode. 80

82 NO. Item Specification outline Remarks Filter sign display (not applicable to wireless type) * Provided in the separately mounted type, TCB-AXE.. The indoor fan s cumulative hours of operation are counted, and when these exceed the prescribed value (50H/500H), a filter replacement signal is sent to the remote controller to display a filter sign on it.. When a filter reset signal is received from the remote controller, the timer measuring cumulative hours is cleared. If the prescribed hours have been exceeded, the hours count is reset, with the sign on the remote controller display erased. Filter service life 500H 50H Type -way air discharge cassette type -way air discharge cassette type (SH, YH) -way air discharge cassette type Under ceiling type Concealed duct standard type Concealed duct high static pressure type Slim duct type High wall type Floor standing type Floor standing concealed type Floor standing cabinet type FILTER displayed Operation standby Heating standby <Operation standby>... Displayed on remote controller. When any of the DN codes listed below is displayed P05 - Detection of an open phase in the power supply wiring P0 - Detection of indoor flooding in at least one indoor unit L0 - Detection of an interlock alarm in at least one indoor unit. Forced thermo COOL/DRY operation is unavailable because at least one indoor unit is operating in HEAT mode. HEAT operation is unavailable because at least one indoor unit is operating in COOL/DRY mode under priority cooling setting (bit of SW on outdoor I/F P.C. board ).. All indoor units not able to engage in any of the above operations stand by in thermo state.. The indoor fan has been turned off because the system is engaged in a heat refrigerant (oil) recovery operation. <Heating standby>... Displayed on remote controller. rmal thermo During heating, the indoor unit goes thermo as the heating temperature setting is reached.. During heating, the fan rotates at a breeze speed (UL or lower) or remains stationary to prevent cold air from being discharged (including defrosting operation).. Forced thermo HEAT operation is unavailable because at least one indoor unit is operating in COOL/DRY mode under priority cooling setting (bit of SW on outdoor I/F P.C. board ). OPERATI STANDBY displayed display provided on wireless remote controller 5 HEATING STANDBY displayed 8

83 NO. Item Specification outline Remarks 6 Selection of central control mode Louver control. The range of operations that can be performed via an indoor unit remote controller can be determined through the setting of the central controller.. Setting details TCC-Link central control Operation via TCC- Link central control (O: Accessible Start/stop selection Operation mode selection : Inaccessible) Operation via RBC-AMTE Timer setting Temperature setting Fan speed setting Air flow direction setting Individual O O O O O O Central O O O O Central O O Central O O O O Central O O O O O. Louver position setting When the louver position is changed, the louver turns all the way down before settling in the set position. Louver position is adjustable in the range shown in the diagrams below. During cooling/drying During heating/fan-only operation RBC- AMTE display CENTRAL CTROL IN PROGRESS In the case of a wired remote controller, CENTRAL CTROL IN PROGRESS is displayed (lit up) while in central control mode. The display blinks when a control function inaccessible to a remote controller is chosen. A wireless remote controller has the same set of control functions, although there is no display. When a control operation is performed via a wireless remote controller while in central control mode, a peep sound alert (5 times) is provided. 7 During group operation, position setting can be performed individually or collectively.. Swing setting The SWING sign is displayed, along with alternating images as shown below. In all operation modes 8 DC motor During group operation, swing setting can be performed individually or collectively.. Set louver positions (alternating) -way -way (SH) -way Under ceiling rmal stop Downward Closed Upward Horizontal Abnormal stop Downward change Upward Horizontal Heating standby Upward Upward Upward Horizontal Oil/refrigerant recovery Upward Upward change Horizontal. When the fan is turned on, the positions of the stator and rotor are determined. (The motor turns in incremental steps.). The fan operates in accordance with commands issued by the indoor controller. te: If the fan is rotating while the air conditioner is turned off due to an inflow of outside air or some other reason, the indoor unit may operate without turning on the fan motor. te: If fan motor lock is detected, the indoor unit is turned off, with an error display provided. Check code P 8

84 6--. Optional Connector Specifications of Indoor P.C. Board Function Connector. Pin. Fan output CN HA CN6 5 6 Optional output CN External CN80 error input FILTER Optional error CHK Operation check DISP Display mode EXCT Demand CN70 CN7 CN7 CN7 Specification Remarks DCV Factory default setting: when indoor unit in operation and when indoor unit at rest Output * Fan can be operated on its own by pressing FAN button on remote controller (DN = ) Start/stop input Start/stop input for HA (J0: In place/removed = Pulse input (factory default)/step input) 0V(COM) Remote controller disabling input Enables/disables start/stop control via remote controller In-operation output during operation (HA answerback signal) DCV(COM) Alarm output while alarm DCV(COM) Defrosting output while outdoor unit defrosted Thermostat output while real thermostat (compressor ) Cooling output while air conditioner in cooling or related operation (COOL, DRY or cooling under AUTO mode) Heating output while air conditioner in heating operation (HEAT or heating under AUTO mode) Fan output while indoor fan (air cleaner in use or via interlock wiring) DCV(COM) Generates test code L0 and automatically shuts down air conditioner (only if condition persists DCV(COM) for minute) External error input "FILTER/optional/humidifier setting" input 0V Check mode input 0V Display mode input 0V Demand input 0V Factory default setting to be humidifier (evaporative + drain pump ) Used for control of optional error input (display of action of protective device for equipment connected externally) * "Optional error input" setting to be performed via the remote controller (DN = ) Used for indoor operation check (prescribed operational status output, such as indoor fan "H" or drain pump, to be generated without communication with outdoor unit or remote controller) Product display mode - Communication just between indoor unit and remote controller enabled (upon turning on of power) Timer short-circuited out (always) Imposes thermostat on indoor unit 8

85 6--. Test Operation of Indoor Unit Check function for operation of indoor unit (Functions at indoor unit side) This function is provided to check the operation of the indoor unit singly without communication with the remote controller or the outdoor unit. This function can be used regardless of operation or stop of the system. However, if using this function for a long time, a trouble of the equipment may be caused. Limit using this function within several minutes. [How to operate] ) Short-circuit CHK pin (CN7 on the indoor P.C. board). The operation mode differs according to the indoor unit status in that time. rmal time: Both float SW and fan motor are normal. Abnormal time: Either one of float SW or fan motor is abnormal. ) Restricted to the normal time, if short-circuiting DISP pin (CN7 on the indoor P.C. board) in addition to short-circuit of CHK pin (CN7 on the indoor P.C. board), the minimum opening degree (0pls) can be set to the indoor PMV only. When open DISP pin, the maximum opening degree (500pls) can be obtained again. [How to clear] Open CHK pin. While the system is operating, it stops once but automatically returns to operation after several minutes. Short-circuit of CHK pin rmal time DISP pin open DISP pin short circuit Abnormal time Fan motor (H) (H) Stop Indoor PMV (*) Max. opening degree (500pls) Min. opening degree (0pls) Min. opening degree (0pls) Louver Horizontal Horizontal Immediate stop Drain pump Communication All ignored All ignored All ignored P.C. board LED Lights Lights Flashes To exchange the indoor PMV coil, set the indoor PMV to Max. opening degree. For the detailed positions of CHK pin (CN7 on indoor P.C. board) and DISP pin (CN7 on indoor P.C. board), refer to the indoor P.C. board MCC

86 6--. Method to Set Indoor Unit Function DN Code (When performing this task, be sure to use a wired remote controller.) <Procedure> To be performed only when system at rest Push the + + buttons simultaneously and hold for at least seconds. The unit. displayed first is the address of the header indoor unit in group control. Then the fan and louver of the selected indoor unit move. UNIT LOUVER Each time the Select unit side of the button is pressed, one of the indoor unit s. under group control is displayed in turn. Then the fan and louver of the selected indoor unit move. TEMP. TIMER SET TIME FAN SAVE / MODE VENT Use the button to select the CODE. (DN code) of the desired function. Use the button to select the desired SET DATA associated with the selected function. 5 Push the button. (The display changes from flashing to steady.) To change the selected indoor unit, go back to step. To change the selected function, go back to step. FILTER RESET TEST 6 SET CL 5 SWING/FIX UNIT LOUVER 6 When the button is pushed, the system returns to normal off state. 85

87 Function CODE. (DN Code) Table (Includes All Functions Needed to Perform Applied Control on Site) DN Item Description At shipment Filter display delay timer 0000: ne 000: 50H According to type 0 000: 500H 000: 0000H 000: 5000H 0 Dirty state of filter 0000: Standard 0000: Standard 000: High degree of dirt (Half of standard time) 0 Central control address 000:. unit to 006:.6 unit 0099: Unfixed 0099: Unfixed 0 Specific indoor unit 0000: priority 000: Priority 0000: priority priority Heating temp shift 0000: shift 000: + C 000: + C : + C to 000: +0 C (Up to +6 recommended) (Floor type 0000: 0 C) 0d Existence of [AUTO] 0000: Provided 000: t provided mode 000: t provided (Automatic selection from connected outdoor unit) 0F Cooling only 0000: Heat pump 0000: Heat pump 000: Cooling only ( display of [AUTO] [HEAT]) 0 Type 000: -way Air Discharge Cassette Depending on model type Indoor unit capacity 0000: Unfixed 000 to 00 According to capacity type Line address 000:. unit to 000:.0 unit 0099: Unfixed Indoor unit address 000:. unit to 006:.6 unit 0099: Unfixed Group address 0000: Individual 000: Header unit of group 0099: Unfixed 000: Follower unit of group 9 E 8 A E Louver type (Air direction adjustment) Temp difference of [AUTO] mode selection COOL HEAT, HEAT COOL Automatic restart of power failure Selection of option/error input (CN70) HA terminal (CN6) select 0000: louver 000: Swing only According to type 000: (-way Air Discharge Cassette type, Under Ceiling type) 000: (-way Air Discharge Cassette type) 000: (-way Air Discharge Cassette type) 0000: 0 deg to 000: 0 deg 000: deg (For setup temperature, reversal of COOL/HEAT by ± (Data value)/) (Ts±.5) 0000: ne 000: Restart 0000: ne 0000: Filter input 000: ne 0000: Usual 000: Fire alarm input 000: Alarm input (Air washer, etc.) 000: ne 000: Leaving- prevention control 0000: Usual (HA terminal) Ventilating fan control 0000: Unavailable 000: Available 0000: Unavailable TA sensor selection 0000: Body TA sensor 000: Remote controller sensor 0000: Body TA sensor Temperature unit select 0000: C (at factory shipment) 000: F 0000: C F0 Swing mode 000: Standard 000: Dual swing 000: Standard 000: Cycle swing F Louver fixed position 0000: Release 000: Horizontal discharge position 0000: t fixed (Louver.) 0005: Downward discharge position F F F Louver fixed position (Louver.) Louver fixed position (Louver.) Louver fixed position (Louver.) 0000: Release 0005: Downward discharge position 0000: Release 0005: Downward discharge position 0000: Release 0005: Downward discharge position 000: Horizontal discharge position 0000: t fixed 000: Horizontal discharge position 0000: t fixed 000: Horizontal discharge position 0000: t fixed 86

88 DN Item Description At shipment High-ceiling adjustment (Air flow selection) -way air discharge cassette (SH) Value Type AP05, AP08 AP Standard (factory default).5 m or less.8 m or less 000 High-ceiling ().0 m or less.0 m or less 000 High-ceiling (). m or less. m or less -way air discharge cassette Value Type AP007~AP00 AP06~AP Standard (factory default).7 m or less.7 m or less 000 High-ceiling (). m or less (*).0 m or less 000 High-ceiling ().8 m or less (*).5 m or less * The high-ceiling installation of model AP007 to AP0 can only be undertaken when the combined capacity of the indoor units connected is 00% or less than the capacity of the outdoor unit. Do not proceed with high-ceiling installation if this limit is exceeded. -way air discharge cassette 0000: Standard 5d Value 0000 Type AP009~AP0 AP05~AP08 Air flow at outlet directions directions directions directions directions directions Standard (factory default).7 m.8 m.0 m.8 m. m.5 m 000 High-ceiling (). m.5 m.8 m 000 High-ceiling ().5 m.8 m Type AP0~AP00 AP06~AP056 Value Air flow at outlet directions directions directions directions directions directions 0000 Standard (factory default).0 m. m.6 m.0 m. m.6 m 000 High-ceiling (). m.5 m.8 m. m.5 m.8 m 000 High-ceiling ().6 m.8 m.6 m.8 m Under ceiling Value Type AP05~AP Standard (factory default).5 m or less 000 High-ceiling ().0 m or less 60 Built-in filter Static pressure selection Timer setting (wired remote controller) -way air discharge cassette 0000: Standard filter (factory default) 000: Super long-life filter -way air discharge cassette 0000: Standard filter (factory default) Under ceiling 0000: Standard filter (factory default) Concealed duct standard 0000: Standard filter (factory default) 000: High-performance filter (65%, 90%) Concealed duct standard 0000: Standard (factory default) 000: High static pressure 000: High static pressure 0006: Low static pressure Slim Duct 0000: Standard (factory default) 000: High static pressure 000: High static pressure 0006: High static pressure 0000: Available (can be performed) 000: Unavailable (cannot be performed) 0000: Available 87

89 Type DN code 0 Value Type Model way Air Discharge Cassette MMU-AP SH 000* -way Air Discharge Cassette MMU-AP H 000 -way Air Discharge Cassette MMU-AP WH 000 -way Air Discharge Cassette (Compact) MMU-AP YH 000 Concealed Duct Standard MMD-AP BH 0005 Slim Duct MMD-AP SPH (SH) 0006 Concealed Duct High Static Pressure MMD-AP H 0007 Under Ceiling MMC-AP H 0008 High Wall MMK-AP H 000 Floor Standing Cabinet MML-AP H 00 Floor Standing Concealed MML-AP BH 00 Floor Standing MMF-AP H 00 Compact -way Air Discharge Cassette MMU-AP MH 005 Super Slim Duct MMD-AP****M(P)HY 006 Fresh Air Intake indoor unit (Duct type) MMD-AP HFE 008 Console MML-AP****NH * Default value stored in EEPROM mounted on service P.C. board Indoor Unit Capacity DN code Setup data Model Setup data Model 0000* *Invalid type MMU-AP005MH type MMD-AP005SPH type MMU-AP0056MH type MMD-AP0056SPH type type type type type type type type type type type type type type ~ type type * Default value stored in EEPROM mounted on service P.C. board 88

90 6--5. Applied Control of Indoor Unit Control system using remote control interface (TCB-IFCBE) Wiring and setting In the case of group control, the control system functions as long as it is connected to one of the indoor units (control P.C. board) in the group. If it is desired to access the operation and error statuses of other units, relevant signals must be brought to it from those units individually. Control items () Start/Stop input signal Start/stop of unit () In-operation signal Output present while unit in normal operation () Error signal Output present while alarm (e.g. serial communication error or operation of protective device for indoor/outdoor unit) being activated Wiring diagram of control system using remote control interface (TCB-IFCBE) Input IFCBE: -voltage / serial signal Output -voltage contact (in-operation and error indication) Contact capacity: Max. AC 0V, 0.5A Indoor control P.C. board Start/stop input COM (GND) Remote controller disabling/enabling input In-operation signal output COM (+V) Error signal output 5 6 CN6 T0 (yellow) CN CN side Start signal input side Stop signal input COM In-operation signal output Error signal output Power source 0-0V TCB-IFCBE 89

91 Ventilating fan control from remote controller [Function] The start/stop operation can be operated from the wired remote controller when air to air heat exchanger or ventilating fan is installed in the system. The fan can be operated even if the indoor unit is not operating. Use a fan which can receive the no-voltage A contact as an outside input signal. In a group control, the units are collectively operated and they can not be individually operated.. Operation Handle a wired remote controller in the following procedure. * Use the wired remote controller during stop of the system. * Be sure to set up the wired remote controller to the header unit. (Same in group control) * In a group control, if the wired remote controller is set up to the header unit, both header and follower units are simultaneously operable. Push concurrently + + buttons for seconds or more. The unit. displayed firstly indicates the header indoor unit address in the group control. In this time, the fan of the selected indoor unit turns on. UNIT LOUVER Every pushing button, the indoor unit numbers in group control are displayed successively. In this time, the fan of the selected indoor unit only turns on. Using the setup temp or button, specify the CODE.. Using the timer time or button, select the SET DATA. (At shipment: ) The setup data are as follows: SET DATA Handling of operation of air to air heat exchanger or ventilating fan Unavailable (At shipment) Available 5 Push button. (OK if display goes on.) To change the selected indoor unit, go to the procedure ). To change the item to be set up, go to the procedure ). 6 Pushing returns the status to the usual stop status.. Wiring CN FAN DRIVE (P WHI) Indoor control P.C. board Relay (DCV, procured locally) Corresponds to the relay up to one that the rated current of the operation coil is approx. 75mA Outside control input of fan To terminal te) Determine the cable length between the indoor control P.C. board and the relay within m. Compact -way Air Discharge Cassette type -way Air Discharge Cassette type -way Air Discharge Cassette type ( series) Concealed Duct Standard type model : Slim Duct type Under Ceiling type High Wall type Corresponds up to a relay in which rated current of the operation coil is approx. 75mA Other type models: Correspond up to a relay in which rated current of the operation coil is approx. 6mA (Does not correspond to a terminal block type relay on the market.) 90

92 Leaving- prevention control [Function] This function controls the indoor units individually. It is connected with cable to the control P.C. board of the indoor unit. In a group control, it is connected with cable to the indoor unit (Control P.C. board), and the CODE. E is set to the connected indoor unit. It is used when the start operation from outside if unnecessary but the stop operation is necessary. Using a card switch box, card lock, etc, the forgotten- of the indoor unit can be protected. When inserting a card, start/stop operation from the remote controller is allowed. When taking out a card, the system stops if the indoor unit is operating and start/stop operation from the remote controller is forbidden.. Control items ) Outside contact : The start/stop operation from the remote controller is allowed. (Status that card is inserted in the card switch box) ) Outside contact : If the indoor unit is operating, it is stopped forcedly. (Start/Stop prohibited to remote controller) (Status that card is taken out from the card switch box) * When the card switch box does not perform the above contact operation, convert it using a relay with b contact.. Operation Handle the wired remote controller switch in the following procedure. * Use the wired remote controller switch during stop of the system. Push concurrently + + buttons for seconds or more. Using the setup temp or button, specify the CODE.. Using the timer time or button, set to the SET DATA. Push button. 5 Push button. (The status returns to the usual stop status.). Wiring CN6 T0 (YEL) Relay (procured locally) * In the figure, the contact indicates a status that the card is taken out. Indoor control P.C. board Power supply Outside contact (Card switch box, etc: Procured locally) te) Determine the cable length between the indoor control P.C. board and the relay within m. Power peak-cut from indoor unit When the relay is turned on, a forced thermostat- operation starts. Wiring example CN7 EXCT (P plug: RED) Relay (procured locally) Relay coil signal te) Determine the cable length between the indoor or outdoor control P.C. board and the relay within m. Indoor control P.C. board 9

93 6-. Applied Control for Outdoor Unit The outdoor fan high static pressure support and priority operation mode setting (cooling / heating / number of units / or priority indoor unit) functions are available by setting relevant switches provided on the interface P.C. board of the outdoor unit Outdoor Fan High Static Pressure Shift Purpose/characteristics This function is used when connecting a duct to the discharge port of an outdoor unit (as part of, for example, unit installation on the floor by floor installation.) Setup Turn the DIP switch [SW0, Bit ] provided on the interface P.C. board of the outdoor unit. This function must be enabled with every discharge duct connected outdoor unit for both of the header and follower units. Specification Increase the speed of the propeller fan units on the outdoor fan to allow the installation of a duct with a maximum external static pressure not greater than specified in the table below. If a discharge duct with a resistance greater than 5 Pa (.5 mmaq) is to be used, enable this function. The maximum external static pressures of single units are shown below (Table ). In the case of combined use of multiple outdoor units, set all the units to the same maximum external static pressure as the one with the lowest maximum external static pressure (see table). Table : Maximum External Static Pressures of Single Outdoor Units Model MMY- MAP0806* MAP006* MAP06* MAPB6* MAP0A6* MAPA6* MAP06* MAP608* MAP8B6* MAPA6* MAP6A6* MAP806* MAP006* MAP06* Maximum external static pressure (Pa) (*) Outdoor unit air flow (m/h) (*) Calculate duct resistance from outdoor unit air flow. Table : Maximum External Static Pressures for Combined Use of Single Units (-) For HT8P HT7P HT8P-E T8P-E HT8P-TR model Standard models High efficiency models Combination of outdoor units Combined horsepower output Model MMY- Unit Unit Unit MAP0806* MAP006* MAP06* MAP06* MAP606* MAP806* MAP006* MAP06* AP6* AP66* AP86* AP06* AP6* AP6* AP66* AP86* AP06* AP6* AP6* AP66* AP86* AP506* AP56* AP56* AP566* AP586* AP606* AP06* AP6* AP66* AP86* AP06* AP6* AP6* AP56* MAP0806* MAP006* MAP06* MAP06* MAP606* MAP806* MAP006* MAP06* MAP06* MAP06* MAP606* MAP606* MAP606* MAP806* MAP006* MAP06* MAP006* MAP06* MAP06* MAP606* MAP606* MAP806* MAP006* MAP06* MAP006* MAP06* MAP06* MAP006* MAP06* MAP06* MAP06* MAP06* MAP06* MAP606* MAP006* MAP06* MAP06* MAP06* MAP06* MAP606* MAP606* MAP606* MAP606* MAP006* MAP006* MAP06* MAP606* MAP606* MAP606* MAP606* MAP606* MAP006* MAP006* MAP06* MAP006* MAP006* MAP06* MAP06* MAP06* MAP06* MAP06* MAP006* MAP06* MAP606* MAP606* MAP606* MAP606* MAP606* MAP606* MAP606* MAP06* MAP06* MAP06* MAP06* MAP06* MAP06* 9 Maximum external static pressure (Pa)

94 (-) For HT8P-ME HT7P-ME model Combination of outdoor units Combined horsepower output Model MMY- Unit Unit Unit MAP0806* MAP006* MAP06* MAP06* MAP606* MAP806* MAP006* AP6* AP6* AP66* AP86* AP06* AP6* AP6* AP66* AP86* AP06* AP6* AP6* AP66* AP86* AP506* AP56* AP56* AP566* MAP0A6* MAPA6* MAPA6* MAP6A6* AP86* AP06* AP6* AP6* AP66* AP86* AP06* AP6* AP6* AP66* AP86* AP06* AP6* AP6* MAP0806* MAP006* MAP06* MAP06* MAP606* MAP806* MAP006* MAP06* MAP06* MAP06* MAP06* MAP606* MAP606* MAP806* MAP806* MAP006* MAP006* MAP06* MAP606* MAP606* MAP606* MAP806* MAP806* MAP006* MAP006* MAP0A6* MAP0A6* MAPA6* MAPA6* MAPA6* MAPA6* MAP6A6* MAP6A6* MAPA6* MAPA6* MAPA6* MAPA6* MAP6A6* MAP6A6* MAP006* MAP06* MAP06* MAP06* MAP06* MAP606* MAP606* MAP806* MAP806* MAP006* MAP06* MAP06* MAP606* MAP606* MAP606* MAP806* MAP006* MAP006* MAP0806* MAP0A6* MAP0A6* MAPA6* MAPA6* MAPA6* MAPA6* MAP6A6* MAPA6* MAPA6* MAPA6* MAPA6* MAPA6* MAP6A6* MAP06* MAP06* MAP06* MAP606* MAP606* MAP606* MAP06* MAP606* MAP0A6* MAPA6* MAPA6* MAPA6* MAPA6* MAPA6* Combined horsepower output Model MMY MAP0806* MAP006* MAP06* MAP06* MAP606* MAP806* MAP006* AP6* AP6* AP66* AP86* AP06* AP6* AP6* AP66* AP86* AP06* AP6* AP6* AP66* AP86* AP506* AP56* AP56* AP566* AP06* AP66* AP86* AP06* Standard models High efficiency models Maximum external static pressure (Pa) (-) For HT8P-A model Standard models High efficiency models Combination of outdoor units Unit MAP0806* MAP006* MAP06* MAP06* MAP606* MAP806* MAP006* MAP06* MAP06* MAP06* MAP606* MAP606* MAP606* MAP806* MAP006* MAP006* MAP006* MAP606* MAP606* 9 MAP606* MAP606* MAP806* MAP006* MAP006* MAP006* MAP006* MAP06* MAP06* MAP06* Unit Unit MAP006* MAP06* MAP06* MAP06* MAP06* MAP606* MAP606* MAP606* MAP806* MAP006* MAP06* MAP606* MAP606* MAP606* MAP606* MAP606* MAP006* MAP006* MAP006* MAP06* MAP06* MAP06* 9 MAP06* MAP06* MAP06* MAP606* MAP606* MAP606* MAP06* MAP606* MAP06* MAP06* MAP06* Maximum external static pressure (Pa)

95 (-) For T8P,T7P,T8P-SG,T8P-ID,T8P-T model Standard models High efficiency models Combined horsepower output Model MMY- Combination of outdoor units Unit Unit Unit Maximum external static pressure (Pa) 8 MAP0806* MAP0806* MAP006* MAP006* MAP06* MAP06* MAPB6* MAPB6* MAP606* MAP606* MAP8B6* MAP8B6* MAP006* MAP006* MAP06* MAP06* AP6* MAP06* MAP06* AP66* MAPB6* MAP06* AP86* MAPB6* MAPB6* AP06* MAP606* MAPB6* - 0 AP6* MAP606* MAP606* - 0 AP6* MAP8B6* MAP606* AP66* MAP8B6* MAP8B6* AP86* MAP06* MAP606* AP06* MAP06* MAP8B6* - 0 AP6* MAP06* MAP006* - 0 AP6* MAP06* MAP06* AP66* MAP606* MAP606* MAPB6* 0 8 AP86* MAP606* MAP606* MAP606* 0 50 AP506* MAP8B6* MAP606* MAP606* 0 5 AP56* MAP8B6* MAP8B6* MAP606* 0 5 AP56* MAP8B6* MAP8B6* MAP8B6* 0 56 AP566* MAP006* MAP8B6* MAP8B6* 0 58 AP586* MAP06* MAP8B6* MAP8B6* 0 60 AP606* MAP06* MAP06* MAP606* 0 MAP06* MAP06* MAP806* MAP806* MAP006* MAP006* MAP006* - 60 MAP06* MAP06* MAP006* AP66* MAP06* MAP06* AP86* MAP06* MAP06* AP06* MAP606* MAP06* - 0 AP6* MAP806* MAP606* AP66* MAP06* MAP06* MAP06* 50 8 AP86* MAP06* MAP06* MAP06* 50 0 AP06* MAP06* MAP06* MAP06* 50 AP6* MAP06* MAP06* MAP06* 50 AP6* MAP606* MAP06* MAP06* 0 6 AP66* MAP606* MAP606* MAP06* 0 50 AP506* MAP806* MAP606* MAP606* 0 5 AP56* MAP006* MAP606* MAP606* 0 5 AP56* MAP006* MAP006* MAP06* 0 56 AP566* MAP006* MAP006* MAP606* 0 58 AP586* MAP06* MAP006* MAP606* 0 (-5) For HT8P-C model Standard models Combined horsepower output Model MMYcombination of outdoor units Maximum external static pressure Unit Unit Unit (Pa) 6 MAP606* MAP606* MAP806* MAP806* MAP006* MAP006* MAP06* MAP06* AP6* MAP806* MAP606* AP66* MAP006* MAP606* AP86* MAP06* MAP606* AP06* MAP006* MAP006* - 0 AP6* MAP06* MAP006* - 0 AP6* MAP06* MAP06* AP86* MAP606* MAP606* MAP606* 0 50 AP506* MAP806* MAP606* MAP606* 0 5 AP56* MAP006* MAP606* MAP606* 0 5 AP56* MAP06* MAP606* MAP606* 0 56 AP566* MAP006* MAP006* MAP606* 0 58 AP586* MAP06* MAP006* MAP606* 0 60 AP606* MAP06* MAP06* MAP606* 0 9

96 6--. Priority Operation Mode Setting Purpose/characteristics This function allows switching between priority cooling and priority heating. Four patterns of priority operation mode setting are available as shown in the table below. Select a suitable priority mode according to the needs of the customer. Setup CAUTI In the case of the priority indoor unit mode, it is necessary to set up the specific indoor unit chosen for priority operation (a single unit only). () Outdoor unit setup method (header unit) SW Bit Bit Operation Priority heating (factory default) Priority cooling Priority operation based on. of units in operation (priority given to the operation mode with the largest share of units in operation) Priority indoor unit (priority given to the operation mode of the specific indoor unit set up for priority operation) 95

97 () Indoor unit setup method for priority indoor unit mode The setting can be changed only when the system is at rest. (Be sure to turn off the system prior to this operation.) Push the + + buttons simultaneously and hold for at least seconds. The display window will start flashing in a little while. Verify that the displayed CODE. is 0. If the displayed CODE. is not 0, press the button to erase the display and repeat the procedure from the beginning. (te that the system does not respond to remote controller operation for about minute after the button is pushed.) (In the case of group control, the indoor unit. displayed first indicates the header unit.) TEMP. FILTER RESET TEST TIMER SET SET TIME CL FAN SAVE SWING/FIX / 5 6 MODE VENT UNIT LOUVER UNIT LOUVER Each time the button is pushed, one of the indoor unit s. under group control is displayed in turn. Select the indoor unit whose setting is to be changed. The fan and flap of the selected indoor unit then come on, so that the position of this unit can be confirmed. Use the button to select the CODE. 0. Use the button to select the SET DATA 000. Priority set 000 priority set Push the button. The setup is finished when the display changes from flashing to steady. 6 Upon finishing the setup, push the button. (This finalizes the setting.) When the button is pushed, the display goes blank, and the system returns to normal off state. (te that the system does not respond to remote controller operation for about minute after the button is pushed.) NOTE Priority can be given to only one indoor unit. If more than one indoor unit is accidentally set to priority, an check code (L5 or L6: Duplicated indoor unit priority setting) will be displayed. All units displaying L5 have been set to 000 (priority). Keep the unit to which priority should be given as it is, and change the value back to 0000 (no priority) for all the rest. Check code Description Duplicated indoor unit priority setting (The unit is set to 000.) Duplicated indoor unit priority setting (The unit is set to 0000.) 96

98 6--. Applied Control of Outdoor Unit Optional control P.C. boards provide access to a range of functions as listed below.. Function Outdoor unit for control P.C. board connection Power peak-cut Control (Standard) Control P.C. board to be used Outdoor unit interface P.C. board setting* PCMOE PCINE Connector. DIP SW. Bit Jumper to be removed Header unit CN5(blue) SW07 Power peak-cut Control (For one input function) Header unit CN5(blue) SW07 J6 Power peak-cut Control (Enhanced Functions) Header unit CN5(blue) SW07. PCDME Snowfall Fan Control Header unit CN509(black) External master / Control Header unit CN5(blue) 5 Night operation (sound reduction) Control Header unit CN508(red) Operation Mode Selection Control Header unit CN50(white) 6 Operation Mode Selection Control (forced choice) Header unit CN50(white) J0 7 Error/Operation output Header unit CN5(green) 8 Compressor Operation Output Individual outdoor unit CN5(green) 9 Operating Rate Output Header unit CN5(green) SW6 Layout of Outdoor Unit Interface P.C. Board * DIP switch settings and jumper wire statuses vary from function to function. Connector layout DIP switch layout Jumper wire layout Interface P.C. Board 97

99 6--. Power peak-cut Control (Standard) () Four-core cable support Header outdoor unit L: Display lamp ensuring power peak cut control Locally procured Outdoor unit interface PCB Optional PCB Display relay TB L Power supply Operation An external power peak-cut control signal limits the peak capacity of the outdoor unit. L: Power peak-cut control indication lamp SW: Power peak-cut control switch ( as long as target power peak-cut control has been reached or exceeded, normally )* SW: Power peak-cut control switch ( as long as target power peak-cut control has not been reached or exceeded, normally )* * The inputs of SW and SW can be either pulse (00 msec or longer) or step signals. Do not turn on SW and SW simultaneously. * Be sure to provide a contact for each terminal. Power peak-cut control settings Power peak-cut control P.C. board Power peak-cut control signal received Power peak-cut control signal received [OPERATI] CN5 PJ7 TB SW07 COM [] COM Bit [] Connection cable SW SW L Interface P.C. board of header outdoor unit SW07 Bit SW07 Bit 0% (forced stop) 60% capacity (upper limit regulated) 00% (normal operation) 00% (normal operation) () Two-core cable support SMMS-e models allows / power peak-cut control to be implemented using a power peak-cut control input (SW) alone, provided that the J6 jumper wire on the interface P.C. board of the header outdoor unit has been removed. Shield wire SW SW SW SW Shield wire For SW and SW, be sure to provide novoltage contacts for each terminal. The input signals of SW and SW may be pulse input (00 msec or more) or continuous make. Header outdoor unit L: Display lamp ensuring power peak cut control Locally procured Outdoor unit interface PCB Optional PCB Display relay TB L Power supply J6 SW07 Bit CN5 [OPERATI] PJ7 TB COM [] COM [] Shield wire Shield wire SW Connection cable 98

100 <SW07 Bit (two-step control)> Power peak-cut control is enabled as long as SW, as shown on the wiring diagram, is (continuously). Jumper wire J6 Input SW Bit SW07 Bit Bit te : Specifications of display relay contact The terminal for display output ([Operation] terminal) must satisfy the following electrical rating. <Electrical Rating> 0 to 0 VAC, 0 ma or more, A or less VAC, 0 ma or more, A or less (non-conductive load) Indicator relay (L) 00% (normal operation) 00% (normal operation) 0% (forced stop) Approx. 60% (upper limit regulated) When connecting a conductive load (e.g. relay coil) to the display relay load, insert a surge killer CR (for an AC power supply) or a diode for preventing back electromotive force (for a DC power supply) on the bypass circuit. The optional P.C. board should be connected to the header outdoor unit (U) Power peak-cut Control (Extended) Header outdoor unit L: Display lamp ensuring power peak cut control Locally procured Outdoor unit interface PCB Optional PCB Display TB relay L Power supply [OPERATI] Shield wire CN5 PJ7 TB SW07 COM [] SW COM [] Bit SW Shield wire Connection cable For SW and SW, be sure to provide no-voltage contacts for each terminal. Operation An external power peak-cut control signal limits the peak capacity of the outdoor unit. L: Power peak-cut control indication lamp SW: Power peak-cut control switch* SW: Power peak-cut control switch* * The inputs of SW and SW can be either pulse (00 msec or longer) or step signals. * Be sure to provide a contact for each terminal. Extended power peak-cut control settings Specifications of display relay contact Indication lamp External power peak-cut control Peak capacity signals I/F SW07 Bit L SW SW 00% (normal operation) 00% (normal operation) 80% (upper limit regulated) 85% (upper limit regulated) 60% (upper limit regulated) 75% (upper limit regulated) 0% (forced stop) 60% (upper limit regulated) te : Specifications of display relay contact The terminal for display output ([Operation] terminal) must satisfy the following electrical rating. <Electrical Rating> 0 to 0 VAC, 0 ma or more, A or less VAC, 0 ma or more, A or less (non-conductive load) When connecting a conductive load (e.g. relay coil) to the display relay load, insert a surge killer CR (for an AC power supply) or a diode for preventing back electromotive force (for a DC power supply) on the bypass circuit. The optional P.C. board should be connected to the header outdoor unit (U). 99

101 6--6. Snowfall Fan Control Header outdoor unit Outdoor unit interface PCB CN509 Connection cable Optional PCB TB COM PJ7 COOL HEAT Locally procured Shield wire Snowfall sensor SW SW: Snowfall detection switch (snowfall sensor) Operation An external snowfall signal turns on the outdoor unit fan. Terminal Input signal Operation COOL (SW) All indoor units operate together All indoor units operate together The input signal is recognized during its rising/falling phase. (After reaching the top/bottom of the rising/falling edge, the signal must remain there for at least 00 ms.) The optional P.C. board should be connected to the header outdoor unit (U) External master / Control Header outdoor unit Outdoor unit interface PCB CN5 SW: Operation input switch SW: Stop input switch Connection cable Operation The system is started/stopped from the outdoor unit. Optional PCB PJ7 TB COM COOL HEAT Locally procured Shield wire SW SW Terminal Input signal Operation COOL (SW) Turns on all indoor units HEAT (SW) Turns off all indoor units The input signal is recognized during its falling phase. (After reaching the bottom of the falling edge, the signal must remain there for at least 00 ms.) CAUTI () Do not turn on the COOL (SW) and HEAT (SW) terminals simultaneously. () Be sure to provide a contact for each terminal. External signal: -voltage pulse contact The optional P.C. board should be connected to the header outdoor unit (U). 00

102 6--8. Night operation (sound reduction) Control Header outdoor unit Locally procured Outdoor unit interface PCB Connection cable Optional PCB TB COM CN508 PJ7 COOL SW HEAT Shield wire SW: Night time signal switch Operation This function decreases noise at night or other times as necessary. Terminal Input signal Night time control COOL (SW) Operation rmal operation The input signal is recognized during its rising/falling phase. (After reaching the top/bottom of the rising/falling edge, the signal must remain there for at least 00 ms.) The optional P.C. board should be connected to the header outdoor unit (U). The system's capacity is reduced during low-noise operation. The table below provides a rough guide to this capacity reduction. Model MMY- During low-noise mode* db(a) MAP0806* MAP006* Capacity Cooling Heating approx. 85% approx. 80% approx. 70% approx. 65% MAP06* 50 approx. 60% approx. 55% MAPB6* 50 approx. 50% MAP0A6* 5 MAPA6* 5 approx. 90% approx. 85% approx. 90% approx. 85% MAP06* 5 approx. 80% approx. 80% MAP606* MAP8B6* 5 5 approx. 70% approx. 60% approx. 70% MAPA6* 5 approx. 75% approx. 75% MAP6A6* 5 approx. 70% approx. 70% MAP806* 5 approx. 65% approx. 65% MAP006* 5 approx. 60% approx. 60% MAP06* 5 approx. 55% approx. 55% Relative to maximum capacity * Position of noise measuring device: m from the front face of the set and.5 m above ground (anechoic sound) 0

103 6--9. Operation Mode Selection Control Header outdoor unit Locally procured Outdoor unit interface PCB Connection cable Optional PCB TB COM CN50 PJ7 COOL SW HEAT SW Shield wire SW: Cooling mode specified input switch SW: Heating mode specified input switch NOTE SW: COOL mode selection switch SW: HEAT mode selection switch Input signal Operation Remarks Only cooling operation allowed * Only heating operation allowed * rmal operation COOL (SW) HEAT (SW) * The display (Operation mode selection control in progress) appears on the remote controller Indoor unit operation intervention function The statuses of indoor units operating in a mode different from the selected operation mode can be changed by changing the status of a jumper wire (J0) provided on the interface P.C. board of the header outdoor unit. Jumper lead Details of Processing Unallowed indoor units in a mode other than the selected operation mode are not treated as priority (thermostat state). (Unallowed indoor units) J0 connected (factory default) Operation Mode Cooling Heating Fan Operation State Remote control Air blow operation at fan speed set on remote control Air blow operation at ultra-low fan speed, indicator is displayed. Regular air blow operation at fan speed set on remote control Indoor units in a mode other than the selected operation mode are forcibly switched to the selected operation mode. J0 cut PC board selection mode rmal Cool Heat Remote control operation/display,,, or can be selected When using the remote control, (mode Only,, or can be select control) selected indicator is displayed. Only or can be selected The optional P.C. board should be connected to the header outdoor unit (U). 0

104 6--0. Error/Operation Output Locally procured Header outdoor unit (See NOTE ) Outdoor unit interface PCB SW6 CN5 Optional PCB C K PJ0 K TB OUTPUT OUTPUT 5 OUTPUT 6 L PS L PS Shield wire Operation In-operation output: An in-operation indication signal is output as long as at least one indoor unit is in operation in the line. Error output: An error indication signal is output if an error occurs in at least one indoor/outdoor unit in the line. te : Output Relay (K, K) Contact Specifications Output terminals (OUTPUT, ) must satisfy the following electrical rating. When connecting a conductive load (e.g. relay coil) to loads K and K, insert a surge killer CR (for an AC power supply) or a diode for preventing back electromotive force (for a DC power supply) on the bypass circuit. <Electrical Rating> 0-0 VAC, 0 ma or more, A or less VAC, 0 ma or more, A or less (non-conductive load) C CN5 K, K L L OUTPUT OUTPUT PJ0 PS TB Attached connection cable (wires) Connector on interface side (green) Relays Error indication Lamp Operation indication Lamp Error output Operation output Connector on optional PCB side Power supply unit Terminal block The optional P.C. board should be connected to the header outdoor unit (U). 0

105 6--. Compressor Operation Output Locally procured Outdoor unit Outdoor unit interface PCB TB C K SW6 CN5 (See NOTE ) Optional PCB K PJ0 CTR OUTPUT OUTPUT 5 6 CTR L PS L PS Shield wire Operation When a compressor is in operation, a relay connected to the output terminal assigned to it is turned on (closed). When it is at rest, the relay is turned off (open). The output terminals are named OUTPUT and OUTPUT from left to right when facing the front of the outdoor unit, as shown in the diagram. te : Output Relay (K, K) Contact Specifications Output terminals (OUTPUT, ) must satisfy the following electrical rating. When connecting a conductive load (e.g. relay coil) to loads Kand K insert a surge killer CR (for an AC power supply) or a diode for preventing back electromotive force (for a DC power supply) on the bypass circuit. <Electrical Rating> 0-0 VAC, 0 ma or more, A or less VAC, 0 ma or more, A or less (non-conductive load) Model featuring two compressors OUTPUT C Connector cable ( ) CN5 Connector on interface side (green) CTR Elapsed operation counter CTR Elapsed operation counter K, K Relays L, L Operation indication LEDs OUTPUT Compressor operation output terminal OUTPUT Compressor operation output terminal PJ0 Connector on optional PCB side PS Power supply unit TB Terminal block OUTPUT 0

106 6--. Operating Rate Output Locally procured Header outdoor unit TB C K SW6 K PJ0 CN5 (See NOTE ) Optional PCB Outdoor unit interface PCB K OUTPUT OUTPUT 5 OUTPUT 6 MITOR Shield wire Operation At the output terminals, a signal is present (relay closed) or absent (relay open) in various combinations according to the system operation factor, as shown in the diagram. The operation rate (FA) is the percentage ratio of the current output of the system to the maximum output (00%). Function SW6 System operation rate output OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT off off off FA=0% on off off 0%<FA<0% off on off 0% FA<5% on on off 5% FA<50% off off on 50% FA<65% on off on 65% FA<80% off on on 80% FA<95% on on on 95% FA Bit : Bit : Operation factor (FA) off = Relay open on = Relay closed C Connector cable ( ) CN5 Connector on interface side (green) K, K, K Relays MITOR Monitoring device OUTPUT Output terminal for each function OUTPUT Output terminal for each function OUTPUT Output terminal for each function PJ0 Connector on optional PCB side TB Terminal block * Connect the optional P.C. board to the header outdoor unit. te : Output Relay (K, K, K) Contact Specifications Output terminals (OUTPUT,, ) must satisfy the following electrical rating. When connecting a conductive load (e.g. relay coil) to loads K, K and K, insert a surge killer CR (for an AC power supply) or a diode for preventing back electromotive force (for a DC power supply) on the bypass circuit. <Electrical Rating> 0-0 VAC, 0 ma or more, A or less VAC, 0 ma or more, A or less (non-conductive load) 05

107 7 TEST OPERATI 7-. Procedure and Summary of Test Operation A test operation is executed with the following procedure. When problems or an error occurs at any step, remove the causes of the problem or error referring to 8 TROUBLESHOOTING. Checks before test operation Check basic items, mainly the installation work. Be sure to enter the check results in checklist and. Check that the main power supply is turned on. This check is done after the power has been turned on. Check that the refrigerant circuit system is turned on normally. Set up the addresses. Start the address setup in the outdoor/indoor units. te: Operation does not start simply by powering-on. Test operation Carry out a test operation. Check air blowing and cooling/heating operation in the indoor unit. END 06

108 7-. Check Items before Test Operation (before powering-on) Prior to the test operation, check the following items to verify there are no problems with the installation work. Main check items for electric wiring The communication system differs from that of R or R07 refrigerant Modular Multi System air conditioners. Check wiring points again carefully. () In the case that a central control system is not connected: () () () () Header unit (A) Follower unit (B) Follower unit (C) U U U U U U Outdoor unit U U U5 U6 U U U5 U6 U U U5 U6 (6) (5) Indoor unit U U U U U U U U A B A B A B A B Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Main check items ()Are the indoor and outdoor communication lines of the header unit connected to the U/U terminals? ()Is the relay connector between the U/U terminal and the U/U terminal disconnect? (Set up at shipment from the factory) ()Is the communication line between outdoor units connected to the U5/U6 terminal? ()Is the terminator resistor (SW0-bit ) on the interface PC board of the header unit turned on? (Set up at shipment from the factory) (5)Is the end terminal of the shield wire open? (6)Is the end terminal of the shield wire earthed at the header unit side? Check NOTE The figure above does not show all the electric wires. For details, refer to the installation manuals for the outdoor unit, indoor unit, remote controller, or optional devices. 07

109 () In the case that a central control system is connected (before address setup) Central remote controller () () ()(5) () U U U U To other refrigerant line Other refrigerant line Header unit (A) Follower unit (B) Follower unit (C) U U U U U U U U Outdoor unit U U U5 U6 U U U5 U6 U U U5 U6 U U U5 U6 To indoor unit (7) (6) Indoor unit U U U U U U U U A B A B A B A B Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Main check items ()Are the indoor and outdoor communication lines of the header unit connected to the U/U terminals? ()Is the relay connector between the U/U terminal and the U/U terminal disconnect? (Set up at shipment from the factory) (Keep the relay connector disconnected before address setup.) ()Is the communication line between outdoor units connected to the U5/U6 terminal? ()Is the communication line of the central control system connected to the header unit U/U terminals of each refrigerant line? (The communication line of the central control system may be connected to the communication lines of the indoor/outdoor communication lines.) (5) Is the terminator resistor (SW0-bit ) on the interface PC board of the header unit turned on? (Set up at shipment from the factory) * After address setup and test operation check, turn on the SW0-bit of the header unit for the smallest line address, and turn off SW0-bit of the header unit for other refrigerant lines. (See 7--. Address Setup Procedure ) (6)Is the end terminal of the shield wire open? (7)Is the end terminal of the shield wire earthed at the header unit side? (8)When the refrigerant line and the central control system of the DI-SDI series are connected: Are Network adapter (TCB-PCNT0TLE) correctly connected? When the DI-SDI series operates with group, twin, or triple operation, are the adapters connected to the header unit of the indoor unit? Check NOTE The figure above does not show all the electric wires. For details, refer to the installation manuals for the outdoor unit, indoor unit, remote controller, or optional devices. 08

110 Checklist Using Checklist, check that there are no problems with the installation work. Is the capacity of the circuit breaker (Earth leakage breaker) appropriate? Is the gauge of the power cable correct? Outdoor total capacity A Header unit (A) A Indoor unit A Follower unit (B) Follower unit (C) A A Header unit (A) mm Indoor unit mm Follower unit (B) mm Follower unit (C) mm Is the control communication line correct? Indoor-outdoor connection terminals (U, U) Outdoor-outdoor connection terminals (U5, U6) Central control system connection terminals (U, U) Is the power of indoor units supplied collectively? Is it grounded to earth? Is the resistance sufficient? (0 M o r higher) M or higher Is the main power voltage sufficient? (within 80-5 V ±0%) V Is the diameter of connecting pipe correct? Is the branch kit correct? Is the water drain of the indoor unit arranged so that it flows without accumulation? Is the heat insulation of pipes sufficient? (connecting pipes, branch kit) Is there no short circuit of discharge air in the indoor/outdoor units? After an airtightness test of the pipes, are vacuuming and adding of refrigerant executed? Are the valves of all the outdoor units fully opened? Gas side Liquid side Balance side Header unit (A) Follower unit (B) Follower unit (C) 09

111 Check the additional amount of refrigerant. Checklist Calculate the additional amount of refrigerant from the additional amount of refrigerant (A) by the pipe diameter on the liquid side, the pipe length to be connected, and the corrective amount of refrigerant (B) according to Indoor unit horsepower, and the corrective amount of refrigerant (C) according to system horsepower. Additional amount of refrigerant = Actual liquid pipe length Additional amount of refrigerant per m of liquid pipe (A) Corrective amount of refrigerant according to indoor unit horsepower + Corrective amount of refrigerant according to system horsepower + (B) (C) First, enter the total length for each liquid pipe diameter in the following table, and then calculate the additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length. <Additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length> Pipe diameter on the liquid Standard amount of side refrigerant φ6. φ9.5 φ.7 φ5.9 φ9.0 φ Total pipe length on each liquid side m = = = = = = Additional amount of refrigerant pipe diameter on each liquid side kg kg kg kg kg kg kg Next, refer to the following table for the corrective amount of refrigerant (B) according to indoor unit horsepower. according to indoor unit horsepower> Additional refrigerant charge amount Indoor unit Additional refrigerant charge amount Capacity of Indoor unit Corrective amount of refrigerant kg/hp HP kg Standard Indoor unit 0. HP kg Fresh Air intake Indoor unit 0. HP kg Air to Air Heat Exchanger with DX-coil 0. HP kg Next, refer to the Table -~-5 on P. 0 "Adding refrigerant" for the corrective amount of refrigerant (C) according to system horsepower. Lastly, add the additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length (A) and the corrective amount of refrigerant by indoor unit horsepower (B) to the corrective amount of refrigerant by combined horsepower (C). This is the final additional amount of refrigerant. If a minus sign is indicated as the result, do not reduce or add the refrigerant (= 0 kg). <Additional amount of refrigerant> Additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length (A) kg Corrective amount of refrigerant according to indoor unit horsepower (B) kg Corrective amount of refrigerant according to combined horsepower (C) kg Additional amount of refrigerant kg 0 kg kg kg kg

112 7-. Check at Main Power-on After turning on the main power of the indoor units and outdoor unit in the refrigerant line to conduct a test operation, check the following items in each outdoor and indoor unit. (After turning on the main power, be sure to check in order: indoor unit outdoor unit.) <Check on the outdoor unit> () Check that all the rotary switches, SW0, SW0, and SW0, on the interface PC board of the header unit are set to. () If another check code is displayed on the 7-segment display [B], remove the cause of the problem referring to Section, 8 TROUBLESHOOTING. () Check that L08 is displayed on the 7-segment display [B] on the interface PC board of the header unit. (L08: Indoor address not set up) (If the address setup operation has already been completed during servicing, etc., the above check code is not displayed, and only U is displayed on the 7-segment display [A].) Interface PC board Push switches 7-segment display [A] SW0 SW05 SW5 D600 D60 D60 D60 D60 SW0 SW0 SW0 7-segment display [B] Rotary switches <Check on the indoor unit> () Display check on the remote controller (in the case of a wired remote controller) Check that a frame, as shown in the following figure at left, is displayed on the LC display section of the remote controller. Good good TEMP. / TEMP. / TIMER SET FAN MODE TIMER SET FAN MODE TIME SAVE VENT TIME SAVE VENT FILTER RESET TEST SET CL SWING/FIX UNIT LOUVER FILTER RESET TEST SET CL SWING/FIX UNIT LOUVER rmal status (power supplied and operation stopped) When power is not supplied normally If no frame is displayed, as shown in the above figure at right, the remote controller does not have a normal supply of power; check the following items. Check the power supply of the indoor unit. Check the cabling between the indoor unit and the remote controller. Check whether there is a cutoff of wire around the indoor control PC board or not, and check for connection failures of the connectors. Check for failure of the transformer for the indoor electrical control box. Check for failure of the indoor control PC board.

113 7-. Address Setup This product requires address setup before operation. Follow this procedure for address setup Precautions () Address setup is not performed simply by turning on the power supply. () For indoor units, address setup can be done either by manual address setup or by automatic address setup: Automatic address setup: Setup from SW5 on the interface PC board of the header unit Manual address setup: Setup from the wired remote controller. (For details, refer to 7--. Address Setup Procedure. ) () Automatic setup usually takes about 5 minutes per line. In some cases, however, it may take up to 0 minutes. () It is unnecessary to operate the air conditioner to achieve address setup Address Setup and Check Procedure Procedure Item Operation and check contents Indoor unit power-on Turn on the power of the indoor unit for the refrigerant line for which the address is to be set up. Outdoor unit power-on Turn on the power of all the outdoor units for the refrigerant line for which the address is to be set up. 5 7-segment display check Address setup start Display check after setup System information check after setup Check that L08 is displayed on the 7-segment display [B] on the interface PC board of the header unit in the system where the address is to be set up. Confirm the items in 7--. Address Setup Procedure, and then set up the address according to the operation procedure. (Be careful to note that the setup operation may differ in group control and central control systems.) te: The address cannot be set up if switches are not operated. After address setup, U is displayed on the 7-segment display. For follower outdoor units, U to U are displayed on the 7-segment display [A]. If a check code is displayed on the 7-segment display [B], remove the cause of the problem referring to 8 TROUBLESHOOTING. Using the 7-segment display function, check the system information of the scheduled system. (This check is executed on the interface PC board of the header unit.) 6 Rotary switch setup System capacity Number of connected outdoor units Number of connected indoor units 7-segment display SW0 SW0 SW0 [A] [B] [Number of horsepower] [H P] [Number of units] [ P] [Number of connected units] After the above checks, return rotary switches SW0, SW0, and SW0 to //. Interface PC board Push switches 7-segment display [A] SW0 SW05 SW5 D600 D60 D60 D60 D60 SW0 SW0 SW0 7-segment display [B] Rotary switches

114 7--. Address Setup Procedure central control: go to Address setting procedure Central control of or more refrigerant lines: go to Address setting procedure (Example) Address setting procedure When controlling a single refrigerant line centrally To procedure When controlling or more refrigerant lines centrally To procedure Outdoor Central remote controller Outdoor Central remote controller Outdoor Outdoor Central remote controller System wiring diagram Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Address setting procedure Turn on indoor units first, and then turn on outdoor units. About one minute after turning the power on, confirm that the 7-segment display on the interface P.C. board of the header outdoor unit indicates U.. L08 (U.. flash). Press SW 5 to start the automatic address setting. (It may take up to 0 minutes (normally about 5 minutes) to complete one line s setting.) The 7-segment display indicates Auto Auto Auto. After the indication, U (U.. flash) starts flashing on the display. When the flashing stops and complete. U (U.. light) remain lit on the display, the setting is Interface P.C. board on the header outdoor unit SW0 SW05 SW5 D600 D60 D60 D60 D60, SW0 SW0 SW0 REQUIREMENT When or more refrigerant lines are controlled as a group, be sure to turn on all the indoor units in the group before setting addresses. If you set the unit addresses of each line separately, each line s header indoor unit is set separately. In that case, the CODE. L0 (Indoor header unit overlap) is indicated as running starts. Change the group address to make one unit the header unit using wired remote controller.

115 (Example) Controlling or more refrigerant lines as a group Outdoor Outdoor System wiring diagram Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Remote controller (Group control) Address setting procedure Set a system address for each system using SW and on the interface P.C. board on the header outdoor unit of each system. (Factory default: Address ) NOTE Be sure to set a unique address on each system. Do not use a same address as another system (refrigerant line) or a "Digital Inverter" side. Interface P.C. board on the header outdoor unit SW06 SW07 SW09 SW0 SW SW SW SW Line address switches on the outdoor interface PC board ( : switch on, : switch off) Line address SW SW O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Line address t used for setup of line address (do not change setup.) SW SW O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

116 Be sure to disconnect the relay connectors between the [UU] and [UU] terminals on all the header outdoor units that will be connected to the central control. (Factory default: disconnected) 5 Turn on indoor units first, and then turn on outdoor units. About minute after turning the power on, confirm that the 7-segment display on the interface U.. L08 (U.. flash) P.C. board of the header outdoor unit indicates. Press SW 5 to start the automatic address setting. (It may take up to 0 minutes (normally about 5 minutes) to complete one line s setting.) 6 The 7-segment display indicates Auto Auto Auto. U (U.. flash) After the indication, starts flashing on the display. U (U.. light) When the flashing stops and, remains lit on the display, the setting is complete. 7 8 Repeat steps to 6 for other refrigerant lines. After completing address setting of all systems, turn off DIP switch of SW0 on the interface P.C. boards of all the header outdoor units connected to the same central control, except the unit that has the smallest address. (For unifying the termination of the wiring for the central control of indoor and outdoor units) 9 Connect the relay connectors between the [U, U] and [U, U] terminals of the header outdoor unit of each refrigerant line. 9 U U TO INDOOR UNIT S SHIELD U U TO CENTRAL CTROLLER 5 U5 U6 TO OUTDOOR UNIT S SHIELD

117 0 Set the central control address. (For the setting of the central control address, refer to the installation manuals of the central control devices.) Header unit interface P.C. board 5 SW5, 6 7-segment display SW0 SW05 D600 D60 D60 D60 D60 SW SW SW0 SW0 SW0 SW0 8 SW0 * Header units are connected to the same central control, except the header unit with the smallest line address number. SW0 SW0 * Header unit with the least number of the line address. 6

118 Switch setting (setting example when controlling or more refrigerant lines centrally) Outdoor units (setting manually) *The items in bold font must be set manually. Outdoor unit s interface P.C. board SW, (Line (system) address) DIP switch of SW0 (Terminator of indoor/ outdoor communication line and central control line) Relay connector Header unit Follower unit Header unit Follower unit Header unit Factory default Connect after setting addresses. ( setting required) ( setting required) Open Set to after setting addresses. Connect after setting addresses. ( setting required) ( setting required) Open Set to after setting addresses. Connect after setting addresses. Open Header unit Follower unit Header unit Follower unit Header unit Central remote controller U U U U U U U U U U U U U5 U6 U U U5 U6 U U U5 U6 U U U5 U6 U U U5 U6 Relay connector Relay connector Relay connector U U U U U U U U U U A B A B A B A B A B Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Individual Group Indoor units (automatic setting) Line (system) address Indoor unit address Group address CAUTI Relay connector connection Never connect relay connectors between the [U, U] and [U, U] terminals before completing address setting of all the refrigerant lines. Otherwise, the addresses cannot be set correctly. 7

119 Manual address setup from the remote controller With indoor wiring work completed and outdoor wiring work not done in cases where indoor unit addresses are decided in advance from the wired remote controller, or in cases where addresses are change after address setup. (Wiring example for refrigerant lines) Line Line Arrange one indoor unit and one remote controller set to by. Outdoor Outdoor Turn on the power. Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Push the + + buttons simultaneously for seconds or more. LCD begins blinking. Remote controller Line address Indoor address Group address Header (Wiring during manual address setup) Line Line Outdoor Group address Individual: 0000 Header unit: 000 Follower unit: 000 (Remote controller group control) Follower Follower Indoor Indoor Indoor Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Follower Follower In the above example, where remote controllers are not yet wired, set the address manually after individually connecting the wired remote controller. Set data 7 0 Outdoor Indoor Indoor Remote controller Remote controller After address setup, return to the original wiring over remote controllers. TEMP. FILTER RESET TEST TIMER SET SET TIME CL In cases of remote controller group control FAN SAVE SWING/FIX / MODE VENT UNIT LOUVER 5, 8,, 6, 9,, 5 6 DN code (CODE.) (Refrigerant line address) Using the buttons, set the DN code to. 5 Using the buttons, set up the line address (match it with the line address on the interface PC board of the header unit on the same refrigerant line). 6 Push the button (OK when the display goes on). (Indoor address) 7 Using the buttons, set the DN code to. 8 Using the buttons, set up the indoor address. (000~006) 9 Push the button (OK when the display goes on). (Group address) 0 Using the buttons, set the DN code to. Using the buttons, set Individual = 0000, Header unit = 000, Follower unit = 000. Push the button (OK when the display goes on). (Central control address) Using the buttons, set DN code to 0. Using the buttons, set up the central control address. (000~006) 5 Push button. (OK when display goes on). 6 Push the button. Setup is finished ( Setting up blinks; when Setting up goes off, operation is possible). 7 Return to the original wiring over remote controllers. 8

120 NOTE () When setting the line address from the remote controller, do not use addresses 9 and 0. Addresses 9 and 0 cannot be set up on the outdoor unit. If they are incorrectly used, the code E0 (indoor/outdoor communication circuit error) is output. () When manual address setup has been done from a remote controller, and central control over refrigerant lines is to be done, setup the header unit of each line as follows: Using SW and SW on the interface PC board of the header unit of each line, setup the line address for each line. Except for the line with the smallest line address number, set SW0-bit to off for the interface PC board of the header unit of lines connected to the same central control (put the terminator resistor of the central control line, indoors and outdoors, into one). Connect the relay connector between U/U and U/U of the header unit for each refrigerant line. After that, set up the central control address. (For central control address setup, refer to the installation manual of the central control devices.) Confirming the indoor unit addresses and the position of an indoor unit using the remote controller Confirming the numbers and positions of indoor units To see the indoor unit address of an indoor unit which you know the position of When the unit is individual (the indoor unit is paired with a wired remote controller one-to-one), or it is a group-controlled one. CODE. UNIT. TEMP. TIMER SET TIME / Starts running FILTER RESET TEST SET CL (Execute it while the units are running.) Push the button if the units stop. UNIT LOUVER Push the button (left side of the button). A unit numbers is indicated on the LCD (it will disappear after a few seconds). The indicated number shows the system address and indoor unit address of the unit. When or more indoor units are connected to the remote controller (group-controlled units), a number of other UNIT LOUVER connected units appears each time you push the button (left side of the button). 9

121 To find an indoor unit s position from its address When checking unit numbers controlled as a group CODE. SET DATA SETTING UNIT. R.C.. TEMP. / Stop FILTER RESET TEST TIMER SET TIME SET CL (Execute it while the units are stopped.) The indoor unit numbers in a group are indicated one after another. The fan and louvers of the indicated units are activated. Push and hold the and buttons at the same time for more than seconds. appears on UNIT. on the LCD display. The fans and louvers of all the indoor units in the group are activated. UNIT LOUVER Push the button (left side of the button). Each time you push the button, the indoor unit numbers are indicated one after another. The first-indicated unit number is the address of the header unit. Only the fan and louvers of the indicated indoor unit are activated. Push the button to finish the procedure. All the indoor units in the group stop. To check all the indoor unit addresses using an arbitrary wired remote controller. (When communication wirings of or more refrigerant lines are interconnected for central control) CODE. SET DATA SETTING UNIT. R.C.. TEMP. / 6 FILTER RESET TEST TIMER SET TIME SET CL 5 (Execute it while the units are stopped.) You can check indoor unit addresses and positions of the indoor units in a single refrigerant line. When an outdoor unit is selected, the indoor unit numbers of the refrigerant line of the selected unit are indicated one after another and the fan and louvers of the indicated indoor units are activated. 0

122 Push and hold the TIME and buttons at the same time for more than seconds. At first, the line and CODE. (Address Change) are indicated on the LCD display. (Select an outdoor unit.) UNIT LOUVER SWING/FIX Push the (left side of the button) and buttons repeatedly to select a system address. Push the button to confirm the system address selection. The address of an indoor unit connected to the selected refrigerant line is indicated on the LCD display and its fan and louvers are activated. UNIT LOUVER Push the button (left side of the button). Each time you push the button, the indoor unit numbers of the selected refrigerant line are indicated one after another. Only the fan and louvers of the indicated indoor unit are activated. To select another system address 5 Push the button to return to step. After returning to step, select another system address and check the indoor unit addresses of the line. 6 Push the button to finish the procedure. Changing the indoor unit address using a remote controller To change an indoor unit address using a wired remote controller. The method to change the address of an individual indoor unit (the indoor unit is paired with a wired remote controller one-to-one), or an indoor unit in a group. (The method is available when the addresses have already been set automatically.) CODE. SET DATA SETTING UNIT. R.C Finish TEMP. FILTER RESET TEST / TIMER SET TIME SET CL, 6, 7 (Execute it while the units are stopped.) Push and hold the,, and buttons at the same time for more than seconds. (If or more indoor units are controlled in a group, the first indicated UNIT. is that of the head unit.) UNIT LOUVER Push the button (left side of the button) repeatedly to select an indoor unit number to change if or more units are controlled in a group. (The fan and louvers of the selected indoor unit are activated.) (The fan of the selected indoor unit is turned on.) Push the TEMP. / buttons repeatedly to select for CODE..

123 Push the TIME / buttons repeatedly to change the value indicated in the SET DATA section to that you want. 5 Push the button. 6 UNIT LOUVER Push the button (left side of the button) repeatedly to select another indoor UNIT. to change. Repeat steps to 6 to change the indoor unit addresses so as to make each of them unique. 7 UNIT LOUVER Push the button (left side of the button) to check the changed addresses. 8 If the addresses have been changed correctly, push the button to finish the procedure. To change all the indoor unit addresses using an arbitrary wired remote controller. (The method is available when the addresses have already been set automatically.) (When communication wirings of or more refrigerant lines are interconnected for central control) NOTE You can change the addresses of indoor units in each refrigerant line using an arbitrary wired remote controller. * Enter the address check/change mode and change the addresses. CODE. SET DATA SETTING UNIT. R.C.. TEMP. / FILTER RESET TEST TIMER SET TIME SET CL Cancels the line selection If no number appears on UNIT., no outdoor unit exists on the line. Push following step. button and select another line (Execute it while the units are stopped.) Push and hold the TIME and buttons at the same time for more than seconds. At first, the line and CODE. (Address Change) are indicated on the LCD display. UNIT LOUVER SWING/FIX Push (left side of the button) and buttons repeatedly to select a system address.

124 Push the button. The address of one of the indoor units connected to the selected refrigerant line is indicated on the LCD display and the fan and louvers of the unit are activated. At first, the current indoor unit address is displayed in SET DATA. ( system address is indicated.) CODE. SET DATA SETTING UNIT. R.C.. TEMP. / 8 Finish FILTER RESET TEST TIMER SET TIME SET CL 5, 7 Press to finish setting. 6 Push the TIME / buttons repeatedly to change the value of the indoor unit address in SET DATA. Change the value in SET DATA to that of a new address. 5 Push the button to confirm the new address on SET DATA. 6 UNIT LOUVER Push the button (left side of the button) repeatedly to select another address to change. Each time you push the button, the indoor unit numbers in a refrigerant line are indicated one after another. Only the fan and louvers of the selected indoor unit are activated. Repeat steps to 6 to change the indoor unit addresses so as to make each of them unique. 7 Push the button. (All the segments on the LCD display light up.) 8 Push the button to finish the procedure. Resetting the address (Resetting to the factory default (address undecided)) Method Clearing each address separately using a wired remote controller. Set the system address, indoor unit address and group address to 0099 using a wired remote controller. (For the setting procedure, refer to the address setting procedures using the wired remote controller on the previous pages.) Method Clearing all the indoor unit addresses on a refrigerate line at once from the outdoor unit. Turn off the refrigerant line to reset to the factory default and set the header outdoor unit of the line as below. ) Disconnect the relay connectors between the [U, U] and [U, U] terminals. (Leave them as they are if they have already been disconnected.)

125 ) Turn on DIP switch of SW0 on the interface P.C. board of the header outdoor unit if the switch is. (Leave it as it is if it has already been set to.) Central remote controller Header unit Follower unit Header unit Follower unit Header unit U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U5 U6 U U U5 U6 U U U5 U6 U U U5 U6 U U U5 U6 U U U U U U U U U U A B A B A B A B A B Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Indoor units to have their addresses initialized Turn on the indoor and outdoor units of the refrigerant line for which you want to initialize the addresses. About one minute after turning on the power, confirm that the 7-segment display on the header outdoor unit indicates U and operate the interface P.C. board on the header outdoor unit of the refrigerant line as follows. SW0 SW0 SW0 SW0 Confirm that the 7-segment display indicates A.d.buS and turn SW0 for more than five seconds. Confirm that the 7-segment display indicates A.d.nEt and turn SW0 for more than five seconds. Clearable addresses System/indoor unit/group address Central control address Confirm that the 7-segment display indicates A.d. c.l. and set SW0, SW0 and SW0 to,, respectively. After a time U..L08 appears on the 7-segment display if the address clearing has been completed successfully. If the 7-segment display indicates A.d. n.g., the outdoor unit may still connected with other refrigerant lines. Check the connection of the relay connectors between [U, U] and [U, U]. NOTE Take care to carry out the procedure above correctly; otherwise, addresses in other refrigerate lines may also be cleared. 5 Set the addresses again after finishing the clearance.

126 In the case of an increase in address-undefined indoor units (extension, etc.) To set up the indoor address of a unit with an address that is undefined due to the extension of indoor units or replacement of PC board, etc., follow the methods below. Method Set up an address individually from a wired remote controller. (Line address, Indoor address, Group address, Central address) For the setup method, refer to Manual address setup from the remote controller. above. Method Set up an address from the outdoor unit. * Leave the addresses of the units for which addresses have already been set up as they are. Set up an address only for the unit where the address is undefined. Addresses are allocated from lower numbers. Setup procedure Set up the outdoor header units in the refrigerant line to which indoor units have been added, as follows. Disconnect the relay connector between U/U and U/U. If it is off, turn on SW0-bit on the interface PC board at outdoor header unit side. *Turn off the power, and then execute the operation. Central control device Header unit Follower unit Header unit Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Follower unit Header unit Remote controller Added indoor unit Turn on the indoor/outdoor power for the refrigerant line for which an address is to be set up. After approximately minute, check that U is displayed on the 7-segment display. Execute the following operation on the interface PC board of the header unit. SW0 SW0 SW0 AUTO 5 SW0 After checking that In.At is displayed on the 7-segment display, push SW0 for 5 seconds or more. AUTO AUTO... AUTO9... is counted and displayed on the 7-segment display. When U is displayed on the 7-segment display, the setup operation finished. Turn off the indoor/outdoor power. 6 Return to the following setup as before. Relay connector SW0-bit SW0, SW0, SW0 5

127 7--. Check after Address Setup when Central Control System Is Connected When the central control system is connected, check that the following setup has finished after address setup. U U Central remote controller () ( ) (5) () () U U Line address = Line address = To other refrigerant line Other refrigerant line Header unit (A) Header unit (A) Follower unit (B) Follower unit (C) U U U U U U U U Outdoor unit U U U5 U6 U U U5 U6 U U U5 U6 U U U5 U6 (5) Indoor unit U U U U U U U U A B A B A B A B Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Relay connector Terminator resistor Line address Main check items ()Is the relay connector of the header unit connected after address setup? ()Is the relay connector of the follower unit disconnect? ()Is the terminator resistor (SW0-bit ) of the header unit with the smallest line address number in the central control turned on? (Setup is unnecessary for follower units.) ()Is the terminator resistor (SW0-bit ) of the header units, except for the line with the smallest central control line address, turned off? (Setup is unnecessary for follower units.) (5)Are addresses in the line address (SW, SW) not duplicated in each refrigerant line? Check NOTE The figure above does not show all the electric wires. For details, refer to the installation manuals for the outdoor unit, indoor unit, remote controller, or optional devices. 6

128 7-5. Troubleshooting in Test Operation If there are phenomena such as the output of a check code or the remote controller is not accepted when poweredon after wiring work or during address setup operation, the following causes are considered A Check Code is Displayed on the Remote Controller Check the code displayed on the indoor remote controller E0 E6 E E5 E6 L0 Header unit 7- segment display L08 E08 -XX Alternate blinking E07 E06 E6 -XX Alternate blinking E E5 E6 -XX Alternate blinking L0 Cause When outdoor power is off Address setup error Only line addresses of the connected indoor units are undefined. The outdoor line address and the line addresses of all the indoor units do not match. The indoor addresses are duplicated. (Units except those displaying E0 are duplicated.) A header unit is not set up in group control (except groups displaying E0). Duplication of indoor addresses (address number in the subcode of the check code are duplicated). There is no outdoor terminator resistor or there are two or more terminator resistor. (After address setup, when terminator resistor setup is changed after powering-on) Transmission circuit error at the interface side (PC board failure) After address setup, communication from all the indoor units is interrupted under the condition that a normal operation can be performed. Exceeded the number or capacity of connected indoor units Communication between outdoor units has stopped. Duplication of outdoor addresses (only when an outdoor address was manually set up) Number of connected outdoor units has decreased. When installing an outdoor backup The power of a follower unit is not turned on. Duplication of outdoor line addresses Line address setup error (occurred after connection between U/U and U/U connectors) * L05 : Displayed on the indoor unit set up with priority L06 : Displayed on the indoor units except the one set up with priority Countermeasures Check that the header outdoor unit power is on Set up the address again. Set up the address again. Check SW0 bit of the header unit. connection between multiple refrigerant lines: SW0 bit is on. Connection between multiple refrigerant lines: SW0 bit of the connected header unit is turned on only for one line. Replace the interface PC board. Check and correct disconnection of the indoor/ outdoor communication line (the communication line between the header unit and the leading indoor unit). Check for the influence of communication noise. Adjust the number or capacity of connected indoor units. Check the number of connected outdoor units. Check that outdoor unit power is on. Do not use manual setup for outdoor addresses. Correction of the cause of error occurrence If it occurs when installing a backup, clear the error after setup finishes. If the power of a follower unit is not turned on, turn on the power. Modify the line address setup of the header unit between lines. (Set up SW and SW on the interface PC board.) L05(*) L06 Duplication of indoor units with priority Set up priority only for one indoor unit. L06(*) L08 L08 There are two or more indoor units set up with priority. SW0 Address setup error Only indoor addresses of all the connected indoor units are undefined. Among indoor units indicating L05, set one unit with priority. Set up the addresses again. Modify the setup. 7

129 7-5-. Operation from the indoor remote controller is not accepted, and a check code is displayed on the 7-segment display of the interface PC board of the header unit. Indoor remote controller status response Header unit 7-segment display L08 E9-00 Alternate blinking E9-0 Alternate blinking E0-0 Alternate blinking Cause Line addresses and indoor addresses of all the connected indoor units are not set. There is no header unit of group control. Indoor unit power is not turned on. Indoor/outdoor communication line is not correctly connected to the U/U terminal of the header unit ( Fig. ). (Indoor/ outdoor cannot communicate before address setup.) There is no of outdoor terminator resistor, or there are two or more resistances (before address setup). When connecting an indoor/outdoor communication line between outdoor units under the condition of a connected communication line between outdoor units ( Fig. ). SW08 setup error Address setup is performed with connecting an indoor/ outdoor communication line between outdoor units ( Fig. ). Address setup is performed under the condition of connecting multiple refrigerant lines ( Fig. ). SW0 Set up addresses. Countermeasures Set up a group address. Turn on the power indoor outdoor) Correct wiring again. (In the order: Check SW0 bit of the header unit. connection between multiple refrigerant lines: SW0 bit is on. Connection between multiple refrigerant lines: SW0 bit of the connected header unit is turned on only for one line. Correct wiring Turn all SW08 switches to off. Correct wiring Correct wiring There is no display of a check code on the 7-segment display on the interface PC board of the header unit, although there is indoor unit that is not accepting operation from the indoor remote controller. Indoor remote controller status Header unit 7-segment display Cause Countermeasures The communication line is not connected between indoor and outdoor (the unit that does not respond to the indoor remote controller). Improve the wiring. response ne Line address and indoor address are not set (the unit that does not respond to the indoor remote controller). The power of the header unit of the group is not turned on in indoor group control (the unit that does not respond to the indoor remote controller). Set up the address. Turn on the power. Group address is set to the follower unit for individual control (the unit that does not respond to the indoor remote controller). Set the group address to 0 in the case of individual control. The power is not turned on (the unit that is not displayed on the indoor remote controller). Turn on the power. display on the indoor remote controller (no line is output.) ne The indoor remote controller is not connected with a wire (the unit that is not displayed on the indoor remote controller). Miswiring of the indoor remote controller (the unit that is not displayed on the indoor remote controller) Indoor remote controller communication circuit error (the unit that is not displayed on the indoor remote controller) If 0-0 V is incorrectly applied to the indoor remote controller terminal, the remote controller communication circuit fails. Improve the wiring. Improve the wiring. Remove the quick connect terminal connected to indoor remote controller terminals A/B, and check the voltage. If voltage is not applied (normally 5 to 8 V), replace the PC board. 8

130 7-5-. In checking the number of connected outdoor units and connected indoor units after address setup, a lower number of connected units is displayed. (There are outdoor/indoor units that do not operate in a test operation.) Status The number of connected outdoor units is too few. The number of connected indoor units is too few. The number of indoor units connected to a group is too few in group operation from an indoor remote controller. Cause Miswiring of communication lines between outdoor units or an unconnected wire ( Fig. ). (Address setup operation finished without recognizing a miswired follower unit.) Miswiring of communication lines between indoor units or an unconnected wire ( Fig. 5). (Address setup operation finished without recognizing a miswired indoor unit.) The indoor remote controller is not connected with wire. Miswiring of the indoor remote controller Indoor remote controller communication circuit error If 0-0 V is incorrectly applied to the remote controller terminal, the remote controller communication circuit fails. Countermeasures After improvement of wiring, set up the addresses again and check the number of connected outdoor units. After modification of wiring, set up the addresses again and check the number of connected indoor units. Using the main indoor remote controller connected to a group, start a test operation, specify the unit that is not operating (the unit not connected to the group), and then check the wiring. Using the main indoor remote controller connected to a group, start a test operation and then specify the unit that is not operating (the unit not connected to the group). Remove the quick connect terminal connected to remote controller terminals A/B, and check the voltage. If voltage is not applied (normally 5 to8 V), replace the PC board. 9

131 Miswiring example Figure Remote controller status Header unit 7-segment display Miswiring example Header unit Header unit Fig. response E9-00 U U U5 U6 U U U U U U U U Header unit Follower unit Fig. response E9-0 U U U5 U6 U U U5 U6 U U U U Header unit Follower unit Header unit Follower unit Header unit [Line ] Follower unit [Line ] Fig. response E0-0 U U U U U U U5 U6 U U U U U U U U U U U U UU U U Figure Status The number of connected outdoor units is too few. Miswiring example Header unit Follower unit Header unit Follower unit Header unit Follower unit Fig. U U U U U U U U U U U5 U6 U U U U U U U U U U or U U or U5 U6 U U U U U U or U U The number of connected indoor units is too few. Header unit Follower unit Fig. 5 U U U U Wiring forgotten U U A B U U U U 0

132 7-6. Test Operation Check Fan Check START Push the Start/Stop button on the remote controller. Select the " Fan" operating mode. Check code appears Check code appears When a check code has been displayed on the remote controller, remove the cause of the error, referring to "Check code and check position displayed on remote controller and outdoor unit." Is air discharged from the discharge port of the indoor unit? YES NO Check the indoor fan, fan motor, and fan circuit. Is the sound normal? YES NO Check positions around the fan. rmal Check every indoor unit in turn.

133 7-6-. Cooling/heating Test Operation Check The cooling/heating test operation check can be performed on both the indoor remote controller and the outdoor header unit interface PC board. () Test operation start/stop operation Test operation from the indoor remote controller Wired remote controller: Refer to the items below in Test operation of the wired remote controller. Wireless remote controller: Refer to the items below in Test operation of the wireless remote controller. Lite-Vision plus remote controller : Refer to the installation manual of RBC-AMS5E Wired remote controller Wireless remote controller (Except the - way Cassette type and the Ceiling type) Procedure Operation content When the Test button is pushed for seconds or more, TEST is displayed in the display section, and the unit enters test operating mode. Push the button. Using the Select Mode button, select the COOL or HEAT operating mode. Do not use an operating mode other than COOL or HEAT. Temperature adjustment is unavailable during test operation. Error is detected as usual. Test run (Forced cooling operation) Requirement: Finish the forced cooling operation in a short time because it applies excessive strength to the air conditioner. How to perform forced cooling operation. When TEMPORARY button is pushed for 0 seconds or more, Pi! sound is heard and the operation changes to a forced cooling operation. After approx. minutes, a cooling operation starts forcedly. Check cool air starts blowing. If the operation does not start, check wiring again.. To stop a test operation, push TEMPORARY button once again (Approx. second). Check wiring / piping of the indoor and outdoor units after forced cooling operation. 5 When the test operation has finished, push the button to stop the operation. (The same display as in procedure appears in the display section.) Push the Test button to clear the test operating mode. ( TEST disappears from the display section, and the status returns to the normal stopped status.) TEMPORARY-Button,, 5

134 Wireless remote controller (-way Cassette type) Test run (Forced cooling operation) Requirement: Finish the forced cooling operation in a short time because it applies excessive strength to the air conditioner. How to perform forced cooling operation. When TEMPORARY button is pushed for 0 seconds or more, Pi! sound is heard and the operation changes to a forced cooling operation. After approx. minutes, a cooling operation starts forcedly. Check cool air starts blowing. If the operation does not start, check wiring again.. To stop a test operation, push TEMPORARY button once again (Approx. second). Check wiring / piping of the indoor and outdoor units in forced cooling operation. Wireless remote controller (Ceiling type) Test run (Forced cooling operation) Requirement: Finish the forced cooling operation in a short time because it applies excessive strength to the air conditioner. How to perform forced cooling operation. When TEMPORARY button is pushed for 0 seconds or more, Pi! sound is heard and the operation changes to a forced cooling operation. After approx. minutes, a cooling operation starts forcedly. Check cool air starts blowing. If the operation does not start, check wiring again.. To stop a test operation, push TEMPORARY button once again (Approx. second). Check wiring / piping of the indoor and outdoor units in forced cooling operation. TEMPORARY button TEMPORARY button Test operation from the outdoor unit Refer to Function to Start/Stop (/) Indoor Unit from Outdoor Unit in 7-7. Service Support Function. te: The test operation returns to normal operating mode after 60 minutes.

135 () Test operation START Test operation for every indoor unit in turn Test operation for one indoor unit Operation starts Is cold air or hot air discharged? YES NO Refer to "Test operation procedure" of the indoor remote controller. The operation does not start for approximately minutes after powering-on or stopping operation. te: After powering-on, it may require up to 0 minutes to start the operation due to the initial communications of the system. Check the operating status of the compressor. Is air circulation sufficient? NO Check the direction of the louver. YES Operate all the indoor units at once. Execute a test operation using "Start/Stop Function of the Indoor Unit from Outdoor Unit" in the "Service Support Function" section. te Is there adequate temperature difference between suction and discharge? NO YES Is the operating voltage correct? (0-0 V ±0%) YES NO Check power voltage of the main power supply. Check the cable size of the power supply. te te Is the operating current normal? rmal YES Is the operating pressure normal? YES NO NO tes - are on the next page. Check the temperature load of the indoor/outdoor units. Check the pipe length and refrigerant amount. Check the operating Hz of the compressor. Check the operation of the outdoor fans. Check for abnormal sound in the outdoor unit. (Abnormal sound, etc. of the compressor and other components)

136 7-7. Service Support Function Check Function for Connecting of Refrigerant and Control Lines This function is provided to check misconnection of the refrigerant pipes and the control transmission line (Wiring over lines) between indoor unit and outdoor unit by using the switch on the interface P.C. board of the header unit. However, be sure to check the following items prior to executing this check function. This check function does not work when a group operation by remote controller is performed and it is used over outdoor units. When using this check system, be sure to check for each line in the unit of outdoor unit. If checking the multiple lines at the same time, misjudgment may be caused. (Check procedure) Power Be sure to turn on the power at indoor side before power- of outdoor unit. System capacity check Set the rotary switches SW0/SW0/SW0 on the interface P.C. board of the header unit to [//]. Then the system capacity is displayed on 7-segment display [A]. Check that this display surely matches with the expected system capacity. (7-segment display) [A] [B] [.] [ HP] System horsepower Check. of outdoor units Set the rotary switches SW0/SW0/SW0 on the interface P.C. board of the header unit to [//]. Then. of outdoor units connected to the system is displayed on 7-segment display [A]. Check that this display surely matches with the expected. of outdoor units. (7-segment display) [A] [B] [.]. of connected outdoor units [ P] Check. of indoor units/. of units with cooling thermostat Set the rotary switches SW0/SW0/SW0 on the interface P.C. board of the header unit to [//]. Then. of indoor units connected to the system is displayed on 7-segment display [A]. Check that this display surely matches with the expected. of indoor units. (7-segment display) [A] [B] [.] [C ]. of. of units connected with cooling outdoor thermostat units Check. of indoor units/. of units with heating thermostat Set the rotary switches SW0/SW0/SW0 on the interface P.C. board of the header unit to [/5/]. Then. of indoor units connected to the system is displayed on 7-segment display [A]. Check that this display surely matches with the expected. of indoor units. Check incorrect wiring According to the indoor temperature, select one of the following items for setup of the rotary switches on the interface P.C. board of the header unit. Cooling: SW0/SW0/SW0 to [//] Heating: SW0/SW0/SW0 to [//] A (7-segment display) [A] [B] [.] [H ]. of. of units connected with heating outdoor thermostat units (7-segment display) [A] [B] Cooling [ J.C ] [ ] Heating [ J.H ] [ ] Indoor temperature [ C] 8 SW0 to [] (Heating) SW0 to [] (Cooling) -0 0 Outdoor temperature [ C] 5

137 te : Criteria for the difference between suction and discharge temperatures () Cooling operation After operating for a minimum of 0 minutes in COOL mode, if the T dry bulb temperature difference between suction and discharge air of the indoor unit is 8 C or more, it is normal. () Heating operation After operating for a minimum of 0 minutes in HEAT mode, if the T dry bulb temperature difference between suction and discharge air of the indoor unit is 5 C or more, it is normal. * If demand from the indoor unit on the outdoor unit is low because the difference between the temperature set by the remote controller and the temperature of the room is small, then the T temperature difference is small. * Consider that T temperature difference may diminish in cases of a system in which the connected indoor unit capacity exceeds the outdoor unit capacity, the pipe length is long, or a large difference exists among outdoor units. te : Criteria for operating power current The table below shows the maximum current for each outdoor unit. Under standard conditions, operating current is about 80% of the value shown in the table below. Outdoor unit Current value MMY-MAP (A) 0806* *.5 06* 6. B6* 9. 0A6*.5 A6* 6. 06*.0 606* 5.8 8B6* 9.9 A6* 6A6* * *.9 06* 9. te : Criteria for cycle status () These data are based on operating a -way Air Discharge Cassette type air conditioner of 00% connection with standard piping length. Data may vary depending on temperature conditions, installed pipe length, and room shape combinations, or indoor unit connection capacity. For pressure criteria in different temperature conditions, refer to (). Outdoor unit MMYMAP 0806* 006* 06* B6* 0A6* A6* 06* 606* 8B6* A6* 6A6* 806* 006* 06* Operating mode Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Pipe surface temperature ( ) Pressure (MPa) Pd Ps Discharge (TD) Suction (TS) Indoor heat exchanger (TC) Number of compessor rotations (rps) Outdoor Liquid heat Compressor Compressor temperature exchanger (TL) (TE) Indoor fan High High High High High High High High High High High High High High High High High High High High High High High High High High Air temperature condition (DB/WB) ( ) Indoor Outdoor 7/9 0/7/9 0/7/9 0/7/9 7/9 0/7/9 0/7/9 0/7/9 0/7/9 7/9 0/7/9 0/7/9 0/7/9 0/7/9 0/- 5/7/6 5/7/6 5/7/6 5/5/7/6 5/7/6 5/7/6 5/7/6 5/5/7/6 5/7/6 5/7/6 5/7/6 5/7/6 * This compressor is driven with a -pole motor. The value of the compressor frequency (rps) measured with a clamp meter at the compressor lead line is two times the rotation count (rps) of the compressor. * Each compressor may have a different frequency as a measure against resonance. * The temperature of the indoor heat exchanger (TC) indicates TCJ sensor temperature when cooling, and TC sensor temperature when heating, respectively. () Criteria for operating pressure Operating mode Cooling Heating Indoor temperature ( C) 8~ 5~5 Outdoor temperature ( C) 5~5 5~0 High pressure (MPa).0~.7.5~. Low pressure (MPa) 0.5~ ~0.7 Pressure * Criteria after 5 minutes or more has passed since operating started 6

138 () On rotations of outdoor fans Outdoor fans may rotate slowly to control pressure when cooling with low outer air temperature or heating with excessive load. For control content, also refer to items in Section 5, Control Outline: Outdoor Unit, Outdoor Fan Control. A Operation start Press the push-switch SW0 on the interface P.C. board of the header unit for seconds or more. The operation starts. Check that 7-segment display [B] shows [ CC] for cooling and [ HH] for heating. (7-segment display) Cooling [A] [ C ] [B] [ CC ] Heating [ H ] [ HH ] Operation Confirmation of check results () Check that. of misconnected indoor units is displayed on 7-segment display [B] after 5 minutes. (If there is no misconnection, [00P] is displayed.) (7-segment display) [A] [B] [ ] [ # # P] C or H. of misconnected indoor units This check operation requires 5 minutes even if there is no misconnection or there is any misconnection. Confirmation of check results () Press the push-switch SW05 on the interface P.C. board of the header unit for seconds or more. The indoor address in which error is being detected is displayed on 7-segment display [B]. If there are multiple indoor address in which error is being detected, they are successively exchanged and displayed. (When SW05 is turned on again, the display returns to display of. of units.) (7-segment display) [A] [B] [ ] [ # # ] C or H Address display of misconnected indoor unit After check, return the rotary switches SW0/SW0/SW0 on the interface P.C. board of the header unit to [//]. (7-segment display) [A] [B] [U] [ ] 7-segment display [A] SW0 7-segment display [B] SW05 SW0 SW0 SW0 <Rotary switches> 7

139 7-7-. Function to Start/Stop (/) Indoor Unit from Outdoor Unit The following functions of the indoor unit can start or stop by the switches on the interface P.C. board of the header unit. Function Outline Setup/Release Cooling test operation Changes the mode of all the connected indoor units collectively to cooling test operation. te) Control operation same as usual test operation from remote control is performed. [Setup] Set SW0/SW0/SW0 to [/5/], and press SW0 for seconds or more. [Release] Return SW0/SW0/SW0 to [//]. Section A [C. ] Section B [ C] Heating test operation Changes the mode of all the connected indoor units collectively to heating test operation. te) Control operation same as usual test operation from remote control is performed. [Setup] Set SW0/SW0/SW0 to [/6/], and press SW0 for seconds or more. [Release] Return SW0/SW0/SW0 to [//]. Section A [H. ] Section B [ H] Fan test operation Changes operation mode of all the connected indoor units collectively to test operation mode. te) Control operation same as usual test operation from remote control is performed. [Setup] Set SW0/SW0/SW0 to [/9/], and push SW0 for seconds or more. [Release] Return SW0/SW0/SW0 to [//]. Section A [F. ] Section B [ F] Batch start Starts all the connected indoor units collectively. te) The contents follow to the setup of remote controller. [Setup] Set SW0/SW0/SW0 to [/7/], and press SW0 for seconds or more. [Release] Return SW0/SW0/SW0 to []. Section A [C.H] Section B [ ] Stops all the connected indoor units collectively. [Setup] Set SW0/SW0/SW0 to [/7/], and press SW05 for seconds or more. [Release] Return SW0/SW0/SW0 to []. Batch stop 7-segment display [ 00] is displayed on Section B for 5 seconds. Section A [C.H] Section B [ 00] [ 00] is displayed on Section B for 5 seconds. Individual start Starts the specified indoor unit. tes) The contents follow to the setup of remote controller. The other indoor units keep the status as they are. [Setup] Section A Section B Set SW0 to [6], set SW0 and SW0 [ ] [ ] to address. ( to 6) to be started, Section A: Displays the and press SW0 for seconds or more. corresponding indoor address. [Release] Section B: Displays [ ] for 5 Return SW0/SW0/SW0 to [//]. seconds from operation-. Individual stop Stops the specified indoor unit. te) The other indoor units keep the status as they are. Section B Section A [Setup] [ ] [ ] Set SW0 to [6], set SW0 and SW0 to address. ( to 6) to be stopped, Section A: Displays the and press SW05 for seconds or more. corresponding indoor address. [Release] Section B: Displays [ 00] for 5 Return SW0/SW0/SW0 to [//]. seconds from operation-. Individual test operation Operates the specified indoor unit. te) The other indoor units keep the status as they are. [Setup] Section A Section B Set SW0 to [6], set SW0 and SW0 [ ] [ ] to address. to be operated, and Section A: Displays the press SW0 for 0 seconds or more. corresponding indoor address. [Release] Section B: Displays [ FF] for 5 Return SW0/SW0/SW0 to [//]. seconds from test operation-. 5 NOTE ) This start/stop function only sends the signals from the outdoor unit to the indoor unit, such as start, stop, operation mode, etc. It does not resend the signals even if the indoor unit does not follow the sent signals. NOTE ) The above controls are not used during abnormal stop. 7-segment display [A] SW0 7-segment display [B] SW05 SW0 SW0 SW0 <Rotary switches> 8

140 () Cooling test operation function This function is provided to change collectively the mode of all the indoor units connected to the same system for the cooling test operation mode, by using switches on the interface board of the header unit. <Operation procedure> Power Be sure to turn on power at the indoor side before power- of outdoor unit. Set SW0/SW0/SW0 on the interface P.C. board of the header unit to [/5/]. ([C. ] is displayed on 7-segment display [A].) Press SW0 on the same board for seconds or more. [Test run] is displayed on the remote controller of the indoor unit to be operated. Check that [ C] is displayed on 7-segment display [B] on the interface P.C. board of the header unit. Start [A] [C. [B] ] [ C] Operation check Return SW0/SW0/SW0 on the interface P.C. board of the header unit to [//], or press the push-switch SW05 for seconds or more. 7-segment display [A] Stop/End 7-segment display [B] SW0 SW05 SW0 SW0 SW0 <Rotary switches> NOTE) The test operation returns to the normal operation after 60 minutes. 9

141 () Heating test operation function This function is provided to change collectively the mode of all the indoor units connected to the same system for the heating test operation mode, by using switches on the interface board of the header unit. <Operation procedure> 0 Power Be sure to turn on power at the indoor side before power- of outdoor unit. Set SW0/SW0/SW0 on the interface P.C. board of the header unit to [/6/]. ([H ] is displayed on 7-segment display [A].) Press SW0 on the same board for seconds or more. Start [Test run] is displayed on the remote controller of the indoor unit to be operated. Check that [ H] is displayed on 7-segment display [B] on the interface P.C. board of the header unit. [A] [H. ] [B] [ H] Operation check Return SW0/SW0/SW0 on the interface P.C. board of the header unit to [//], or press the push-switch SW05 for seconds or more. Stop/End 7-segment display [A] SW0 7-segment display [B] SW05 NOTE) SW0 SW0 SW0 <Rotary switches> The test operation returns to the normal operation after 60 minutes. 0

142 () Fan test operation function This function is provided to change collectively the mode of all the indoor units connected to the same system for the fan test operation mode by using switches on the interface P.C. board of the header unit. <Operation procedure> Power Be sure to turn on power of the indoor unit and then turn on power supplies at outdoor unit side. Match [SW0/SW0/SW0] on the interface P.C.board of the header unit to [/5/]. (7-segment display [A] changes to [F. ].) Push the push switch SW for seconds or more on the P.C. board. [Test run] is displayed on the remote controller of the indoor unit to be operated. Check that 7-segment display [B] on the interface P.C. board of the header unit changed to [ C] [A] [F. Operation [B] ] [ Operation check F] Return [SW0/SW0/Sw0] on the interface P.C. board of the header unit to [//]. or push the push switch [SW05] for seconds or more. 7-segment display [A] SW0 Stop/End 7-segment display [B] SW05 SW0 SW0 SW0 <Rotary switches> NOTE) The test operation ends after 60 minutes and the operation returns to normal status.

143 () Batch start/stop (/) function This function is provided to start/stop collectively all the indoor units connected to the same system by using switches on the interface board of the header unit. <Operation procedure> 0 Power Be sure to turn on power at the indoor side before power- of outdoor unit. If a check code is already displayed with SW0/SW0/SW0 being [//], return the status to normal one according to troubleshooting and then execute a test operation. Set up the operation mode of the remote controller. (If it is not set up, the operation continues with the current mode.) (FAN/COOL/HEAT) The unit which is not given with priority by heating priority control, cooling priority control, and selection of cooling or heating mode is not operated. In this case, " operation ready" or " operation mode controlled" is displayed on the remote controller. Set SW0/SW0/SW0 on the interface P.C. board of the header unit to [/7/]. ([C.H ] is displayed on 7-segment display [A].) Press SW0 on the same board for seconds or more. Start The indoor unit to be started operates. Operation check If the discharge temperature does not change though COOL or HEAT has been set up from the remote controller, misconnection is considered. Press the push-switch SW05 on the interface P.C. board of the header unit for seconds or more. Stop After test operation, return the rotary switches SW0/SW0/SW0 on the interface P.C. board of the header unit to [//]. End 7-segment display [A] SW0 7-segment display [B] SW05 SW0 SW0 SW0 <Rotary switches>

144 (5) Individual start/stop (/) individual test operation function This function is provided to start/stop (/) individually each indoor unit connected to the same system by using switches on the interface board of the header unit. Set SW0 [6] and set SW0, SW0 to indoor address. ( to 6) to be started (Refer to the following table*) only the setup indoor unit starts operation. (In the rotary switches of the indoor unit which operates in a group by the remote controller, the follower unit cannot be individually started or stopped. In this case, [ - - ] is displayed on 7-segment display [B] on the interface P.C. board of the header unit.) <Operation procedure> 0 Be sure to turn on power at the indoor side before power- of outdoor unit. Power If a check code is already displayed with SW0/SW0/SW0 being [//], return the status to normal one according to troubleshooting and then execute a test operation. The unit which is not given with priority by heating priority control, cooling priority control, and selection of cooling or heating mode is not operated. In this case, " operation ready" or " operation mode controlled" is displayed on the remote controller. Set up the operation mode of the remote controller. (If it is not set up, the operation continues with the current mode.) 7-segment display [A] 7-segment display [B] SW0 Match the rotary switches on the interface P.C. board of the header unit to the following table*. SW05 (7-segment display) [A] [B] [ ] [ ] Address display of corresponding indoor unit [ 00] is displayed for 5 seconds after operation-. SW0 SW0 SW0 <Rotary switches> Press the push-switch SW0 on the same board for seconds or more. (If pressed continuously for 0 seconds or more, the operation changes to the individual test operation.) (7-segment display) [B] [ ] [A] [ ] Start Address display [ ] is displayed for 5 seconds after operation-. of corresponding (For individual test operation, [ FF] is displayed.) indoor unit The indoor unit to be started operates. Operation check If the discharge temperature does not change though COOL or HEAT has been set up from the remote controller, misconnection is considered. Press the push-switch SW05 on the interface P.C. board of the header unit for seconds or more. Address display of corresponding indoor unit [ 00] is displayed for 5 seconds after operation-. After test operation, return the display select switches SW0/SW0/SW0 on the interface P.C. board of the header unit to [//]. NOTE) * (7-segment display) [A] [B] [ ] [ ] Units to be operated SW0 SW0 SW0 6 ~6 Address to Address 6 } individually 6 ~6 Address 7 to Address } individually 6 ~6 6 ~6 End Address to Address 8 } individually Address 9 to Address 6 } individually The individual test operation returns to the normal operation after 60 minutes. In individual start/stop

145 7-7-. Check code Clearing Function ()Clearing from the main remote controller Check code clearing in outdoor unit Check code of the outdoor unit currently detected is cleared by the unit of one refrigerant circuit system to which the indoor units operated by the remote controller is connected. (Check code of the indoor unit is not cleared.) For clearing check codes, the service monitor function of the remote controller is used. <Method> Change the mode to service monitor mode by pushing seconds or more. Using + buttons simultaneously for buttons, set CODE. to FF. The display in Section A in the following figure is counted with interval of 5 seconds as > > > > > When the count arrives 0000, the check code is cleared. *However, counting from 0005 is repeated on the display. When button is pushed, the status returns to the normal status. Section A / TEMP. FILTER RESET TEST TIMER SET FAN MODE TIME SAVE VENT SWING/FIX UNIT LOUVER SET CL Check code clearing in indoor unit Check code in the indoor unit is cleared by button on the remote controller. (Only check code of the indoor unit connected with operating remote controller is cleared.)

146 ()Clearing check code by using switches on the interface board of the header unit Using the switches on the interface P.C. board of the header unit, this function is to clear the currently detected check code for each refrigerant circuit system without resetting the power supply. Check codes in both outdoor and indoor units are once cleared, and check code detection is performed again. Set the rotary switches on the interface P.C. board of the header unit as follows. Set SW0/SW0/SW0 to [/6/] 7-segment display [A] [B] [ E r ][ ] Press the push-switch SW0 on the same board for 5 seconds or more. [ C L] is displayed in 7-segment display [B] on the board (for 5 seconds), and Check code is completely cleared. Interface P.C. board 7-segment display [A] [B] [ E r ][ 7-segment display [A] SW0 C L] 7-segment display [B] SW05 SW0 SW0 SW0 <Rotary switches> ()Clearing check code by resetting power This function is provided to clear check code in a system by resetting the power of all the outdoor and the indoor units. As same as the clearing method by the interface P.C. board, check codes of both the outdoor and the indoor units are once cleared, and check code detection is performed again. <Method> () Be sure to reset power of both the outdoor and the indoor units. () Turn on the power of the indoor unit prior to the power of the outdoor unit. (If the power is turned on in reverse order, a check code [E9] (. of header unit error) is output.) NOTE) After power reset, it requires usually minutes to power-on due to the initial communication of the system. In some cases, it requires max. 0 minutes. 5

147 7-7-. Remote Controller Distinction Function This function is provided to distinguish the remote controller connected to the indoor unit from the outdoor unit for a refrigerant circuit system by using switches on the interface P.C. board of the header unit. <Distinction procedure> Power Be sure to turn on the power of the indoor unit prior to the power of the outdoor unit. Set the display select switches on the interface P.C. board of the header unit as follows: Set SW0/SW0/SW0 to [//] 7-segment display [A] [B] Press the push-switch SW0 on the same board for seconds or more. 7-segment display [A] [B] [ A ] [ FF] [A] [ ] Operation "Checking" display of the connected remote controller flashes. Check the connected remote controller Press the push-switch SW05 on the interface P.C. board of the header unit for seconds or more. End Other end conditions:. 0 minutes has passed. SW0, SW0, or SW0 changed to other position. Interface P.C. board 7-segment display [A] SW0 7-segment display [B] SW05 SW0 SW0 SW0 <Rotary switches> 6

148 Pulse Motor Valve (PMV) Forced Open/Close Function in Indoor Unit This function is provided to open or close forcedly PMV for minutes in all the indoor units by the switch operation on the interface P.C. board of the header unit. This function is also used to open PMV fully when turning off the power and executing an operation. <Operation> [Open fully] Set the switches SW0/SW0/SW0 on the interface P.C. board of the header unit to [//], and press SW0 for seconds or more. (Display appears on 7-segment display for minutes as follows.) [P ] [ FF] [Close fully] Set the switches SW0/SW0/SW0 on the interface P.C. board of the header unit to [//], and press SW05 for seconds or more. (Display appears on 7-segment display for one minute as follows.) [P ] [ 00] [Clear] After minutes ( minutes for Close fully ) after setting up, the opening automatically returns to the normal opening Pulse Motor Valve (PMV) Forced Open Fully/Close fully Function in Outdoor Unit This function is provided to forcedly open or close fully P.M.V. (PMV/PMV, PMV) used in the outdoor unit for minutes. [PMV Open fully] On the interface board of the outdoor unit, set the DIP switch [SW bit] to [], [SW bit] to [], and short-circuit CN0. [PMV Close fully] On the interface board of the outdoor unit, set the DIP switch [SW bit] to [], [SW bit] to [], and short-circuit CN. [PMV Open fully] On the interface P.C. board of the outdoor unit, set the DIP switch [SW bit] to [], [SW bit] to [], and shortcircuit CN0. [PMV Close fully] On the interface P.C. board of the outdoor unit, set the DIP switch [SW bit] to [], [SW bit] to [], and shortcircuit CN. [PMV Open fully] On the interface board of the outdoor unit, set the DIP switch [SW bit] to [], [SW bit] to [], and short-circuit CN0. [PMV Close fully] On the interface board of the outdoor unit, set the DIP switch [SW bit] to [], [SW bit] to [], and short-circuit CN. [Clear] For both open fully and close fully, after minutes, the opening returns to the normal opening. Be sure to remove the cord used for short-circuit after confirmation, and set the DIP switch [SW bit] to [] and [SW bit] to []. 7

149 Solenoid Valve Forced Open/Close Function in Outdoor Unit This function is provided to forcedly open each solenoid valve mounted in the outdoor unit by the switch operation on the interface P.C. board in the outdoor unit. Use this function to check there is no refrigerant clogging with / operation of the solenoid valve. [Operation] () Set the switches SW0/SW0/SW0 on the interface P.C. board of the outdoor unit to [//]. () When [H. r] is displayed in 7-segment display [A], keep pressing the switch SW0 for seconds or more. () From when [ ] is displayed in 7-segment display [B], is turned on. () After then, and of each solenoid valve are exchanged by changing the setup number of the switch SW0. (/ output pattern of each solenoid valve is as shown below.) NOTE ) Display in 7-segment display [B] is exchanged just when the number of SW0 has been changed; on the other hand, the solenoid valve output is exchanged when SW0 has been kept with the same number for 5 seconds or more. NOTE ) The mark [O] in the table indicates that the corresponding solenoid valve is forcedly turned on. NOTE ) The mark [-] in the table indicates that / of the solenoid valve is controlled based upon the specifications of the air conditioner. NOTE ) The mark [ ] in the table indicates that the corresponding solenoid valve is forcedly turned off with this operation. NOTE 5) The case heater output is for both the compressor and accumulator heaters. SW segment display [B] [] [ 5] [ 5] [ ] [ ] [ A] [ b] [ C] [ d] [ -] [ALL] Operation pattern of solenoid valve 5 5 A B C D Case heater output relay [Clear] Return switches SW0/SW0/SW0 on the interface P.C. board to [//]. NOTE) As this function is not based on the specified general control, be sure to release this mode after checking. 8

150 Fan Operation Check in Outdoor Unit This function is provided to check the fan operation of the outdoor unit by using switches on the interface P.C. board in the outdoor unit. The frequency of the fan speed can be controlled by setting of the switches. Use this function to check the operation or abnormal sound in the fan system. And, use this function while the system is stopped. NOTE) Do not use this function during operation of the compressor. It may damage the compressor. Two fans move synchronously in two fan model (MMY-MAP806* to MAP06*). [Operation] () Set the switches SW0/SW0/SW0 on the interface P.C. board of the outdoor unit to [//]. () When [F. d] is displayed in 7-segment display [A], keep pressing the switch SW0 for seconds or more. () When [ 6 ] is displayed in 7-segment display [B], the fan starts operation. (Max. mode operation) () After that, by changing the setup number of the switches SW0 and SW0, 7-segment display [B] and the fan mode are changed. (Mode output pattern of the fan is as follows.) SW0 SW0 7-segment display [B] Fan mode [ 6 ] 6 [ 6 ] 6 [ 6 ] 6 [ 60 ] 60 5 [ 59 ] 59 6 [ 58 ] 58 7 [ 57 ] 57 8 [ 56 ] 56 9 [ 55 ] 55 0 [ 5 ] 5 [ 5 ] 5 [ 5 ] 5 [ 5 ] 5 [ 50 ] 50 5 [ 9 ] 9 6 [ 8 ] 8 [ 7 ] 7 [ 6 ] 6 [ 5 ] 5 [ ] 5 [ ] 6 [ ] 7 [ ] 8 [ 0 ] [ 9 ] 9 0 [ 8 ] 8 [ 7 ] 7 [ 6 ] 6 [ 5 ] 5 [ ] 5 [ ] 6 [ ] SW0 SW0 7-segment display [B] Fan mode [ ] [ 0 ] 0 [ 9 ] 9 [ 8 ] 8 5 [ 7 ] 7 6 [ 6 ] 6 7 [ 5 ] 5 8 [ ] 6 9 [ ] 0 [ ] [ ] [ 0 ] 0 [ 9 ] 9 [ 8 ] 8 5 [ 7 ] 7 6 [ 6 ] 6 [ 5 ] 5 [ ] [ ] [ ] 5 [ ] 6 [ 0 ] 0 7 [ 9 ] 9 8 [ 8 ] [ 7 ] 7 0 [ 6 ] 6 [ 5 ] 5 [ ] [ ] [ ] 5 [ ] 6 [ 0 ] 0 [Clear] This function is cleared by one of the following operations. () When SW0 setting number was changed to other number. () Press-switch SW05 was pressed for seconds or more. 9

151 Abnormal Outdoor Unit Discrimination Method By Fan Operating Function This function is provided to forcedly operate the fan of the outdoor unit in which a check code occurred or the fan of the normal outdoor unit by the switch operation on the interface P.C. board in the header unit. To specify which one of the follower units connected to the system had problem, use this function for the system stop due to a follower unit problem (Check code [E8]). [Operation] <In case to operate the fan in the erroneous outdoor unit only> () Check that the switches SW0/SW0/SW0 on the interface P.C. board in the header unit are set to [//]. 7-segment display [A] [B] Outdoor unit. Check code display () Press the push-switch SW0 for seconds or more. () [E ] is displayed on 7-segment display [A]. () The fan of the outdoor unit in which problem occurred starts operation within approx. 0 seconds after [E ] was displayed. <In case to operate the fans in all the normal outdoor units> () Check that the switches SW0/SW0/SW0 on the interface P.C. board in the header unit are set to [//]. () Press the push-switches SW0 and SW05 at the same time for seconds or more. () [E 0] is displayed on 7-segment display [A]. () The fans of all the normal outdoor units start operation with the Max. fan speed within approx. 0 seconds after [E 0] was displayed. [Release] Press the push-switch SW05 on the interface P.C. board in the header unit for seconds or more. The outdoor fan which was operated stops. * Check that [U. ] is displayed on 7-segment display [A], and then finish the work. 50

152 Manual Adjustment Function of Outside Temperature (TO) Sensor This function is provided to fix TO sensor value manually by the switch operation on the interface P.C. board in the outdoor unit. When the unit stops abnormally due to TO sensor failure, etc, an emergent operation is available by setting up the value manually to position near the current outside temperature. [Operation] () Set the rotary switches on the interface P.C. board to numbers as follows: SW0/SW0/SW0 to [//5] 7-segment display: [ t o ] () Keep pressing the push-switch SW0 on the interface P.C. board for second or more. The mode changes to the TO sensor value fix manual mode. () As shown in the following table, TO sensor value can be fixed by setting the rotary switch SW0 on the interface P.C. board. [Clear] Return SW0/SW0/SW0 on the interface P.C. board in the outdoor unit to [//]. SW0 7-segment display [B] TO sensor value [ 0 ] 0 C [ 5 ] 5 C [ 0 ] 0 C [ 5 ] 5 C 5 [ 0 ] 0 C 6 [ 5 ] 5 C 7 [ 0 ] 0 C 8 [ ] C 9 [ 5 ] 5 C 0 [ 5 ] -5 C [ 0 ] -0 C [ 5 ] -5 C [ 0 ] 0 C [ ] C 5 [ 5 ] 5 C 6 [ 7 ] 7 C NOTE) If operated with TO sensor fixed by this function, the system control operation of the air conditioner may not be based on the specification of the product. Therefore an emergent operation should be restricted to a day or so. When the outside temperature is 5ºC or more, set to 5ºC (SW0="9") 5

153 <Service support function list> SW0 SW SW0 7-segment display [J. C] [J. H] [P. ] [A. ] [C. ] [H. ] [C. H] [A] Function contents Refrigerant circuit and control communication line check function (Cooling operation) Refrigerant circuit and control communication line check function (Heating operation) Indoor PMV forced full open function Indoor remote controller discriminating function Cooling test operation function Heating test operation function Indoor collective start/stop (/) function 9 [F. ] Fan test operation function [r. d] Outdoor refrigerant recovery operation function (Pump down function) 6 [E. r] Check code clear function ~6 [H. r] Solenoid valve forced open/close function ~6 ~7 [F. d] Fan forced operation function ~6 5 [t. o] Outside temperature sensor manual adjustment function 6 ~6 [0 ]~[ 6] Indoor. to 6 unit Indoor individual start/stop (/) function [ 7]~[ ] Indoor. 7 to unit [ ]~[ 8] Indoor. to 8 unit [ 9]~[6 ] Indoor. 9 to 6 unit SW0 SW0 SW0 7-segment display [A/B] Function contents [U ] [ E8 ] Follower unit check code / Corresponding unit fan operation function 5

154 The refrigerant leakage can be confirmed by using the switches on Interface PCB of the outdoor unit. If there is a leak, the location must be found in order to recover the refrigerant. After that, implement appropriate countermeasure and refill the refrigerant to its standard volume. Refrigerant leaks can be detected by comparing the Actual opening of PMV with the Calculated opening of PMV* during the operation. * Calculated opening of PMV: calculated from the initial value(c.i/h.i), the pressure sensor value, the compressor s, and the opening of PMV. The initial values are automatically saved when the specified conditions are met. (A leak can be detected only when C.i/H.i = ) [Operation] () Confirming the refrigerant leakage Set SW0 to 0 as shown in the following table to confirm whether the leaks are being detected. (It also can be confirmed by remote control monitor function. Refer to Monitor function of remote controller switch.) () Clearing the initial value If the system is changed (e.g. indoor units are increased/replaced, outdoor units are moved, or refrigerant is refilled/increased) it is necessary to clear the initial value that had been saved. Make sure that the compressor has stopped, and then press and hold SW0 for at least 5 seconds. SW0 SW0 SW0 Display detail Refrigerant leakage detection A [ L. d ] B rmal: [ 0] SW0 SW0 SW0 Display detail Possibility of leakage: [ ] Clear the data: [ C.L] (Only Display for 5 seconds) () Checking the record of the initial value Set SW0 to 0 as shown in the following table to confirm the record of the initial value. Cooling initial value A [ C. i ] 5 Heating initial value A [ H. i ] B Incomplete: [ 0] Completed: [ ] B Incomplete: [ 0] Completed: [ ] [Clear] Return SW0/SW0/SW0 on the Interface PCB in the outdoor unit to [//]. NOTE) (a) During the operation, the slow leaks can be detected. However, if the air-conditioner cannot cooling down / cannot warming up / make an unusual stop, the slow leaks might not be detectable. The fast leaks always cannot be detected. (b) Poor refrigerant circulation may be detected as a refrigerant leaks. (e.g. plugged strainers / capillaries, malfunction / clogging of the PMV / -way valve / -way valve) (c) Due to the outside temperature, the initial value may not be recorded, or it may be impossible to determine the leakage. (d) The initial value cannot be saved until the accumulated operating time has reached at least 0 hours. (e) The initial value cannot be saved if the indoor unit s operating ratio is low. (f) If the following in units are connected, leakage determination is not possible. Air to air heat exchanger with DX coil unit 5

155 7-7-. Monitor Function of Remote Controller Switch When using a remote controller with the model name RBC-AMTE, the following monitor functions can be used. Switching to the service monitor mode <Content> The sensor temperature or operation status of the remote controller, indoor unit, or the outdoor unit can be known by switching to the service monitor mode from the remote controller. [Procedure] Push + buttons simultaneously for seconds or more to call up the service monitor mode. The service monitor goes on, and temperature of the CODE. 00 is firstly displayed. Push the temperature setup CODE. to be monitored. buttons to select the TEMP. For displayed codes, refer to the table next page. Push button to determine the item to be monitored. Then monitor the sensor temperature or operation status of indoor unit and the outdoor unit in the corresponding refrigerant line. Pushing FILTER RESET TEST / TIMER SET FAN MODE TIME SAVE VENT SWING/FIX UNIT LOUVER SET CL button returns the display to the normal display. 5

156 Indoor unit data * System data CODE. Data name Display format Unit Remote controller display example 00 Room temperature (Use to control) C 0 Room temperature (Remote controller) C 0 Indoor suction air temperature (TA) C A Indoor coil temperature (TCJ) Indoor coil temperature (TC) Indoor coil temperature (TC). of connected indoor units C C C unit [00]= C 06 Indoor discharge air temperature (TF) * C 08 Indoor PMV opening /0 pls [050]=500pls F Filter sign time h [500] = 500h F9 Suction temperature of air to air heat exchanger (TSA) * [00] = FA Outside air temperature (TOA) * [008]=8 units 0B Total horsepower of connected indoor units 0 HP [05]=.5HP 0C. of connected outdoor units unit [000]= units 0D Total horsepower of outdoor units 0 HP [00]=HP Outdoor unit individual data * Outdoor unit individual data * CODE. U U U Data name Display format Unit Remote controller display example High-pressure sensor detention pressure (Pd) 00 MPa Low-pressure sensor detention pressure (Ps) 00 MPa [0] =.MPa Compressor discharge temperature (TD) Compressor discharge temperature (TD) Outdoor coil temperature (TE) Outdoor coil temperature (TE) Outdoor coil temperature (TG) Outdoor coil temperature (TG) Outside ambient temperature (TO) [00] = A A A Suction temperature (TS) C C C Suction temperature (TS) D D D Temperature at liquid side (TL) E E E Temperature at liquid side (TL) F F F Temperature at liquid side (TL) CODE. U U U Data name Display format Unit Remote controller display example PMV opening pls PMV opening pls [0500] = 500pls PMV opening pls 5 fan model : Compressor curent (I) 6 7 fan model : Compressor and Outdoor fan current (I) A 76 Compressor revolutions 0 rps 5 fan model : Compressor and Outdoor fan current (I) 6 7 fan model : Compressor and Outdoor fan current (I) A 77 Compressor revolutions 0 rps [05] =.5A [06] = 6.rps Outdoor fan mode mode [0058] = 58 mode 5A 6A 7A Compressor IPDU heat sink temperature 5B 6B 7B Compressor IPDU heat sink temperature 5D 6D 7D Outdoor fan IPDU heat sink temperature [00] = 5E 6E 7E Outdoor fan IPDU heat sink temperature 5F 6F 7F Outdoor unit horsepower HP [006] = 6HP Outdoor unit individual data *5 CODE. Data name Display format Unit Remote controller display example 90 Heating/cooling recovery controlled 0: rmal [000]=Heating recovery controlled : Recovery controlled [000]=Cooling recovery controlled 9 Pressure release [000]=Pressure release controlled 9 9 Discharge temperature release Follower unit release (U/U outdoor units) 0: rmal : Release controlled [000]=Discharge temperature release controlled [000]=U outdoor unit release controlled [000]=U outdoor unit release controlled [000]=U outdoor unit release controlled * Only a part of indoor unit types is installed with the discharge air temperature sensor. This temperature is not displayed for other types. * When the units are connected to a group, data of the header indoor unit only can be displayed. * The first digit of an CODE. indicates the outdoor unit number. * The upper digit of an CODE. - indicates the outdoor unit number., 5... U outdoor unit (Header unit), 6... U outdoor unit (Follower unit ), 7... U outdoor unit (Follower unit ) *5 Only the CODE. 9* of U outdoor unit (Header unit) is displayed. 55

157 7-8. SMMS WAVE TOOL FOR SMARTPHE The NFC TAG DEVICE of the Outdoor unit communicates with SMARTPHE that simplifies the install, the test operation and the maintenance of the SMMS-e. *NFC (Near Field Communication) As for the details, refer to the Operation Manual of "SMMS WAVE TOOL FOR SMARTPHE" You can download the Application and the Operating Manual from the below URL or QR code. NFC TAG DEVICE SMARTPHE QR code URL Prohibition/Permission of the NFC Setting This Application enables the functions of the auto-address setup and the test operation of the outdoor unit with Smartphone within 8 hours from the power input to the outdoor unit. You should decide whether to make use of the functions of the auto-address setup and test operation at its own responsibility and also be sure to confirm notices in the Operating Manual before performing the test operation. If you want to disable the functions of the auto-address setup and the test operation, perform the following operations. Switch setting of some functions prohibition How to set the NFC operation all time prohibition Follow the below procedure. Step Rotaly switch SW0 SW0 SW0 Push switch 7-segment display SW0 [A] [B] NFC operation setting () - [ nf] [ c.00 ] (Default setting) After the power input, :below 8 hours [NFC operation permit] :more than 8 hours [NFC operation prohibit] () Press for more than 5 secs [ nf] [ c.0 ] NFC operation all time prohibition 9 - [ U.. ] [ ] Return the switch () 56

158 How to set the NFC operation all time permission Follow the below procedure. Step Rotaly switch SW0 SW0 SW0 Push switch 7-segment display SW0 [A] [B] NFC operation setting - [ nf] [ c.00 ] (Default setting) After the power input, :below 8 hours [NFC operation permit] :more than 8 hours [NFC operation prohibit] (Press 5 secs) [ nf] [ c.0 ] NFC operation all time prohibition () Press for more than 0 secs [ nf] [ c.0 ] NFC operation all time permission () [ U.. ] [ ] Return the switch () - *Do it again if the 7-segment display is different from the above. *The functions other than the auto-address setup and test operation of this Application can work normally even if the functions of the auto-address setup and the test operation are disabled Confirmation for the generation of the error of the NFC When you can not read out the information of the NFC Tag Device with your Smartphone, perform the following operations after restarting the power supply of the outdoor unit. If there is no problem, refer to the Operation Manual of "SMMS WAVE TOOL FOR SMARTPHE". Step Rotaly switch SW0 SW0 Push switch SW0 SW0 () 6 - () - 7-segment display [A] [B] [ nf] [ c.er ] Abnormal [ nf] [ c.00 ] rmal [ U.. ] [ ] Return the switch Trademark Android is a trademark or registered trademark of Google Inc. QR code is a trademark or registered trademark of DENSO WAVE Inc. 57 NFC-I/F board communication

159 7-9. DRED (Demand response enabling device) (MMY-MAP***6HT8P-A) This model supports only DRM. Safety precautions Read these Safety precautions carefully before installation. Install in accordance with the wiring rules (AS/NZS 000). The precautions described below include important items regarding safety. Observe them without fail. The manufacturer shall not assume any liability for the damage caused by not observing the description of this manual. WARNING Turn off the main power supply switch or breaker before attempting installation. Make sure all power switches are off. Failure to do so may cause electric shock. Connect the connecting wire correctly. If the connecting wire is incorrect, electric parts may be damaged. Ensure that all terminals are securely fixed, so preventing any external forces having a negative effect on the terminals. Do not connect the DRED mains cable to the terminal block of the outdoor unit. Improper installation may result in fire. Connect the demand connecting wires so that they do not come into contact with the refrigerant cycle parts or refrigerant pipes. Wire breakage or water intrusion may cause electric shock or fire. Do not screw the DRED signal receiver directly to the outdoor unit. The screw may damage the internal parts and cause an electric shock, fire or refrigerant leak. CAUTI Wear heavy gloves during the installation work to avoid injury. Connection procedure This air conditioner complies with AS/NZS DRM available: DRM The terminal block meets ELV requirements. Demand response mode DRM DRM DRM Description Compressor off t available t available Parts layout of the electrical control box DRM DRM DRM COM DRM DRM DRM COM Connect the wire (-wire) with a round terminal to the Demand section (COM, DRM, DRM, DRM) on the terminal block. MCC-65 DRED Locally procured Demand response interface WARNING Do not connect the DRED mains cable to the terminal block of the outdoor unit. Improper installation may result in fire. For the power supply of the DRED, prepare exclusive power supply separated from that of the outdoor unit. 58

160 Wiring procedure Bind securely together the communication wires and the demand connecting wires with the cord clamp to be not affected by external forces. If the demand connecting wires contain DRED terminal block connections, confirm to fix it so that DRED terminal block connections comes to the left side from the cord clamp. DRED terminal block connections Cord clamp DRM DRM DRM COM Communication wires Demand response interface SHIELD TO INDOOR UNIT DRED Locally procured Demand connecting wires 59

161 8 TROUBLESHOOTING 8-. Overview () Before engaging in troubleshooting (a) Applicable models All Super Module Multi System (SMMS-e) models. (Indoor units: MM -AP, Outdoor units: MMY-MAP 6 ) (b) Tools and measuring devices required Screwdrivers (Philips, flat head), spanners, long-nose pliers, nipper, pin to push reset switch, etc. Multimeter, thermometer, pressure gauge, etc. (c) Things to check prior to troubleshooting (behaviors listed below are normal) NO. Behavior Possible cause A compressor would not start Could it just be the -minute delay period ( minutes after compressor shutdown)? Could it just be the air conditioner having gone thermostats? Could it just be the air conditioner operating in fan mode or put on the timer? Could it just be the system going through initial communication? An indoor fan would not start Could it just be cold air discharge prevention control, which is part of heating? An outdoor fan would not start or would change speed for no reason Could it just be cooling operation under low outside temperature conditions? Could it just be defrosting operation? An indoor fan would not stop Could it just be the elimination of residual heat being performed as part of the air conditioner shutdown process after heating operation? 5 The air conditioner would not respond to a Could it just be the air conditioner operation under external or remote start/stop command from a remote controller control? CAUTI The cooling performance may decling considerably when total operating capacity of cooling indoor units is less than HP WHILE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS BELOW 0 C. () Troubleshooting procedure When a problem occurs, proceed with troubleshooting in accordance with the procedure shown below. "E8" check code Problem Investigate check code displayed on interface P.C. board of header unit Investigate check code displayed on interface P.C. board of relevant follower unit Check the problem site or problem part Any other problem NOTE Rather than a product trouble (see the List of Check Codes below), the problem could have been caused by a microprocessor malfunction attributable to a poor quality of the power source or an external noise. Check for possible noise sources, and shield the remote controller wiring and signal wires as necessary. 60

162 8-. Troubleshooting Method The remote controllers (main remote controller and central control remote controller) and the interface P.C. board of an outdoor unit are provided with an LCD display (remote controller) or a 7-segment display (outdoor interface P.C. board) to display operational status. Using this self-diagnosis feature, the problem site/problem part may be identified in the event of a problem by following the method described below. The list below summarizes check codes detected by various devices. Analyze the check code according to where it is displayed and work out the nature of the problem in consultation with the list. When investigating a problem on the basis of a display provided on the indoor remote controller or TCC-LINK central control remote controller See the TCC-LINK remote control or main remote controller display section of the list. When investigating a problem on the basis of a display provided on an outdoor unit - See the Outdoor 7-segment display section of the list. When investigating a problem on the basis of a wireless remote controller-controlled indoor unit - See the Light sensor indicator light block section of the list. List of Check Codes (Indoor Unit) IPDU: Intelligent Power Drive Unit (Inverter P.C. board) : Lighting, : Flashing, : Goes off ALT.: Flashing is alternately when there are two flashing LED SIM: Simultaneous flashing when there are two flashing LED (Check code detected by indoor unit) Check code TCC-LINK central control or main remote controller display Display of receiving unit Outdoor 7-segment display Sub-code Indicator light block Operation Timer Ready Typical problem site Description of Check code Flash E0 Indoor-remote controller periodic communication error Communication from remote controller or network adaptor has been lost (so has central control communication). E0 Indoor-outdoor periodic communication error Signals are not being received from outdoor unit. Duplicated indoor address Indoor unit detects address identical to its own. MCU communication between main controller and motor microcontroller is faulty. E08 E08 Duplicated indoor address E0 Indoor inter-mcu communication error E8 Error in periodic communication between indoor header and follower unit Periodic communication between indoor header and follower units cannot be maintained. F0 ALT Indoor heat exchanger temperature sensor (TCJ) error Heat exchanger temperature sensor (TCJ) has been open/short-circuited. F0 ALT Indoor heat exchanger temperature sensor (TC) error Heat exchanger temperature sensor (TC) has been open/short-circuited. F0 ALT Indoor heat exchanger temperature sensor (TC) error Heat exchanger temperature sensor (TC) has been open/short-circuited. F0 Room air temperature sensor ALT (TA/TSA) error F ALT Discharge air temperature sensor (TF/TFA) error Discharge air temperature sensor (TF) has been open/short-circuited. F7 ALT Outside air suction temperature sensor (TOA) error Open/Short of outside air suction temperature sensor (TOA) was detected. F8 ALT Indoor air suction temperature sen sor (TRA) error Discharge air temperature sensor (TF) has been open/short-circuited. F9 SIM P.C. board or other indoor error Open/Short of indoor air suction temperature sensor (TRA) was detected. L0 SIM Duplicated indoor group header unit There is more than one header unit in group. L07 SIM Connection of group control cable There is at least one stand-alone indoor unit to to stand-alone indoor unit which group control cable is connected. L08 L08 SIM Indoor group address not set Address setting has not been performed for one or more indoor units (also detected at outdoor unit end). L09 SIM Indoor capacity not set Capacity setting has not been performed for indoor unit. L0 SIM Duplicated central control address There is duplication in central control address setting. L0 P0 P0 L0 Detected indoor unit. P0 Detected indoor unit. SIM Indoor external error input (interlock) Room air temperature sensor (TA) has been open/short-circuited. Unit shutdown has been caused by external error input (CN80). ALT Indoor AC fan error Indoor AC fan error is detected (activation of fan motor thermal relay). ALT Indoor overflow error Float switch has been activated. P ALT Indoor DC fan error Indoor DC fan error (e.g. overcurrent or lock-up) is detected. P ALT Other indoor unit error Follower unit cannot be operated due to header unit alarm (E0/L0/L07/L08). 6

163 (Check code detected by main remote controller) Check code Display of receiving unit Main remote controller Outdoor 7-segment display Sub-code Indicator light block Operation Timer Ready Flash Typical problem site Description of problem E0 E0 E09 master remote controller, faulty remote controller communication (reception) Faulty remote controller communication (transmission) Duplicated master remote controller Signals cannot be received from indoor unit; master remote controller has not been set (including two remote controller control). Signals cannot be transmitted to indoor unit. Both remote controllers have been set as master remote controller in two remote controller control (alarm and shutdown for header unit and continued operation for follower unit) (Check code detected by central control device) Check code Display of receiving unit TCC-LINK central control Outdoor 7-segment display Sub-code Indicator light block Operation Timer Ready Flash Typical problem site Description of problem C05 C06 indication (when main remote controller also in use) Faulty central control communication (transmission) Faulty central control communication (reception) Multiple network adapters Central control device is unable to transmit signal due to duplication of central control device. Central control device is unable to receive signal. Multiple network adapters are connected to remote controller communication line. C Blanket alarm for generalpurpose device control interface Device connected to general-purpose device control interface for TCC-LINK is faulty. P0 As per alarm unit (see above) Group control follower unit error Group follower unit is faulty (unit. and above detail [ ] displayed on main remote controller) te: The same error, e.g. a communication error, may result in the display of different check codes depending on the device that detects it. Moreover, check codes detected by the main remote controller/central control device do not necessarily have a direct impact on air conditioner operation. 6

164 List of Check Codes (Outdoor Unit) (Check code detected by SMMS-e outdoor interface - typical examples) If "HELLO" is displayed on the oudoor 7-segment for minute or more, turn off the power supply once and then turn on the power supply again after passage of 0 seconds or more. When the same symptom appears, it is considered there is a possibility of I/F board error. Check code IPDU: Intelligent Power Drive Unit (Inverter P.C. board) : Lighting, : Flashing, : Goes off ALT.: Flashing is alternately when there are two flashing LED SIM: Simultaneous flashing when there are two flashing LED Display of receiving unit Outdoor 7-segment display TCC-LINK central control or main remote controller display Sub-code Indicator light block Operation Timer Ready Typical problem site Description of problem Flash Signal lack of indoor unit Indoor unit initially communicating normally fails to return signal (reduction in number of indoor units connected). (E0) Indoor-outdoor communication circuit error Signal cannot be transmitted to indoor units ( indoor units left without communication from outdoor unit). (E08) Duplicated indoor address More than one indoor unit are assigned same address (also detected at indoor unit end). 0: Indoor-outdoor communication E 0: Outdoor-outdoor communication E Indoor automatic address setting is started while automatic address setting for equipment in other Automatic address starting refrigerant line is in progress. error Outdoor automatic address setting is started while automatic address setting for indoor units is in progress. E5 E5 Indoor unit not found during automatic address setting Indoor unit fails to communicate while automatic address setting for indoor units is in progress. Combined capacity of indoor units is too large. The maximum combined of indoor units shown in the specification table. E06 Number of indoor units from which signal is received normally E06 E07 E08 Duplicated indoor address E6 00: Overloading 0: Number of units connected E6 Too many indoor units connected/overloading E9 00: header unit 0: Two or more header units E9 Error in number of outdoor There is no or more than one outdoor header unit header units in one refrigerant line. E0 0: Connection of outdoor unit from other refrigerant line 0: Connection of indoor unit from other refrigerant line E0 Connection to other refrigerant line found during automatic address setting Indoor unit from other refrigerant line is detected while indoor automatic address setting is in progress. E E Outdoor-outdoor communication transmission error Signal cannot be transmitted to other outdoor units. E5 E5 Duplicated follower outdoor address There is duplication in outdoor addresses set manually. E6 Address of outdoor unit from which signal is not received normally E6 Signal lack of outdoor unit Follower outdoor unit initially communicating normally fails to do so (reduction in number of follower outdoor units connected). E8 Detected outdoor unit. E A 0B A-IPDU Fan-IPDU A-IPDU A B E8 Fan-IPDU E Outdoor header unit detects fault relating to Outdoor follower unit error follower outdoor unit (detail displayed on follower outdoor unit). IPDU communication error There is no communication between IPDUs (P.C. Sub MCU communication boards) in inverter box. error Circle (O): Faulty IPDU 80 : Communication error between MCU and Sub MCU F0 F0 Outdoor discharge Outdoor discharge temperature sensor (TD) has ALT temperature sensor (TD) been open/short-circuited. error F05 F05 Outdoor discharge Outdoor discharge temperature sensor (TD) has ALT temperature sensor (TD) been open/short-circuited. error F06 Outdoor heat exchanger ALT liquid side temperature sensor (TE, TE) error F06 0: TE 0: TE Outdoor heat exchanger liquid side temperature sensors (TE, TE) have been open/shortcircuited. 0: TL F07 0: TL 0: TL F07 ALT Outdoor liquid temperature Outdoor liquid temperature sensor (TL,TL,TL) sensor (TL,TL,TL) error has been open/short-circuited. F 08 F08 Outdoor outside air ALT temperature sensor (TO) error F09 0: TG 0: TG Outdoor heat exchanger gas side temperature sensor (TG, TG) error 6 Outdoor outside air temperature sensor (TO) has been open/short-circuited. Outdoor heat exchanger gas side temperature sensors (TG, TG) have been open/shortcircuited.

165 Display of receiving unit Check code Outdoor 7-segment display Sub-code F 0: TS 0: TS TCC-LINK central control or main remote controller display Indicator light block Operation Timer Ready Typical problem site Description of problem Flash F Outdoor suction ALT temperature sensor (TS,TS) error Outdoor suction temperature sensor (TS,TS) has been open/short-circuited. Wiring error in outdoor temperature sensors (TE,TL) has been detected. F5 F5 Outdoor temperature ALT sensor (TE,TL) wiring error F6 F6 ALT Outdoor pressure sensor (Pd, Ps) wiring error F F ALT Low pressure sensor (Ps) Output voltage of low pressure sensor (Ps) is zero. error F F ALT Output voltage of high pressure sensor (Pd) is zero High pressure sensor (Pd) or provides abnormal readings when compressors error have been turned off. F F SIM Outdoor EEPROM error H05 H05 Wiring/installation error or detachment of outdoor Outdoor discharge temperature sensor (TD) discharge temperature sensor (TD) has been wiring error detected. H06 H06 Activation of low-pressure Low pressure (Ps) sensor detects abnormally low protection operating pressure. H07 H07 Low oil level protection H08 H5 H6 L0 0: TK sensor error 0: TK sensor error 0: TK sensor error 05: TK5 sensor error 0: TK oil circuit error 0: TK oil circuit error 0: TK oil circuit error 05: TK5 oil circuit error Number of priority indoor units L06 (check code L05 or L06 depending on individual unit) Error in temperature sensor for oil level detection (TK,TK,TK,TK5) H08 Wiring error in outdoor pressure sensors (Pd, Ps) has been detected. Outdoor EEPROM is faulty (alarm and shutdown for header unit and continued operation for follower unit) Temperature sensor for oil level detection (TK,TK,TK,TK5) detects abnormally low oil level. Temperature sensor for oil level detection (TK,TK,TK,TK5) has been open/shortcircuited. H5 Outdoor discharge Wiring/installation error or detachment of outdoor temperature sensor (TD) discharge temperature sensor (TD) has been wiring error detected. H6 Oil level detection circuit error temperature change is detected by temperature sensor for oil level detection (TK,TK,TK,TK5) despite compressor having been started. Duplicated outdoor refrigerant line address Identical refrigerant line address has been assigned to outdoor units belonging to different refrigerant piping systems. L0 SIM L05 Duplicated priority indoor SIM unit (as displayed on priority indoor unit) L06 SIM Duplicated priority indoor unit (as displayed on indoor unit other than priority indoor unit) More than one indoor unit have been set up as priority indoor unit. SIM Indoor group address not set Address setting have not been performed for one or more indoor units (also detected at indoor end). More than one indoor unit have been set up as priority indoor unit. L08 (L08) L0 L0 SIM Outdoor capacity not set Outdoor unit capacity has not been set (after P.C. board replacement). L7 L7 SIM Outdoor model incompatibility error Old model outdoor unit (prior to 6 series) has been connected. L L SIM SW setting mistake L8 L8 SIM Too many outdoor units connected 6 Bit and of SW7 are turning on. More than three outdoor units have been connected.

166 Display of receiving unit Check code Outdoor 7-segment display TCC-LINK central control or main remote controller display Sub-code L A 0B A-IPDU Fan-IPDU A-IPDU A B Fan-IPDU L9 Indicator light block Operation Timer Ready Typical problem site Description of problem Flash SIM Error in number of IPDUs There are insufficient number of IPDUs (P.C. boards) in inverter box. Circle (O): Faulty IPDU L0 Detected indoor unit. (L0) SIM Indoor unit has been shut down for external error Indoor external error input input in one refrigerant line (detected by indoor (interlock) unit). P0 P0 ALT Outdoor discharge (TD) temperature error P05 ALT Inverter DC voltage (Vdc) error MG-CTT error 0: Compressor 0: Compressor P07 ALT P0 Indoor unit. detected (P0) 00: Open phase detected P05 0: Compressor 0: Compressor P07 P Heat sink overheating error ALT Indoor unit overflow Outdoor liquid backflow detection error Open phase is detected when power is turned on. Inverter DC voltage is too high (overvoltage) or too low (undervoltage). Temperature sensor built into IPM (TH) detects overheating. Indoor unit has been shutdown in one refrigerant line due to detection of overflow (detected by indoor unit). State of refrigerant cycle circuit indicates liquid backflow operation. P ALT P5 ALT Gas leak detection P7 ALT Outdoor discharge (TD) temperature error Outdoor discharge temperature sensor (TD) detects abnormally high temperature. P9 Outdoor unit. detected P9 ALT -way valve reversing error Abnormality in refrigerating cycle is detected during heating operation. P0 P0 ALT Activation of high-pressure High pressure (Pd) sensor detects high pressure protection that exceeds standard value. P5 P7 Open phase/power failure Outdoor discharge temperature sensor (TD) has detected abnormally high temperature. 0: TS condition 0: TD condition Outdoor suction temperature sensor (TS) detects sustained and repeated high temperatures that exceed standard value. MG-CTT: Magnet contactor 65

167 (Check code detected by IPDU featuring in SMMS-e standard outdoor unit - typical examples) Check code Outdoor 7-segment display Sub-code Display of receiving unit TCC-LINK central control or main remote controller display Indicator light block Operation Timer Ready Typical problem site Description of proplem Flash Error in temperature ALT sensor built into indoor IPM (TH) Temperature sensor built into indoor IPM (TH) has been open/short-circuited. F 0: Compressor 0: Compressor F H0 0: Compressor 0: Compressor H0 Compressor breakdown H0 0: Compressor 0: Compressor H0 Compressor error (lockup) Compressor lockup is detected H0 0: Compressor 0: Compressor H0 Current detection circuit error P0 0: Compressor 0: Compressor P0 ALT Activation of high-pressure High-pressure SW is activated. SW P07 0: Compressor 0: Compressor P07 ALT Heat sink overheating error P ALT Outdoor fan IPDU error 0: Compressor P6 0: Compressor P6 ALT Activation of IPM short-circuit protection Short-circuit protection for compressor motor driver circuit components is activated (momentary overcurrent). 0: Compressor P9 0: Compressor P9 ALT Compressor position detection circuit error Compressor motor position detection error is detected. #0:Element short circuit #:Position detection circuit error #:Motor lock error #:Motor current error P #C:TH Sensor temperature error #D:TH Sensor short circuit/release error #E:Vdc voltage error Put in Fan IPDU. in [#] mark Inverter current (Idc) detection circuit detects overcurrent. Abnormal current is detected while inverter compressor is turned off. Temperature sensor built into IPM (TH) detects overheating or has been short-circuited. Outdoor fan IPDU detects error. te: The above check codes are examples only, and different check codes may be displayed depending on the outdoor unit configuration 66

168 8-. Troubleshooting Based on Information Displayed on Remote Controller Using main remote controller (RBC-AMTE) () Checking and testing When a problem occurs to an air conditioner, a check code and indoor unit. are displayed on the display window of the remote controller. Check codes are only displayed while the air conditioner is in operation. If the display has already disappeared, access Check code check code history by following the procedure described below. Indoor unit. in which check code has occurred () Ckeck code history The check code history access procedure is described below (up to four check code stored in memory). Check code history can be accessed regardless of whether the air conditioner is in operation or shut down. <Procedure> To be performed when system at rest Invoke the SERVICE CHECK mode by pressing the + buttons simultaneously and holding for at least seconds. The letters SERVICE CHECK light up, and the check code 0 is displayed, indicating the error history. This is accompanied by the indoor unit. to which the check code history is related and a check code. TEMP. To check other check code history items, press the button to select another check code. TIMER SET When the restored. button is pushed, normal display is SET MODE FAN SAVE VENT SWING/FIX UNIT LOUVER TIME FILTER RESET TEST Check code 0 (latest) Check code 0 (oldest) te: Check code history contains four items. / CL rmal display is restored. Steps to follow REQUIREMENT button as it would erase the whole check code history of the indoor unit. Do not push the How to read displayed information <7-segment display symbols> <Corresponding alphanumerical letters> A b 67 C d E F H J L P

169 Using TCC-LINK central remote controller (TCB-SC6TLE)() Checking and testing When a problem occurs to an air conditioner, a Display of Unit. check code and indoor unit. are displayed UNIT. on the display window of the remote controller. Check codes are only displayed while the air conditioner is in operation. If the display has already disappeared, access check code history by following the procedure described below. R.C. Display of check code TEST Alternate blinking. () Check code history The check code history access procedure is described below (up to four check code stored in memory). Check code history can be accessed regardless of whether the air conditioner is in operation or shut down. Push the The letters + buttons simultaneously and hold for at least seconds. SERVICE CHECK light up, and the check code 0 is displayed. When a group. is selected (blinking), if there is an check code history, the UNIT. and the latest check code history information are displayed alternately. *During this procedure, the temperature setting feature is unavailable. Display of Unit. Display of check code UNIT. TEST Alternate blinking R.C To check other check code history items, push the button to select another check code (0-0.). To check check code relating to another group, push (ZE) and (GROUP) buttons to select a group. Do not push the button as it would erase the whole check code history of the selected group. To finish off the service check, push the button. 68

170 Using indoor unit indicators (receiving unit light block) (wireless type) To identify the check code, check the 7-segment display on the header unit. To check for check codes not displayed on the 7-segment display, consult the List of Check Codes (Indoor Unit) in 8-. Troubleshooting Method. : Goes off : Lighting : Blinking (0.5 seconds) Light block Check code Cause of fault Operation Timer All lights out Ready Power turned off or error in wiring between receiving and indoor units Operation Timer Ready E0 E0 E0 Faulty reception Faulty transmission Loss of communication Receiving unit Error or poor contact in wiring between receiving and indoor units Blinking E08 E09 Duplicated indoor unit. (address) Duplicated master remote controller Setting error E0 Indoor unit inter-mcu communication error E Automatic address starting error E8 Error or poor contact in wiring between indoor units, indoor power turned off Operation Timer Ready E0 Error or poor contact in wiring between indoor and outdoor units (loss of indoor-outdoor communication) E06 Faulty reception in indoor-outdoor communication (Signal lack of indoor unit) Blinking E07 E5 Faulty transmission in indoor-outdoor communication Indoor unit not found during automatic address setting E6 Too many indoor units connected/overloading E9 Error in number of outdoor header units E0 Detection of refrigerant piping communication error during automatic address setting E Faulty transmission in outdoor-outdoor communication E5 Duplicated follower outdoor address E6 Faulty reception in outdoor-outdoor communication, Signal lack of outdoor unit E8 Outdoor follower unit error E IPDU communication error, sub MCU communication error Operation Timer Ready P0 P0 Indoor AC fan error Indoor overflow error P Indoor DC fan error Alternate blinking Operation Timer Ready Alternate blinking P P0 P0 P05 P07 P5 P7 P9 P0 P P6 P9 P Outdoor liquid backflow detection error Outdoor discharge (TD) temperature error Activation of outdoor high-pressure SW Open phase/power failure Inverter DC voltage (Vdc) error MG-CTT error Outdoor heat sink overheating error - Poor cooling of electrical component (IPM) of outdoor unit Gas leak detection - insufficient refrigerant charging Outdoor discharge (TD) temperature error Outdoor -way valve reversing error Activation of high-pressure protection Outdoor fan IPDU error Outdoor IPM short-circuit error Compressor position detection circuit error Shutdown of other indoor unit in group due to fault (group follower unit error) MG-CTT: Magnet contactor 69

171 Light block Operation Timer Alternate blinking Operation Timer Alternate blinking Ready Ready Check code F0 F0 F0 F0 F F0 F05 F06 F07 F08 F F F5 F6 F7 F8 Cause of fault Heat exchanger temperature sensor (TCJ) error Heat exchanger temperature sensor (TC) error Heat exchanger temperature sensor (TC) error Ambient temperature sensor (TA/TSA) error Discharge temperature sensor (TF) error Discharge temperature sensor (TD) error Discharge temperature sensor (TD) error Heat exchanger temperature sensor (TE, TE) error Liquid temperature sensor (TL,TL,TL) error Outside air temperature sensor (TO) error Suction temperature sensor (TS,TS) error Heat sink sensor (TH) error Indoor unit temperature sensor errors Outdoor unit temperature sensor errors Wiring error in heat exchanger sensor (TE) and liquid temperature sensor (TL) Outdoor unit temperature sensor wiring/installation error Wiring error in outdoor high pressure sensor (Pd) and low pressure sensor (Ps) Outdoor pressure sensor wiring error Outside air suction temperature sensor (TOA) error Indoor air suction temperature sensor (TRA) error F Low pressure sensor (Ps) error Outdoor unit pressure sensor F High pressure sensor (Pd) error errors Operation Timer Ready F9 Fault in indoor EEPROM Synchronized blinking Operation Timer Blinking Ready H0 H0 H0 H05 Compressor breakdown Outdoor unit compressorrelated errors Compressor lockup Current detection circuit error Wiring/installation error or detachment of outdoor discharge temperature sensor (TD) Operation Timer Ready Synchronized blinking Operation Timer Ready Synchronized blinking H06 Abnormal drop in low-pressure sensor (Ps) reading Protective shutdown of outdoor H07 Abnormal drop in oil level unit H08 Error in temperature sensor for oil level detection circuit (TK, TK, TK or TK5) H5 Wiring/installation error or detachment of outdoor discharge temperature sensor (TD) H6 Oil level detection circuit error - Error in outdoor unit TK, TK, TK or TK5 circuit L0 Outdoor unit model unmatched error L0 Duplicated indoor group header unit L05 Duplicated priority indoor unit (as displayed on priority indoor unit) L06 Duplicated priority indoor unit (as displayed on indoor unit other than priority indoor unit) L07 Connection of group control cable to stand-alone indoor unit L08 Indoor group address not set L09 Indoor capacity not set L0 Duplicated outdoor refrigerant line address L0 Outdoor capacity not set L7 Outdoor model incompatibility error L0 Duplicated central control address L SW setting mistake L8 Too many outdoor units connected L9 Error in number of IPDUs L0 Indoor external interlock error 70

172 Light block Check code Cause of fault Operation Timer Ready F Outdoor EEPROM error Synchronized blinking Other (indications not involving check code) Light block Check code Cause of fault Operation Timer Ready Test run in progress Synchronized blinking Operation Timer Ready Alternate blinking Setting incompatibility (automatic cooling/heating setting for model incapable of it and heating setting for cooling-only model) 7

173 8-. Check Codes Displayed on Remote Controller and SMMS-e Outdoor Unit (7-Segment Display on I/F Board) and Locations to Be Checked For other types of outdoor units, refer to their own service manuals. Main remote controller Check code Check code Outdoor 7-segment display Sub-code Location of detection Description System status Error detection condition(s) Check items (locations) E0 Remote controller Indoor-remote controller communication error (detected at remote controller end) Stop of corresponding unit Communication between indoor P.C. board and remote controller is disrupted. Check remote controller inter-unit tie cable (A/B). Check for broken wire or connector bad contact. Check indoor power supply. Check for defect in indoor P.C. board. Check remote controller address settings (when two remote controllers are in use). Check remote controller P.C. board. E0 Remote controller Remote controller transmission error Stop of corresponding unit Signal cannot be transmitted from remote controller to indoor unit. Check internal transmission circuit of remote controller. --- Replace remote controller as necessary. E0 Indoor unit Indoor-remote controller communication error (detected at indoor end) Stop of corresponding unit There is no communication from remote controller (including wireless) or network adaptor. Check remote controller and network adaptor wiring. E0 Indoor unit Indoor-outdoor communication circuit error (detected at indoor end) Stop of corresponding unit Indoor unit is not receiving signal from outdoor unit. Check order in which power was turned on for indoor and outdoor units. Check indoor address setting. Check indoor-outdoor tie cable. Check outdoor terminator resistor setting (SW0, Bit ). E06 E06. of indoor units from which signal is received normally I/F Signal lack of indoor unit All stop Indoor unit initially communicating normally fails to return signal for specified length of time. Check power supply to indoor unit. (Is power turned on?) Check connection of indoor-outdoor communication cable. Check connection of communication connectors on indoor P.C. board. Check connection of communication connectors on outdoor P.C. board. Check for defect in indoor P.C. board. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). E07 I/F Indoor-outdoor communication circuit error (detected at outdoor end) All stop Signal cannot be transmitted from outdoor to indoor units for 0 seconds continuously. Check outdoor terminator resistor setting (SW0, Bit ). Check connection of indoor-outdoor communication circuit. 7

174 Check code Main remote controller Outdoor 7-segment display Check code Sub-code Duplicated indoor address E08 E08 E09 E0 E E5 E E5 0: Indoor-outdoor communication 0: Outdoor-outdoor communication Description System status Error detection condition(s) Check items (locations) Indoor unit I/F Duplicated indoor address All stop More than one indoor unit are assigned same address. Check indoor addresses. Check for any change made to remote controller connection (group/ individual) since indoor address setting. Remote controller Duplicated master remote controller Stop of corresponding unit In two remote controller configuration (including wireless), both controllers are set up as master. (Header indoor unit is shut down with alarm, while follower indoor units continue operating.) Check remote controller settings. Check remote controller P.C. boards. Indoor unit Indoor intermcu communication error Stop of corresponding unit Communication cannot be established/maintained upon turning on of power or during communication. Check for defect in indoor P.C. board I/F Automatic address starting error All stop Indoor automatic address setting is started while automatic address setting for equipment in other refrigerant line is in progress. Outdoor automatic address setting is started while automatic address setting for indoor units is in progress. Perform automatic address setting again after disconnecting communication cable to that refrigerant line. I/F Indoor unit not found during automatic address setting All stop Indoor unit cannot be detected after indoor automatic address setting is started. Check connection of indoor-outdoor communication line. Check for error in indoor power supply system. Check for noise from other devices. Check for power failure. Check for defect in indoor P.C. board. I/F Too many indoor units connected All stop Combined capacity of indoor units is too large. Check capacities of indoor units connected. Check combined HP capacities of indoor units. Check HP capacity settings of outdoor units. Check. of indoor units connected. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). 00: Overloading 0-:. of units connected E6 Location of detection te: If this code comes up after backup setting for outdoor unit failure is performed, perform overloading detected setting. < overloading detected setting method> Turn on SW09/Bit on I/F P.C. board of outdoor header unit. E6 For Cooling Only model, this check code is not displayed even if it exceeds the combined capacity of indoor units. More than 6 indoor units are connected. 7

175 Main remote controller Check code Check code Outdoor 7-segment display Sub-code E8 E9 E0 E9 E0 00: header unit 0: Two or more header units 0: Connection of outdoor unit from other line 0: Connection of indoor unit from other line E E E5 E5 E6 E8 E6 E8 Address of outdoor unit from which signal is not received normally Detected outdoor unit. Location of detection Indoor unit I/F I/F I/F I/F I/F I/F Description Error in communication between indoor header and follower units Error in number of outdoor header units Connection to other line found during automatic address setting Outdooroutdoor communication transmission error Duplicated follower outdoor address Signal lack of outdoor unit Outdoor follower unit error System status Stop of corresponding unit All stop All stop All stop All stop All stop All stop Error detection condition(s) Periodic communication between indoor header and follower units cannot be maintained. There are more than one outdoor header units in one line. There is no outdoor header unit in one line. Equipment from other line is found to have been connected when indoor automatic address setting is in progress. Signal cannot be transmitted to other outdoor units for at least 0 seconds continuously. There is duplication in outdoor addresses set manually. Outdoor unit initially communicating normally fails to return signal for specified length of time. Outdoor header unit receives error code from outdoor follower unit. Check items (locations) Check remote controller wiring. Check indoor power supply wiring. Check P.C. boards of indoor units. Outdoor header unit is outdoor unit to which indooroutdoor tie cable (U,U) is connected. Check connection of indoor-outdoor communication line. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Disconnect inter-line tie cable in accordance with automatic address setting method explained in Address setting section. Check power supply to outdoor units. (Is power turned on?) Check connection of tie cables between outdoor units for bad contact or broken wire. Check communication connectors on outdoor P.C. boards. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Check termination resistance setting for communication between outdoor units. te: Do not set outdoor addresses manually. Backup setting is being used for outdoor units. Check power supply to outdoor unit. (Is power turned on?) Check connection of tie cables between outdoor units for bad contact or broken wire. Check communication connectors on outdoor P.C. boards. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Check check code displayed on outdoor follower unit. <Convenient functions> If SW0 is pressed and held for at least second while [E8] is displayed on the 7- segment display of outdoor header unit, the fan of the outdoor unit that has been shut down due to an error comes on. If SW0 and SW05 are pressed simultaneously, the fans of normal outdoor units come on. To stop the fan or fans, press SW05 on its own. 7

176 Check code Main remote Check controller Sub-code code E E Location of detection Outdoor 7-segment display A 0B A-IPDU Fan-IPDU A-IPDU A B Fan-IPDU I/F System status Error detection condition(s) Check items (locations) IPDU All stop communication error Communication is disrupted between IPDUs (P.C. boards) in inverter box. Check wiring and connectors involved in communication between IPDU-I/F P.C. board for bad contact or broken wire. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F, A-IPDU or Fan IPDU). Check for external noise. Communication All stop error between MCU and Sub MCU Operation of power supply Communication between reset ( for 60 seconds MCU and Sub MCU stopped. or more) Outdoor I/F PC board error check Description Circle (O): Faulty IPDU 80 F0 F0 F0 F0 F05 F06 F07 F0 F05 F06 F07 Indoor unit Indoor TCJ sensor error Stop of Sensor resistance is infinity corresponding or zero (open/short circuit). unit Check connection of TCJ sensor connector and wiring. Check resistance characteristics of TCJ sensor. Check for defect in indoor P.C. board. Indoor unit Indoor TC sensor error Stop of Sensor resistance is infinity corresponding or zero (open/short circuit). unit Check connection of TC sensor connector and wiring. Check resistance characteristics of TC sensor. Check for defect in indoor P.C. board. Indoor unit Indoor TC sensor error Stop of Sensor resistance is infinity corresponding or zero (open/short circuit). unit Check connection of TC sensor connector and wiring. Check resistance characteristics of TC sensor. Check for defect in indoor P.C. board. I/F TD sensor error All stop Sensor resistance is infinity or zero (open/short circuit). Check connection of TD sensor connector. Check resistance characteristics of TD sensor. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). I/F TD sensor error All stop Sensor resistance is infinity or zero (open/short circuit). Check connection of TD sensor connector. Check resistance characteristics of TD sensor. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). I/F TE/TE sensor error All stop Sensor resistance is infinity or zero (open/short circuit). Check connection of TE/ TE sensor connectors. Check resistance characteristics of TE/TE sensors. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). I/F TL/TL/TL sensor error All stop Sensor resistance is infinity or zero (open/short circuit). Check connection of TL/ TL/TL sensor connector. Check resistance characteristics of TL/TL/ TL sensor. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). 0: TE sensor error 0: TE sensor error 0: TL sensor error 0: TL sensor error 0: TL sensor error 75

177 Main remote controller Check code Check code Outdoor 7-segment display Sub-code Location of detection Description System status Error detection condition(s) Check items (locations) F08 F08 I/F TO sensor error All stop Sensor resistance is infinity or zero (open/short circuit). Check connection of TO sensor connector. Check resistance characteristics of TO sensor. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). F09 F09 0: TG sersor error 0: TG sersor error I/F TG/TG sensor error All stop Sensor resistance is infinity or zero (open/short circuit). Check connection of TG/TG sensor connectors. Check resistance characteristics of TG/TG sensors. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). F0 Indoor unit Indoor TA sensor error Stop of corresponding unit Sensor resistance is infinity or zero (open/short circuit). Check connection of TA sensor connector and wiring. Check resistance characteristics of TA sensor. Check for defect in indoor P.C. board. F Indoor unit Indoor TF sensor error Stop of corresponding unit Sensor resistance is infinity or zero (open/short circuit). Check connection of TF sensor connector and wiring. Check resistance characteristics of TF sensor. Check for defect in indoor P.C. board. F F 0: TS sersor error 0: TS sersor error I/F TS/TS sensor error All stop Sensor resistance is infinity or zero (open/short circuit). Check connection of TS/ TS sensor connector Check resistance characteristics of TS/TS sensor. Check for defect F F 0: Compressor side 0: Compressor side IPDU TH sensor error All stop Sensor resistance is infinity or zero (open/short circuit). Defect in IPM built-in temperature sensor Replace A-IPDU P.C. board. F5 F5 I/F Outdoor temperature sensor wiring error (TE, TL) All stop During compressor operation in HEAT mode, TL continuously provides temperature reading higher than indicated by TL by at least specified margin for minutes or more. Check installation of TE and TL sensors. Check resistance characteristics of TE and TL sensors. Check for outdoor P.C. board (I/F) error. F6 F6 I/F Outdoor pressure sensor wiring error (Pd, Ps) All stop Readings of high-pressure Pd sensor and lowpressure Ps sensor are switched. Output voltages of both sensors are zero. Check connection of highpressure Pd sensor connector. Check connection of lowpressure Ps sensor connector. Check for defect in pressure sensors Pd and Ps. Check for error in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Check for deficiency in compressive output of compressor. F F I/F Ps sensor error All stop Output voltage of Ps sensor is zero. Check for connection error involving Ps sensor and Pd sensor connectors. Check connection of Ps sensor connector. Check for defect in Ps sensor. Check for deficiency in compressive output of compressor. Check for defect in -way valve. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Check for defect in circuit. F F I/F Pd sensor error All stop Output voltage of Pd sensor is zero (sensor open-circuited). Pd >.5MPa despite compressor having been turned off. Check connection of Pd sensor connector. Check for defect in Pd sensor. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). 76

178 Main remote controller Check code Check code Outdoor 7-segment display Sub-code F9 F F H0 H0 H0 H0 H0 H0 0: Compressor side 0: Compressor side 0: Compressor side 0: Compressor side 0: Compressor side 0: Compressor side H05 H05 H06 H06 * Total shutdown in case of header unit Continued operation in case of follower unit Location of detection Indoor unit I/F IPDU IPDU IPDU I/F I/F Description Other indoor error Outdoor EEPROM error Compressor breakdown Compressor error (lockup) MG-CTT error Current detection circuit error TD sensor miswiring (incomplete insertion) Activation of low-pressure protection System status Stop of corresponding unit All stop * All stop All stop All stop All stop All stop Error detection condition(s) Indoor P.C. board does not operate normally. Outdoor P.C. board (I/F) does not operate normally. Inverter current detection circuit detects overcurrent and shuts system down. Overcurrent is detected several seconds after startup of inverter compressor. Current flow of at least specified magnitude is detected despite inverter compressor having been shut turned off. Discharge temperature of compressor (TD) does not increase despite compressor being in operation. Low-pressure Ps sensor detects operating pressure lower than 0.0MPa. Check items (locations) Check for defect in indoor P.C. board (faulty EEPROM) Check power supply voltage. Check power supply noise. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Check power supply voltage. (AC80-5V ± 0%). Check for defect in compressor. Check for possible cause of abnormal overloading. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (A-IPDU). Check for defect in compressor. Check power supply voltage. (AC80-5V ± 0%). Check compressor system wiring, particularly for open phase. Check connection of connectors/terminals on A- IPDU P.C. board. Check conductivity of case heater. (Check for refrigerant problem inside compressor.) Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (A-IPDU). Check outdoor MG-CTT. Check current detection circuit wiring. Check defect in outdoor P.C. board (A-IPDU). Check installation of TD sensor. Check connection of TD sensor connector and wiring. Check resistance characteristics of TD sensor. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Check service valves to confirm full opening (both gas and liquid sides). Check outdoor PMVs for clogging (PMV, ). Check for defect in or circuits. Check for defect in lowpressure Ps sensor. Check indoor filter for clogging. Check valve opening status of indoor PMV. Check refrigerant piping for clogging. Check operation of outdoor fan (during heating). Check for insufficiency in refrigerant quantity. MG-CTT: Magnet contactor 77

179 Main remote controller Check code Check code Outdoor 7-segment display Sub-code Location of detection Description System status Error detection condition(s) Check items (locations) H07 H07 I/F Low oil level protection All stop Operating compressor detects continuous state of low oil level for about hours. <All outdoor units in corresponding line to be checked> Check balance pipe service valve to confirm full opening. Check connection and installation of TK, TK, TK, and TK5 sensors. Check resistance characteristics of TK, TK, TK, and TK5 sensors. Check for gas or oil leak in same line. Check for refrigerant problem inside compressor casing. Check A, B, C, D valves for defect. Check oil return circuit of oil separator for clogging. Check oil equalizing circuit for clogging. 0: TK sensor error 0: TK sensor error 0: TK sensor error 05: TK5 sensor error I/F Error in temperature sensor for oil level detection All stop Sensor resistance is infinity or zero (open/short circuit). Check connection of TK sensor connector. Check resistance characteristics of TK sensor. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). H08 H08 All stop All stop Sensor resistance is infinity or zero (open/short circuit). Sensor resistance is infinity or zero (open/short circuit). Check connection of TK sensor connector. Check resistance characteristics of TK sensor. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Check connection of TK sensor connector. Check resistance characteristics of TK sensor. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). All stop Sensor resistance is infinity or zero (open/short circuit). Check connection of TK5 sensor connector. Check resistance characteristics of TK5 sensor. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). H5 H5 I/F TD sensor miswiring (incomplete insertion) All stop Discharge temperature of (TD) does not increase despite compressor being in operation. Check installation of TD sensor. Check connection of TD sensor connector and wiring. Check resistance characteristics of TD sensor. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). 78

180 Main remote controller Check code Outdoor 7-segment display Check code Sub-code Location of detection Description System status Error detection condition(s) Check items (locations) 0: TK oil circuit error 0: TK oil circuit error 0: TK oil circuit error 05: TK5 oil circuit error I/F Oil level detection circuit error All stop temperature change is detected by TK despite compressor having been started. Check for disconnection of TK sensor. Check resistance characteristics of TK sensor. Check for connection error involving TK, TK,, TK, and TK5 sensors Check for clogging in oil equalizing circuit capillary and faulty operation in check valve. Check for refrigerant entrapment inside compressor. H6 H6 temperature change is detected by TK despite compressor having been started. temperature change is detected by TK despite compressor having been started. Check for disconnection of TK sensor. Check resistance characteristics of TK sensor. Check for connection error involving TK, TK,, TK, and TK5 sensors Check for clogging in oil equalizing circuit capillary and faulty operation in check valve. Check for refrigerant entrapment inside compressor. Check for disconnection of TK sensor. Check resistance characteristics of TK sensor. Check for connection error involving TK, TK,, TK, and TK5 sensors Check for clogging in oil equalizing circuit capillary and faulty operation in check valve. Check for refrigerant entrapment inside compressor. temperature change is detected by TK5 despite compressor having been started. Check for disconnection of TK5 sensor. Check resistance characteristics of TK5 sensor. Check for connection error involving TK, TK,, TK, and TK5 sensors Check for clogging in oil equalizing circuit capillary and faulty operation in check valve. Check for refrigerant entrapment inside compressor. 79

181 Main remote controller Check code Check code Outdoor 7-segment display Sub-code Location of detection Description System status Error detection condition(s) Check items (locations) L0 L0 Indoor unit Outdoor units model disagreement error Stop of corresponding unit In case of different outdoor unit (t corresponded to Air to Air Heat Exchanger type) Check outdoor unit model. (Check whether the outdoor unit corresponds to Air to Air Heat Exchanger type or not.) L0 L0 L0 L05 L06 L06 L07 L08 L08 L09 L0 L0 L0 Indoor unit I/F I/F Duplicated indoor header unit Duplicated outdoor line address Duplicated priority indoor unit (as displayed on priority indoor unit). of priority indoor units I/F Duplicated priority indoor unit (as displayed on indoor unit other than priority indoor unit) Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit I/F Network adaptor Indoor unit Connection of group control cable to standalone indoor unit Indoor group / addresses not set Indoor capacity not set Outdoor capacity not set Duplicated central control address Stop of corresponding unit All stop All stop All stop Stop of corresponding unit Stop of corresponding unit Stop of corresponding unit All stop All stop There are more than one header units in group. There is duplication in line address setting for outdoor units belonging to different refrigerant piping systems. More than one indoor units have been set up as priority indoor unit. More than one indoor units have been set up as priority indoor unit. There is at least one standalone indoor unit to which group control cable is connected. Address setting has not been performed for indoor units. Capacity setting has not been performed for indoor unit. Jumper wire provided on P.C. board for servicing I/F P.C. board has not been removed as required for given model. There is duplication in central control address setting. Check indoor addresses. Check for any change made to remote controller connection (group/ individual) since indoor address setting. Check line addresses. Check display on priority indoor unit. Check displays on priority indoor unit and outdoor unit. Check indoor addresses. Check indoor addresses. te: This code is displayed when power is turned on for the first time after installation. Set indoor capacity. (DN = ) Check model setting of P.C. board for servicing outdoor I/F P.C. board. Check central control addresses. Check network adaptor P.C. board. L I/F SW setting mistake All stop Outdoor P.C. board (I/F) does not operate normally. Check switch setting of Bit and of SW7 in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). L8 L8 I/F Too many outdoor units connected All stop There are more than three outdoor units. Check. of outdoor units connected (Only up to units per system allowed). Check communication lines between outdoor units. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). 80

182 Check code Main remote controller Location of detection Outdoor 7-segment display Check code Sub-code A 0B A-IPDU Fan-IPDU A-IPDU A B Fan-IPDU Description System status Error detection condition(s) Check items (locations) I/F Error in. of IPDUs All stop Insufficient number of IPDUs are detected when power is turned on. Check model setting of P.C. board for servicing outdoor I/F P.C. board. Check connection of UART communication connector. Check A-IPDU, fan IPDU, and I/F P.C. board for defect. Indoor unit External interlock of indoor unit Stop of corresponding unit Signal is present at external error input terminal (CN80) for minute. When external device is connected to CN80 connector: ) Check for defect in external device. ) Check for defect in indoor P.C. board. When external device is not connected to CN80 connector: ) Check for defect in indoor P.C. board. I/F Extended IC error Continued operation There is part failure in P.C. board (I/F). Check outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Indoor unit Indoor fan motor error Stop of corresponding unit I/F Discharge temperature TD error All stop Circle (O): Faulty IPDU L9 L9 Detected indoor address L0 L0 L P0 P0 P0 8 Check the lock of fan motor (AC fan). Check wiring. Discharge temperature (TD) exceeds 5 C. Check outdoor service valves (gas side, liquid side) to confirm full opening. Check outdoor PMVs (PMV, ) for clogging. Check resistance characteristics of TD sensor. Check for insufficiency in refrigerant quantity. Check for defect in -way valve. Check for leakage of circuit. Check circuit (wiring or installation error in or ).

183 Main remote controller P0 P05 P07 P0 Check code P0 P05 P07 P0 Check code Outdoor 7-segment display P Sub-code 0: Compressor side 0: Compressor side Location of detection IPDU Description Activation of highpressure SW 00: I/F Detection of open phase/phase sequence 0: Compressor side 0: Compressor side 0: Compressor side 0: Compressor side Detected indoor address IPDU I/F Indoor unit Indoor unit Inverter DC voltage (Vdc) error (compressor) MG-CTT error Heat sink overheating error System status All stop All stop All stop Error detection condition(s) High-pressure SW is activated. Open phase is detected when power is turned on. Inverter DC voltage is too high (overvoltage) or too low (undervoltage). Temperature sensor built into IPM (TH) is overheated. Indoor overflow error All stop Float switch operates. Float switch circuit is open-circuited or disconnected at connector. Indoor fan motor error Stop of corresponding unit Motor speed measurements continuously deviate from target value. Overcurrent protection is activated. Check items (locations) Check connection of highpressure SW connector. Check for defect in Pd pressure sensor. Check outdoor service valves (gas side, liquid side) to confirm full opening. Check for defect in outdoor fan. Check for defect in outdoor fan motor. Check outdoor PMVs (PMV, ) for clogging. Check indoor/outdoor heat exchangers for clogging. Check for short-circuiting of outdoor suction/discharge air flows. Check circuit for clogging. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Check for error in indoor fan system (possible cause of air flow reduction). Check opening status of indoor PMV. Check indoor-outdoor communication line for wiring error. Check for faulty operation of check valve in discharge pipe convergent section. Check gas balancing valve circuit. Check 5 valve circuit. Check for refrigerant overcharging. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Check wiring of outdoor power supply. Check power supply voltage. Check outdoor fan system error. Check heat sink cooling duct for clogging. Check IPM and heat sink for thermal performance for faulty installation. (e.g. mounting screws and thermal conductivity) Check for defect in A-IPDU. (faulty IPM built-in temperature sensor (TH)) Check float switch connector. Check operation of drain pump. Check drain pump circuit. Check drain pipe for clogging. Check for defect in indoor P.C. board. Check connection of fan connector and wiring. Check for defect in fan motor. Check for defect in indoor P.C. board. Check impact of outside air treatment (OA). MG-CTT: Magnet contactor 8

184 Main remote controller Check code Check code Outdoor 7-segment display Sub-code P P P5 P5 P7 P7 Location of detection I/F Description Outdoor liquid backflow detection error 0: TS condition I/F Gas leakdetection (TS condition) 0: TD condition I/F Gas leak detection (TD condition) I/F Discharge temperature TD error System status All stop All stop All stop All stop Error detection condition(s) <During cooling operation> When system is in cooling operation, high pressure is detected in follower unit that has been turned off. <During heating operation> When system is in heating operation, outdoor PMV or continuously registers opening of 00p or less while under superheat control. Protective shutdown due to sustained suction temperature at or above judgment criterion for at least 0 minutes is repeated four times or more. <TS error judgment criterion> In cooling operation: 60 C In heating operation: 0 C Protective shutdown due to sustained discharge temperature (TD or TD) at or above 08 C for at least 0 minutes is repeated four times or more. Discharge temperature (TD) exceeds 5 C. Check items (locations) Check full-close operation of outdoor PMV (,, ). Check for defect in Pd or Ps sensor. Check gas balancing circuit () for clogging. Check balance pipe. Check B circuit for clogging. Check defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Check capillary of oil separator oil return circuit for clogging. Check for leakage of check valve in discharge pipe convergent section. Check for insufficiency in refrigerant quantity. Check outdoor service valves (gas side, liquid side) to confirm full opening. Check PMVs (PMV, ) for clogging. Check resistance characteristics of TS sensor. Check for defect in -way valve. Check circuit for leakage Check for insufficiency in refrigerant quantity. Check PMVs (PMV, ) for clogging. Check resistance characteristics of TD and TD sensors. Check indoor filter for clogging. Check piping for clogging. Check circuit (for leakage or coil installation error). Check outdoor service valves (gas side, liquid side) to confirm full opening. Check outdoor PMVs (PMV,, ) for clogging. Check resistance characteristics of TD sensor. Check for defect in -way valve. Check circuit for leakage. Check circuit (for wiring or installation error involving and ). 8

185 Main remote controller Check code Check code Outdoor 7-segment display Sub-code Location of detection Description System status Error detection condition(s) Check items (locations) P9 P9 Detected outdoor unit. I/F -way valve reversing error All stop Abnormal refrigerating cycle data is collected during heating operation. Check for defect in main body of -way valve. Check for coil defect in - way valve and loose connection of its connector. Check resistance characteristics of TS and TE,TE sensors. Check output voltage characteristics of Pd and Ps pressure sensors. Check for wiring error involving TE and TL sensors. P0 P0 I/F Activation of high-pressure protection All stop <During cooling operation> Pd sensor detects pressure equal to or greater than.85 MPa. <During heating operation> Pd sensor detects pressure equal to or greater than.6 MPa. Check for defect in Pd pressure sensor. Check service valves (gas side, liquid side) to confirm full opening. Check for defect in outdoor fan. Check for defect in outdoor fan motor. Check outdoor PMV (PMV,, ) for clogging. Check indoor/outdoor heat exchangers for clogging. Check for short-circuiting of outdoor suction/ discharge air flows. Check circuit for clogging. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Check for defect in indoor fan system (possible cause of air flow reduction). Check opening status of indoor PMV. Check indoor-outdoor communication line for wiring error. Check for faulty operation of check valve in discharge pipe convergent section. Check gas balancing valve circuit. Check 5 valve circuit. Check for refrigerant overcharging. 8

186 Main remote controller Check code Check code Outdoor 7-segment display Sub-code Location of detection Description System status Error detection condition(s) Check items (locations) #0:Element short circuit IPDU Outdoor fan IPDU error *Put in Fan IPDU. in [#] mark All stop (Sub code: #0) Fan IPDU over current protection circuit Flow of current equal to or greater than the specified value is detected during startup of the fan. Check fan motor. Check for defect in fan IPDU P.C. board. #:Position detection circuit error All stop (Sub code: #) Fan IPDU position detection circuit Position detection is not going on normally. Check fan motor. Check connection of fan motor connector. Check for defect in fan IPDU P.C. board. #:Motor lock error All stop (Sub code: #) Gusty wind, an obstruction, or another external factor Speed estimation is not going on normally. Check fan motor. Check for defect in fan IPDU P.C. board. P P #:Motor current error All stop (Sub code: #) Fan IPDU over current protection circuit Flow of current equal to or greater than the specified value is detected during operation of the fan. Check fan motor. Check connection of fan motor connector. Check for defect in fan IPDU P.C. board. #C:TH sensor temperature error All stop (Sub code: #C) Higher temperature than the specified value is detected during operation of the fan. Check fan motor. Check for defect in fan IPDU P.C. board. #D:TH sensor short circuit/release error All stop (Sub code: #D) The resistance value of the sensor is infinite or zero (open or short circuit). Check for defect in fan IPDU P.C. board. #E:Vdc voltage error All stop (Sub code: #E) Fan IPDU DC voltage protection circuit The DC voltage higher or lower than the specified value is detected. Check power voltage of the main power supply. Check for defect in fan IPDU P.C. board. Check connection of fan IPDU P.C. board. P6 P6 0: Compressor side 0: Compressor side IPDU IPM shortcircuit protection error All stop Overcurrent is momentarily detected during startup of compressor. Check connector connection and wiring on A-IPDU P.C. board. Check for defect in compressor (layer shortcircuit). Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (A- IPDU). P9 P9 0: Compressor side 0: Compressor side IPDU Compressor position detection circuit error All stop Position detection is not going on normally. Check wiring and connector connection. Check for compressor layer short-circuit. Check for defect in A- IPDU P.C. board. P Indoor unit Other indoor error (group follower unit error) Stop of corresponding unit There is error in other indoor unit in group, resulting in detection of E07/L07/L0/ L08. Check indoor P.C. board. 85

187 Check codes Detected by TCC-LINK Central Control Device Check code Outdoor 7-segment display Main remote controller C05 Sub-code C06 C Differs according to nature of alarm-causing error Location of detection Description TCC-LINK TCC-LINK central control device transmission error System status Check for defect in central control device. Check for defect in central control communication line. Check termination resistance setting. TCC-LINK Continued central control operation device reception error Central control device is unable to receive signal. Check for defect in central control device. Check for defect in central control communication line. Check terminator resistor setting. Check power supply for devices at other end of central control communication line. Check defect in P.C. boards of devices at other end of central control communication line. Batch alarm for generalpurpose device control interface Continued operation Error signal is input to control interface for general-purpose devices. Check error input. TCC-LINK Group control follower unit error Continued operation Error occurs in follower unit under group control. ([P0] is displayed on central control remote controller.) Check check code of unit that has generated alarm. Duplicated central control address Continued operation There is duplication in central control addresses. Check address settings. P0 (L0 displayed.) Check items (locations) Central control device is unable to transmit signal. Generalpurpose device I/F Continued operation Error detection condition(s) 86

188 Points to te When Servicing Compressor () When checking the outputs of inverters, remove the wiring from all the compressors. How to Check Inverter Output () Turn off the power supply. () Remove compressor leads from the IPDU P.C. board (A-IPDU). (Be sure to remove all the leads.) () Turn on the power supply and start cooling or heating operation. Be careful not to make simultaneous contact with two or more faston connectors for compressor leads or a faston connector and some other object (e.g. the unit cabinet). () Check the output voltage across each pair of inverter-side (CN0, 0, 0). If the result is unsatisfactory according to the judgment criteria given in the table below, replace the IPDU P.C. board.. Measured leads Criterion Red-White 80~580V White-Black 80~580V Black-Red 80~580V * When connecting the compressor leads back to the compressor terminals after checking the output, check the faston connectors thoroughly to ensure that they are not crooked. If there is any loose connector, tighten it with a pair of pliers, etc. before connecting the lead. How to Check Resistance of Compressor Winding () Turn off the power supply. () Remove compressor leads from the compressors. () With each compressor, check the phase-to-phase winding resistances and winding-to-outdoor cabinet resistance using a multimeter. Earth fault? It is normal if the winding-to-outdoor cabinet resistance is 0M or more. Inter-winding short circuit? It is normal if the phase-to-phase resistances are in the range. (Use a digital multimeter.) How to Check Outdoor Fan Motor () Turn off the power supply. () Remove fan motor leads from the IPDU P.C. board for the outdoor fan (CN0-CN0). () Rotate the fan by hand. If the fan does not turn, the fan motor is faulty (locked up). Replace the fan motor. If the fan turns, measure the phase-to-phase winding resistances using a multimeter. It is normal if the measurements are in the range. (Use a digital multimeter.) 87

189 8-5. Diagnosis procedure for each check code C heck code Check code name [E0] Signal transmission error on the remote controller Cause Unable to send signals to indoor units * The check code is not indicated on the central control device or the 7-segment indication on the outdoor unit. The communication wiring between the remote controller and indoor units is connected properly. Connect the wiring properly. The transmission circuit in the remote controller malfunctions. Replace the remote controller. Check code Check code name Cause [E0] Communication error between the indoor unit and remote controller (detected on the indoor unit) communication from the remote controller/communication adapter The error is detected when the indoor unit cannot receive the signal from the wired remote controller. Check the communication wiring from the remote controller A and B. The check code [E0] is not indicated on the remote controller as its communication is down. However, the code is indicated on the central controller of TCC-LINK. C heck code Check code name [E0] Communication error between the indoor unit and remote controller (detected on the remote controller) Is the inter-unit wire of remote controllers (A/B) normal? Is there no disconnection or connector contact error on harness out of terminal block of indoor unit? Is a group control operation? Is power of each indoor unit turned on? Is power applied to remote controller? AB terminals: Approx. DC8V Is setup of two remote controllers without header remote controller? Cause. Remote controller inter-unit wire error. Indoor power error. Indoor P.C. board error. Remote controller address setup error 5. Remote controller P.C. board error Correct inter-unit cable of remote controller. Correct connector connection and check circuit wiring. Check power connection status of indoor unit. (Turn on power again.) Check indoor P.C. board. Defect Replace Change one to header/other to follower. (Remote controller address connector) Check remote controller P.C. board. Defect Replace 88

190 C heck code Check code name Cause C heck code Check code name Caus e [E06] Decreased number of indoor units [E0] Indoor/Outdoor communication. Communication lines (U, U) connection error between indoor and outdoor. Communication connector's connection error on indoor unit, error on P.C. board. Communication connector's connection error on outdoor unit, error on I/F board. Power supply of indoor unit (Is power turned on?) circuit error (Detected at indoor side). Power of outdoor unit was firstly turned on.. Connection error of communication line between indoor and outdoor. Terminator resistor setup error on communication between indoor and outdoor. Address setup error Sub-code:. of indoor units which received signals normally Is there no miswiring/disconnection on communication line between indoor and outdoor? Is connection of CN0 connector on indoor P.C. board normal? Correct communication line. Correct wiring or connector. Was power turned on in order of indoor unit outdoor unit? Is connection (U/U terminals) of indoor/outdoor inter-unit wire normal? Turn on power again in order of indoor unit outdoor unit. Correct inter-unit wire. Is connection of CN0 connector on outdoor I/F P.C. board normal? Is connector connection from U/U terminals of indoor/outdoor inter-unit wire normal? Correct connector connection. Is the terminator resistor setup of outdoor unit normal? Correct the terminator resistor setup. Is power of indoor unit turned on? Turn on power of indoor unit. Is address setup correct? Set up address again. Did a power failure occur? Is there no noise, etc? Clear the check code. Check noise, etc, and eliminate it if any. Is power applied to fuse (F0) on indoor P.C. board? Check connection of inter-unit wire between indoor and outdoor is correct, and then connect communication line connector on indoor P.C. board (CN0) to CN (EMG). Is there no noise, etc? Check noise, etc, and eliminate it if any. Check indoor P.C. board. Defect Replace (NOTE). When signal is not sent for a certain period from the indoor unit which has used to send signals normally, [E06] is displayed. Check indoor P.C. board. Defect Replace For details, refer to 7-5. Troubleshooting in Test Operation. 89

191 C heck code Check code name Cause C heck code Check code name Caus e [E08] Duplicated indoor addresses Indoor addresses are duplicated. [E07]. Indoor/outdoor communication terminator Indoor/Outdoor communication circuit error (Detected at outdoor side) resistor setup error. Indoor/outdoor communication connection error Sub-code: Duplicated indoor address Using a wired remote controller (RBC-AMTE), check the setup CODE. (DN code),, and. When there is no address duplication, check to the following flowchart. Is setup of terminator resistor of outdoor unit normal? Correct setup of terminator resistor Is wire connection to communication line normal? Correct wire connection. Is inter-unit wire (U, U) between indoor and outdoor shortcircuited? Correct short-circuit. Is not communication line connected to the different outdoor unit? Correct communication line. Is connection of inter-unit wire between indoor and outdoor correct? Correct communication line. Is indoor unit quantity connected to outdoor unit correct? Is there no error on power wire to outdoor unit? Correct power wire. Set up indoor address again. Is there noise source? Is F00 (fuse) on I/F P.C. board opened? Turn on power to start operation. * Check conduction with tester. I/F P.C. board failure However an emergent operation is available by inserting connector to be connected to CN0 to CN. Eliminate noise. Outdoor I/F P.C. board failure Replace 90

192 C heck code Check code name [E5] corresponding indoor unit during automatic address Is communication line between indoor and outdoor normal? Is connection of CN0 connector on indoor P.C. board correct? Is connection of CN0 connector on I/F P.C. board of header outdoor unit correct? Is there any connection error of power wire? Did a power failure occur? Is there no noise source? Set up address again after resetting power supply. Cause. Communication line connection error between indoor and outdoor. Indoor power system error. ise from surrounding devices. Power failure 5. Indoor P.C. board error Correct communication line. Correct connection of connector. Correct connection of connector. Correct power wire. Set up address again after resetting power supply. Eliminate noise. C heck code Check code name [E09] Duplicated header remote controller Cause Setup of header remote controller is duplicated. Are two remote controllers set up as two header remote controllers? Set up one controller as the header and the other follower. (Remote controller address connector) Check remote controller P.C. board. Failure Replace C heck code Check code name [E0] Communication error between indoor MCUs. Indoor P.C. board error. Cause Is there any trouble on power line? Check power voltage. Improve the line condition. Eliminate noise, etc. Check indoor control P.C. board. Failure Replace C heck code Check code name [E] Automatic address start error Cause. Starting automatic addressing of indoor units during automatic addressing in another refrigerant line. (Sub-code: 0). Starting automatic addressing of outdoor units during automatic addressing of indoor units (Sub-code: 0) Sub-code: 0: Communication between indoor and outdoor 0: Communication between outdoor units Are U, U, U, and U connectors connected? Disconnect connector connection of U, U, U, and U. Turn on power of outdoor unit again. Set up address again. (Refer to 7--. Address Setup Procedure.) 9

193 C heck code Check code name [E8] Communication error between indoor header and follower Cause Regular communication between indoor header and follower is unavailable. Are remote controller inter-unit wires (A/B) normal? Correct remote controller inter-unit wire. Is there any disconnection of connector or wiring from terminal block of indoor unit? Correct connection of connector. Check circuit wire. Is group control operation executed? Are powers of all indoor units turned on? Check power connection status of indoor unit. (Turn on the power again.) Check indoor address. Check indoor P.C. board. Failure Replace Correct indoor address. C heck code Check code name [E6] Number/capacity of connected indoor units beyond the limit Cause. There are 6 or more connected indoor units.. Capacity over of total connected indoor units.. Incorrect setup of indoor units' horse power Sub-code: 00 : Capacity over, 0-: number of connected units Is backup operation of outdoor unit being set up? Indoor capacity over has been detected during the backup operation. Perform setup of no detection for capacity over. (*) Is. of connected indoor units correct? Excessive indoor units are connected. Correct miswiring. Is setup of indoor units' HP correct? Correct HP setup. Is total capacity of connected indoor units correct? Set capacity of connected indoor units within each model specification of outdoor units. For a service P.C. board, check outdoor HP setup. (Set up jumper 9, 0,, and.) OK Set up outdoor HP. (Refer P.C. BOARD EXCHANGE PROCEDURES.) NG Check outdoor interface P.C. board. (*) To deactivate the capacity-over detection Turn SW09 Bit on I/F P.C. board of header outdoor unit to. (Usually ) 9

194 C heck code Check code name [E] Communication signal sending error between outdoor units Is there no miswiring or disconnection on communication line between outdoor units? Is connection of CN0 connector on outdoor I/F P.C. board normal? Is not main power of outdoor unit turned off? Is the terminator resistor between outdoor units turned on? (SW0 Bit ) Did power failure occur? Is there no noise source, etc? Check outdoor I/F P.C. board. Defect Replace Cause. Inter-unit wire connection error between outdoor units. Communication connector connection error between outdoor units, I/F P.C. board error. End terminal resistance setup error between outdoor units Correct communication line. Correct wiring or connector. Turn on main power of outdoor unit. Turn the terminator resistor to. Clear check code. Check and eliminate noise, etc C heck code Check code name [E9] Cause Header outdoor unit quantity error. Misconnection of inter-unit wire between indoor and outdoor. Outdoor I/F P.C. board error Sub-code: 00: header unit 0: Two or more header units Are not communication lines (U, U) between indoor and outdoor connected to multiple outdoor units? Connect communication line between indoor and outdoor to one unit per system. Is communication line between indoor and outdoor connected to one unit per system? Connect communication line between indoor and outdoor. Check I/F board. Reference) The outdoor unit connected with communication wires (U, U) between indoor and outdoor is automatically recognized as the header unit. C heck code Check code name [E0] Unit connected to other line during automatic address Cause When starting automatic indoor address, a device in another line is connected. Sub-code: 0: Connection of an outdoor unit in another line 0: Connection of an indoor unit in another line Separate the connection between the lines following the address setup method. 9

195 9 Fan-IPDU A-IPDU Fan-IPDU Cause Reset power supply and reactivate. I/F P.C. board error I/F P.C. board error Replace communication line. Correct connection of connector.. Connection error of communication line between IPDU and I/F P.C. board. I/F P.C. board error. IPDU P.C. board error. External noise In the case that All IPDUs (A- IPDUs and fan IPDUs) do not return response. * Two A-IPDUs (NO. and ) exist in all models. From 8 to 6 HP models, one Fan-IPDU exists. From 8 to HP models, two Fan-IPDUs exist. Circle (O): Faulty IPDU A B I/F board error --> Replace Was power supply correctly reset? (Power supply for 60 seconds or more) Sub-code : 80 Communication error between MCU and MCU Replace defective IPDU P.C. board. Is there voltage deflection between and 5 pin of CN600 on I/F P.C. board? (Measurement with tester: DC0 to 5V, 5 pins GND) Is there voltage deflection between and 5 pin of CN600 on I/F P.C. board? (Measurement with tester: DC 0 to 5V, 5 pins GND) Is there no disconnection on communication line between IPDU and I/F P.C. board? Check code name IPDU communication error Is communication connector between IPDU and I/F P.C. board connected? A 0B A-IPDU Sub-code [E] Check code Check code name Duplicated follower outdoor address setup Check code name Decrease of connected outdoor units Cause Correct connector connection. (Communication connector: CN0) Correct connection of communication line. Turn on the main power supply. Clear the error, and then start operation. (*). Outdoor unit backup setup. Outdoor power error. Communication line connection error between outdoor units. Communication connector connection error 5. Outdoor I/F P.C. board error Cause Addresses are duplicated by manual setup of outdoor address Check code name An error occurred on a follower unit. See the check code on the 7-segment display on I/F P.C. board of the follower unit, and then check it according to diagnose procedure for the check code. (How to specify the follower outdoor unit in which error occurred) Push SW0 for second or more under condition that [E8] is displayed on the 7-segment display of the header unit. The fan of the outdoor unit which stopped due to occurrence of error starts rotating. Push SW05 to stop the fan. Error has occurred on a follower outdoor unit. Cause (*) How to clear the error Set SW0/SW0/SW0 on I/F P.C. board of header unit to /6/, and push SW0 for 5 seconds or more. (7-segment display: [Er.] [CL]) Follower outdoor unit error Sub-code: Detected outdoor unit. [E8] Check code Check I/F P.C. board. Is communication connector (CN0) between follower outdoor units connected? Is communication line between outdoor units connected normally? Is main power of follower unit turned on? During setup of outdoor unit backup? Sub-code: Address of the outdoor unit receiving signal abnormally [E6] Check code Do not set up outdoor addresses manually. [E5] Check code

196 C heck code Check code name Cause [F0] Indoor TC sensor error TC sensor Open/Short C heck code Check code name Cause [F0] Indoor TCJ sensor error TCJ sensor Open/Short Is TC sensor connector (CN00: Brown) on indoor P.C. board normally connected? Correct connection of connector. Is TCJ sensor connector (CN0: Red) on indoor P.C. board normally connected? Correct connection of connector. Are characteristics of TC sensor resistance value normal? Are characteristics Replace TC sensor. of TCJ sensor resistance Replace TCJ sensor. value normal? *See Indoor unit temperature sensor characteristics on 8-0. Sensor Characteristics. * See Indoor unit temperature sensor characteristics on 8-0. Sensor Characteristics. Check indoor main P.C. board. Defect Replace Check indoor P.C. board. Defect Replace C heck code Check code name Cause [F0] TD sensor error TD sensor Open/Short C heck code Check code name Cause [F0] Indoor TC sensor error TC sensor Open/Short This error code means detection of Open/Short of TD sensor. Check disconnection of circuit for connection of connector (TD sensor: CN50, White) and characteristics of sensor resistance value. (See Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics on 8-0. Sensor Characteristics.) If sensor is normal, replace outdoor I/F P.C. board. Is TC sensor connector (CN0: Black) on indoor P.C. board normally connected? Correct connection of connector. C heck code Check code name [F05] TD sensor error TD sensor Open/Short Cause This error code means detection of Open/Short of TD sensor. Check disconnection of circuit for connection of connector (TD sensor: CN50, Pink) and characteristics of sensor resistance value. (See Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics on 8-0. Sensor Characteristics.) If sensor is normal, replace outdoor I/F P.C. board. Are characteristics of TC sensor resistance value normal? Check indoor P.C. board. Defect Replace Replace TC sensor. * See Indoor unit temperature sensor characteristics on 8-0. Sensor Characteristics. C heck code Check code name [F06] TE,TE sensor error Cause TE,TE sensor Open/Short This error code means detection of Open/Short of TE sensor. Check disconnection of circuit for connection of connector (TE sensor: CN50,Green, TE sensor : CN5, Red) and characteristics of sensor resistance value. (See Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics on 8-0. Sensor Characteristics.) If sensor is normal, replace outdoor I/F P.C. board. 95

197 C heck code Check code name Cause Check code Check code name Cause [F] TH sensor error IPM built-in sensor error in A-IPDU [F07] TL,TL,TL sensor error TL,TL,TL sensor Open/Short Sub-code: 0: Compressor, 0: Compressor Sub-code: 0:TL, 0;TL, 0;TL This error code means IPM built-in temperature sensor error. If sensor is normal, replace IPDU P.C. board. Check [F5] code Check code name Outdoor temp sensor miswiring (TE, TL) Cause. Misinstallation and misconnection of TE sensor and TL sensor. Resistance characteristics error of TE sensor and TL sensor. Outdoor P.C. board (I/F) error This error code means detection of Open/Short of TL,TL,TL sensor. Check disconnection of circuit for connection of connector (TL sensor: CN5WHI, TL sensor : CN5 GRY, TL sensor: CN90 PNK) and characteristics of sensor resistance value. (See Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics on 8-0. Sensor Characteristics.) If sensor is normal, replace outdoor I/F P.C. board. C heck code Check code name [F08] TO sensor error TO sensor Open/Short Cause Are installed positions of TE sensor and TL sensor correct? Correct installed positions of TE sensor and TL sensor. This error code means detection of Open/Short of TO sensor. Check disconnection of circuit for connection of connector (TO sensor: CN507, Yellow) and characteristics of sensor resistance value. (See Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics on 8-0. Sensor Characteristics.) If sensor is normal, replace outdoor I/F P.C. board. Outdoor I/F P.C. board TE sensor : CN50, Green TL sensor : CN5, White Check code Check code name [F09] TG, TG sensor error Cause TG, TG sensor Open/Short Are connection of TE sensor connector and TL sensor connector normal? Are resistance characteristics of TL sensor and TE sensor normal? Correct connection of connectors. Correct connection of connectors. *See Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics on 8-0. Sensor Characteristics. Sub-code: 0: TG, 0: TG This error code means detection of Open/Short of TG, TG sensor. Check disconnection of circuit for connection of connector (TG sensor: CN55 BLU, TG sensor: CN56 WHI) and characteristics of sensor resistance value. (See "Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics" on "8-0. Sensor Characteristics".) If sensor is normal, replace outdoor I/F F.C. board. Check code [F0] Check code name Indoor TA/TSA sensor error TA sensor Open/Short Cause Check outdoor I/F P.C. board. Defect Replace TE sensor: Outdoor heat exchanger temp sensor TL sensor: Temp sensor between liquid tank of outdoor PMV This error code means detection of Open/Short of TA sensor. Check disconnection of circuit for connection of connector (TA /TSA sensor: CN0, Yellow) and characteristics of sensor resistance value. (See Indoor unit temperature sensor characteristics on 8-0. Sensor Characteristics.) If sensor is normal, replace indoor P.C. board. Check code Check code name [F] TS,TS sensor error Cause TS,TS sensor Open/Short Sub-code: 0:TS, 0:TS This error code means detection of Open/Short of TS,TS sensor. Check disconnection of circuit for connection of connector (TS sensor: CN505 WHI, TS sensor: CN90 PUR) and characteristics of sensor resistance value. (See Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics on 8-0. Sensor Characteristics.) If sensor is normal, replace outdoor I/F P.C. board. 96

198 Check code Check code name [F8] Indoor TRA sensor error Cause TRA sensor Open/Short Is TRA sensor connector on indoor P.C. board normally connected? Correct connection of connector. Are characteristics of TRA sensor resistance value normal? Replace TRA sensor. *See "Indoor unit temperature sensor characteristics" on "8-. Sensor Characteristics". Check indoor P.C. board. Defect Replace Check code Check code name [F] Ps sensor error Cause Output voltage error of Ps sensor Is connection of Ps sensor connector correct? Connector: CN500, White Correct connection of connector. Are output voltage characteristics of Ps sensor normal? () Pressure (Check joint) by pressure gauge () Pressure display on 7-segment display () Output voltage of I/F P.C. board If () and (), () are different, an error of pressure sensor itself is considered. If () and () are different, check interface P.C. board. Sensor error Replace Is there no leakage from valve? Is not refrigerant bypassed from discharge to suction of -way valve? Check compressor. Replace valve. Check -way valve. C heck code Check code name [F6] Outdoor pressure sensor miswiring (Pd, Ps) Cause. High-pressure Pd sensor and low pressure sensor Ps are exchanged.. Output voltage of each sensor is zero. Are connection of Pd sensor and Ps sensor connectors correct? Correct connection of connectors. Pd sensor: CN50, Red Ps sensor: CN500, White Are output voltage characteristics of Pd sensor and Ps sensor normal? Are Pd/Ps output values Pd>Ps during compressor operation? () Pressure (Check joint) by pressure gauge () Pressure display on 7-segment display () Output voltage of I/F P.C. board If () and (), () are different, an error of pressure sensor itself is considered. If () and () are different, check interface P.C. board. Value can be confirmed by 7-segment display function on outdoor I/F P.C. board. Sensor error Replace Check compressor. Pd SW0/0/0=// Ps SW0/0/0=// Check outdoor I/F P.C. board. Defect Replace Check code Check code name [F7] Indoor TOA sensor error Cause TOA sensor Open/Short Is TOA sensor connector on indoor P.C. board normally connected? Correct connection of connector. Are characteristics of TOA sensor resistance value normal? Replace TOA sensor. *See "Indoor unit temperature sensor characteristics" on "8-0. Sensor Characteristics". Check indoor P.C. board. Defect Replace 97

199 C heck code Check code name Cause [F9] Indoor other error Indoor P.C. board error This error is detected during operation of air conditioner of IC0 non-volatile memory (EEPROM) on indoor unit P.C.board. Replace service P.C. board. * If EEPROM was not inserted when power was turned on or it is absolutely impossible to read/write EEPROM data, the automatic address mode is repeated. (Approx. minutes) (Approx. minute) (Power ) [SET DATA] is displayed on remote controller. [SET DATA] disappears. (Repetition) LED (D0) Hz flashes for approx. 0 seconds on indoor unit P.C. board. Reboot (Reset) C heck code Check code name [F] Cause Outdoor EEPROM error. Outdoor unit power error (Voltage, noise, etc.). Outdoor I/F P.C. board error Is there any trouble of outdoor unit power supply? Check power voltage and line. Correct power line. Check external noise, etc. Check I/F P.C. board. Check code Check code name [F] Pd sensor error Cause Output voltage error of Pd sensor It is output voltage error of Pd sensor. Check disconnection of connection of connector (Pd sensor: CN50, red) circuit and output voltage of sensor. If the sensor is normal, replace outdoor I/F P.C. board. 98

200 Check code Check code name [H0] Compressor error (Lock) Cause. Outdoor unit power line error. Compressor circuit system error. Compressor error. Refrigerant stagnation in compressor shell 5. A-IPDU P.C. board error 6. MG-CTT error Sub-code: 0: Compressor, 0: Compressor Is power voltage of outdoor unit normal? * *: 80-5V ± 0% Correct power line. Does voltage drop occur when other compressor starts? Is wiring or connector connection on A- IPDU P.C. board normal? Correct connector connection or wiring. Is MG-CTT normal? * Exchange MG-CTT * Check connection wiring Check operation of MG-CTT Check the short circuit of MG-CTT Abnormal overload? Correct cause of overload. Is there no refrigerant stagnation in compressor shell? Is case heater output normal? Correct refrigerant stagnation in compressor shell. Operation starts. Check case heater. Is compressor normal? * Check A-IPDU P.C. board. * Check the following items mainly.. Existence of abnormal sound and abnormal vibration during operation or starting. Abnormal overheat of case during operation or stop time (Never touch with hands.). Current of compressor lead during operation or starting time ( sudden change of current?) Compressor error MG-CTT: Magnet contactor Check code Check code name [H0] Compressor breakdown Rotorstop power distribution has occurred. Cause. Outdoor unit power line error. Compressor circuit system error. Compressor error. Abnormal overload in operation 5. A-IPDU P.C. board error Sub-code: 0: Compressor, 0: Compressor Is power voltage of outdoor unit normal? * 80-5V ± 0% Correct power line. Does voltage drop occur when other compressor starts? Is connection of wiring or connection of connector on A-IPDU P.C. board normal? Correct connector connection or wiring. Is winding resistance between phases of corresponding compressor normal? (te ) Take off lead wire of compressor.. Check resistance between windings: It is normal if there are 0.Ω to.0ω.. Check insulation between outdoor cabinet and terminal: It is normal if there are 0MΩ or more. Compressor error (Motor burning, etc.) Is not it an abnormal overload? Correct cause of overload. Check IPDU P.C. board. te After checking the output, when connecting the compressor lead again to the compressor terminal, check surely there is no distortion on the Fasten receptacle terminal. If it is loosened, caulk it with pinchers, etc and then connect lead to the terminal firmly. V W U Details of compressor power connecting section 99

201 C heck code Check code name [H07] Oil level down detection protection Cause. Valves of balance pipes closed. (On all outdoor units in a line). Miswiring or misinstallation of TK, TK, TK, TK5 sensors. TK, TK, TK, TK5 sensor error. Gas leak or oil leak in a line 5. Refrigerant stagnation of compressor case 6. A, B, C, D valve error 7. Clogging of oil return circuit from oil separator 8. Clogging of oil-equation circuit system Are balance pipe valves of all outdoor units in same line fully opened? Open balance pipe valves fully, reset power supply, and start operation. Are TK, TK, TK and TK5 sensors of the error-detected unit correctly connected? Are all the sensors properly connected? Correct miswiring and misinstallation. TK: CN5, black TK: CN5, green TK: CN5, yellow TK5: CN55, red Are characteristics of TK, TK, TK and TK5 of error-detected unit normal? *See Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics on 8-0. Sensor Characteristics. Sensor error Replace Check gas leak of all outdoor units in the same line and check soaked oil in them. error Error Specify gas leak position and repair it. (Recharging, refill oil) Check refrigerant stagnation in compressor. stagnation (*) Check leakage of valves (A, C) and clogging (B). Leakage or clogging Replace faulty part. Stagnation Correct refrigerant stagnation in compressor, reset power supply, and start the operation. Check oil level judgment of each unit. The check result is indicated on the 7-segment display by setting [SW0/0/0] to [/6/]. (*) Check clogging of oil return circuit from oil separator. (Capillary tube, strainer) Check clogging of D valve. leakage or clogging clogging Clogging Replace faulty part. Are all oil levels correct? Check clogging of solenoid valves (A, Clogging C) of all outdoor units Replace faulty part. in the same line. (*) clogging Check clogging of oil Clogging Clear cause of stagnation. Replace faulty part. equalization circuit. (*) Indoor/outdoor PMV error (Cause of refrigerant stagnation), discharge check valve error, etc. (Reference) When refrigerant stagnates in compressor shell, the oil level shortage may be Check code Check code name [H06] Low-pressure protective operation Cause. Service valve close. Ps sensor error., circuit error. Miswiring of communication between indoor and outdoor 5. Indoor/outdoor fan and condenser error 6. Indoor/outdoor PMV clogging 7. Indoor/outdoor heat exchanger clogging 8. Refrigerant shortage Are service valves of gas and liquid pipe of outdoor unit fully opened? Open service valves fully. Are characteristics of low-pressure sensor normal? Exchange low-pressure *. Pressure by pressure gauge (Check joint) sensor.. Pressure display on 7-segment display. Output voltage of I/F P.C. board If and, are different, an error of pressure sensor error is considered. If and are different, check I/F P.C. board. Are and circuits normal? Check miswiring, misinstallation and connector connection. Correct and circuits. Is any indoor unit in a different line connected? (Check with miswiring check function of outdoor unit.) Correct wiring. In cooling season, go to (A) In heating season, go to (B) (A) Cooling Does indoor fan normally operate in cooling season? Is there clogging of indoor air filter or heat exchanger? Cleaning Are following items concerned to indoor fan motor normal?. Connector connection. Condenser. Motor. Fan Check indoor P.C. board. Failure Replace Repair faulty parts. Is indoor PMV normal? Refrigerant shortage or clogging or pipe deformed (B) Heating Is connector connection or coil normal? Is there clogging on whole valve? Repair faulty parts. Replace PMV body. Is outdoor fan normally operated in heating season? Is indoor fan system normal? Fan crack Fan coming-off Repair faulty parts. Is there clogging of outdoor heat exchanger? Cleaning Check outdoor I/F P.C. board. Failure Replace Is outdoor PMV normal? Refrigerant shortage, clogging, pipe deformed 00

202 C heck code Check code name [H05] Outdoor discharge temperature sensor (TD) misconnection Is TD sensor installed correctly? Is there no miswiring or misinstallation on TD/TD sensors? Are resistance characteristics of TD sensor normal? Check I/F P.C. board. Cause. Coming-off of TD sensor.misinstallation of TD, TD sensor, miswiring, characteristics error of resistance value Correct installation of sensor. Correct miswiring/misinstallation. TD: CN50, white TD: CN50, pink Sensor error Replace the sensor. Check code Check code name [H0] Current detective circuit system error Sub-code: 0: Compressor, 0: Compressor Wiring or connector connection on IPDU P.C. board normal? Check IPDU P.C. board. Cause. Wiring or connector connection error on A-IPDU P.C. board. A-IPDU P.C. board error Correct connector connection or wiring. 0

203 (*) Checking the oil return circuit from oil separator and clogging in D valve a) Oil return circuit While outdoor unit is operating, check temperature (secondary side of capillary) on oil return circuit. ((6) in the figure.) If temperature is low equivalent to suction temperature), a clogging of strainer of oil return circuit or capillary is considered. Replace the clogged part. b) Clogging check for D valve While outdoor unit is operated, set up SW0/0/0 = [] [] [] (7-segment display [Hr] [ ]), and push SW0 for seconds or more. Set up SW0 = [9], and turn on D valve. (7-segment display [Hr] [... d]) If temperature is low at secondary side of the valve or it does not change, clogging of valve, capillary, or strainer is considered. ((7) in the figure.) Replace the clogged part. In some cases, it may be difficult to check the leakage of clogging in the following condition of refrigerant stagnation in low ambient temperature condition. In this case, take a longer operating time prior to check. (Criterion: Discharge temperature of TD and TD are 60 C or higher) (*) Checking leakage and clogging on solenoid valves a) Leakage check for A valve (For multiple outdoor unit system) Turn off the power supply, take off connector of A valve, and then start a test operation after power-. Check the temperature change at secondary side of A valve during operation. (() in the figure.) If temperature is raised, leakage occurs in the A valve. Replace A valve. b) Leakage check for C valve Turn off the power supply, take off connector of C valve, and then start a test operation after power-. After operation for several minutes, check temperature at secondary side of C valve. (() in the figure.) If temperature is high (equivalent to discharge temperature TD), leakage occurs in the C valve. Replace C valve. (Even if leakage does not occur in the C valve, temperature of C valve at secondary side rises during operation. But the temperature is lower than TD when there is no leakage.) c) Clogging check for B valve (For multiple outdoor unit system) While outdoor unit is operated, set up SW0/0/0 = [] [] [] (7-segment display [Hr] [ ]), and push SW0 for seconds or more. Set up SW0 = [0], and turn on A, B, C valves. (7-segment display [Hr] [... -]) While outdoor units are operating, check temperature change at secondary side of B valve. (() in the figure.) If temperature does not rise (equivalent to suction temperature), it is a clogging of B valve. Replace B valve. 0

204 (TD) (TK) (TD) (TK) (TK) (6) (7) () (5) (8) () (D) () Highpressure switch Compressor (Inverter) (C) (TK5) Reducer (A) Balance pipe Service valve Oil separator () () Highpressure switch Compressor (Inverter) Oil Header (8) () (B) (*) Check for solenoid valve of all outdoor units in a line (For multiple outdoor unit system) a) Clogging check for A valve While outdoor unit is operating, set up SW0/0/0 = [] [] [] (7-segment display [Hr] [ ]), and push SW0 for seconds or more. Set up SW0 = [6], and turn on A valve. (7-segment display [Hr] [... A]) If temperature is low at secondary side of the valve or it does not change, clogging of valve or check valve is considered. (() in the figure.) b) Leakage check for C valve While outdoor unit is operating, set up SW0/0/0 = [] [] [] (7-segment display [Hr] [ ]), and push SW0 for seconds or more. Set up SW0 = [8], and turn on C valve. (7-segment display [Hr] [... C]) If temperature does not change (up), clogging of valve or strainer is considered. (() in the figure.) (*) a) Clogging check for oil-equalization circuit Drive the outdoor unit. (Drive all compressors in the unit.) After driving for 0 minutes or more, check whether temperature of TK, TK sensors and temperature of oil-equalization circuit capillary ((8) in the figure) has increased. (Criterion) TK, TK=Td, Td temperature - Approx. 0 to 0 C Oil-equalization capillary tubes should be higher sufficiently than outside air temperature and suction temperature. If temperature is low, a malfunction on check valves or clogging of capillary, strainer or distributor is considered. Repair the defective parts. 0

205 Check code Check code name Cause [H6] Oil level detection circuit error TK temperature detective circuit error (Sub-code: 0). Coming-off of TK sensor, miswiring, characteristics error of resistance value. Oil-equalization circuit error (Check valve, capillary clogging, strainer clogging). Refrigerant stagnation in the compressor shell Is not TK sensor detached? Correct installation of sensor. Is there no miswiring or misinstallation on TD/TD/TK/TK/ TK/TK5 sensors? Correct miswiring/misinstallation. TD: CN50 white TD: CN50 pink TK: CN5, black TK: CN5, green TK: CN5, yellow TK5: CN55, red Are characteristics of TK sensor resistance value normal? *See "Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics" on "8-0. Sensor Characteristics". Sensor error Start a test operation in COOL or HEAT mode. Error Replace clogging part. Display TK sensor temperature on 7-segment display with SW0/0/0=[] [] []. error Check TK sensor temp approx. 0 minutes after compressor has operated. If low temperature continues (approximately outside temp) or temperature has little change, a clogging of strainer of oil-equalization circuit, clogging of capillary tube, or malfunction of check valve is considered. Comp. (inverter) Strainer Check valve Capillary tube Check I/F P.C. board (TK) Check code Check code name [H08] Oil level detective temperature sensor error Cause TK, TK, TK, TK5 sensor Open/Short Sub-code: 0: TK sensor error 0: TK sensor error 0: TK sensor error 05: TK5 sensor error The detected error is an oil level detective temperature sensor error. Check disconnection of the wiring and resistance value of the sensor. If the sensors are normal, replace the outdoor I/F P.C. board. Circuit TK TK TK TK5 Connector CN5 (Black) CN5 (Green) CN5 (Yellow) CN55 (Red) Check code Check code name [H5] Outdoor discharge temperature sensor (TD) misconnection Cause. Coming-off of TD sensor.misinstallation of TD or TD sensor, miswiring, characteristics error of resistance value Is TD sensor installed correctly? Correct installation of sensor. Is there no miswiring or misinstallation on TD/TD sensors? Correct miswiring/misinstallation. TD: CN50, white TD: CN50, pink Are resistance characteristics of TD sensor normal? Sensor error Replace the sensor. Check I/F P.C. board. 0

206 Check code Check code name Cause [H6] TK temperature detective circuit error (Sub-code: 0). Coming-off of TK sensor, miswiring, characteristics error of resistance value. Refrigerant stagnation in the compressor shell Is not TK sensor detached? Correct installation of sensor. Is there no miswiring or misinstallation on TD/TD/TK/TK/ TK/TK5 sensors? Correct miswiring/misinstallation. TD: CN50, white, TD: CN50, pink TK: CN5, black, TK: CN5, green TK: CN5, yellow TK5: CN55, red Are characteristics of TK sensor resistance value normal? After resetting the power Check the clogging of E valve. Start a test operation in COOL or HEAT mode. error Display TK sensor temperature on 7-segment display with SW0/0/0=[] [5] []. * See "Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics" on "8-0. Sensor Characteristics". Check TK sensor temp approx. 0 minutes after compressor has operated. If low temperature continues (approximately outside temp) or temperature has little change, clogging of the parallel capillary tube is considered. Error Sensor error replace Check I/F P.C. board Check code Check code name Cause [H6] Oil level detection circuit error. Coming-off of TK sensor, miswiring, characteristics error of resistance value TK temperature detective circuit. Oil-equalization circuit error (Check valve, error (Sub-code: 0) capillary clogging, strainer clogging). Refrigerant stagnation in the compressor shell Is not TK sensor detached? Correct installation of sensor. Is there no miswiring or misinstallation on TD/TD/TK/TK/ TK/TK5 sensors? Correct miswiring/misinstallation. TD: CN50, white TD: CN50, pink TK: CN5, black TK: CN5, green TK: CN5, yellow TK5: CN55, red After resetting the power Are characteristics of TK sensor resistance value normal? Start a test operation in COOL or HEAT mode. Display TK sensor temperature on 7-segment display with SW0/0/0=[] [] []. Check TK sensor temp approx. 0 minutes after compressor has operated. If low temperature continues (approximately outside temp) or temperature has little change, a clogging of strainer of oil-equalization circuit, clogging of capillary tube, or malfunction of check valve is considered. error *See "Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics" on "8-0. Sensor Characteristics". Error Check valve Strainer Comp. (inverter) Capillary tube Sensor error Replace clogging part. Check I/F P.C. board (TK) (C) (TK) Strainer Capillary tube Replace clogging part (capillary). 05

207 Check code Check code name [H6] TK5 temperature detective circuit error (Sub-code: 05) Cause. Coming-off of TK5 sensor, miswiring, characteristics error of resistance value. Refrigerant stagnation in the compressor shell Is not TK sensor detached? Correct installation of sensor. Is there no miswiring or misinstallation on TK/TK/TK/TK5 sensors? Correct miswiring/misinstallation. TK: CN5, black TK: CN5, green TK: CN5, yellow TK5: CN55, red Are characteristics of TK sensor resistance value normal? *See Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics on 8-0. Sensor Characteristics. Sensor error replace Check I/F P.C. board 06

208 Check code Check code name [L05] Duplicated indoor units with priority (Displayed on indoor unit with priority) Cause Two or more prior indoor units exist. This check code is displayed on the indoor unit set as a prior one when two or more prior indoor units are detected. Priority setup with two or more units is not available. As only one indoor unit with priority is valid, change the setup. Check code Check code name [L06] Duplicated indoor units with priority (Displayed on the indoor units other than ones with priority and on the outdoor unit) Cause Two or more indoor units with priority are duplicated. Sub-code: amount of indoor units with priority When priority is given to two or more indoor units, this check code is displayed on indoor units other than the units set as prior ones and the outdoor unit. As only one indoor unit with priority is valid, change the setup. Check code [L07] Check code name A group line exists in an individual indoor unit Cause A group line is connected to an individual indoor unit. Is there group cabling? Check the addresses of setup item code DN,, and. There is individual indoor unit. Correct indoor group address. Check indoor P.C. board. Failure Replace Check code Check code name Cause [L0] Outdoor units model disagreed error When the indoor unit that does not correspond is connected with the outdoor unit Check code [L0] Check code name Duplicated indoor header units Cause There are two or more indoor header units in a group during group control. ) Check whether the connection on remote controllers (group and/or individual) has been changed since the group configuration and address checking on the remote controllers finished. ) If the group configuration and address are normal when power has been turned on, the mode automatically shifts to address setup mode. For setting up addresses again, refer to "Address setup". Check code [L0] Check code name Duplicated setup of outdoor line address Cause Outdoor line addresses are duplicated. Is there duplicated line address setup? Correct the line address setup. Are communication wire connections of [U.U], [U.U], and [U5, U6] normal? Correct the wire connection. Check outdoor I/F P.C. board. Failure Replace Re-set up the address. (Refer to "Address setup".) 07

209 Check code [L7] Check code name Incompatible combination of outdoor units Cause A SMMS-e series outdoor unit (SMMS6 series unit) and an SMMS-i series outdoor unit (SMMS series unit) A SMMS-e series outdoor unit (SMMS6 series unit) can't be connected with a SMMS-i series outdoor unit (SMMS series unit) or older. Use it with another SMMS-e unit. Check code [L0] Check code name Duplicated central control addresses Cause Central control addresses are duplicated. Are not two or more central control devices which have same network address connected? Correct the network address of the central control system. Check the network adaptor on the indoor P.C. board. Check code Check code name Cause [L] SW setting mistake Bit and of SW7 are turning on. Check code [L8] Check code name Quantity over of connected outdoor units Cause. Quantity over of connected outdoor units.. Connection error of communication line between outdoor units. Outdoor I/F P.C. board error Is the number of the connected outdoor units or less? Max. outdoor units are connectable for one system. Is the communication line between outdoor units correctly connected? Correct connection of the communication line. Check I/F P.C. board. Check code [L08] Check code name Indoor group / address unset Cause Indoor unit address is unset Are powers of all the indoor units turned on? Turn on the power of indoor units. Disconnect connectors between [U, U] and [U, U]. Turn on the power of outdoor unit again. Clear addresses. (Refer to "Address clear".) Re-execute address setup. (Refer to "Address setup".) te) This code is displayed when the power is turned on at the first time after installation. (Because the address is not yet set up) Check code [L09] Check code name Indoor capacity unset Cause Indoor unit's capacity is unset Are capacity setups of indoor units unset? Set up capacity data of indoor unit. (Setup CODE. (DN) = ) Check indoor P.C. board. Defect Replace Check code [L0] Check code name Outdoor capacity unset Cause On the outdoor IF P.C. board for service, the model selecting jumper has not been set up so as to match with the model. I/F P.C. board A'ssy service for the outdoor unit is common to this series. A setup for model selection different from that for P.C. board with trouble is necessary. Set up a model based upon the P.C. board A'ssy exchange procedure. 08

210 09 Check code name Check code name Indoor fan motor error Other IPDU errors Is not there lock of fan motor? Is there no connection error or disconnection of CN076 connector? * For the models equipped with AC fan motor only [P0] Check code Check outdoor I/F P.C. board. Is there any trouble of outdoor unit power supply? [L] Check code Check cause of abnormal input. Does outside device correctly operate? Check code name Interlock in indoor unit from outside Is outside device connected to connector CN80? [L0] Check code Cause Check indoor P.C. board. Failure Replace Replace fan motor. Correct cabling circuit for the connector connection.. Wiring error. Check fan motor. Cause Check power voltage and line. Check auxiliary noise, etc.. Outdoor unit power error. Outdoor I/F P.C. board error Cause Check outside device. Failure Replace Check indoor P.C. board. Failure Replace Abnormal input from the outside Fan-IPDU Is communication connector between IPDU and I/F P.C. board connected? Is jumper setup of outdoor I/F P.C. board correct? (Check jumpers 9, 0, and ) A-IPDU Replace the troubled IPDU P.C. board. Is there voltage fluctuation between and 5 pins of CN600 on I/F P.C. board? (Measurement by tester: DC0 to 5V, 5 pin GND) Is there voltage fluctuation between and 5 pins of CN600 on I/F P.C. board? (Measurement by tester: DC0 to 5V, 5 pin GND) Check code name A-IPDU Fan-IPDU Cause I/F P.C. board error I/F P.C. board error Replace communication line. Correct connection of connector. Correct connection of jumper.. Incorrect model setup in service for I/F P.C. board. Communication error between A-IPDU, fan IPDU and I/F. A-IPDU, fan IPDU, I/F P.C. board error In the case that All IPDUs (A- IPDUs and fan IPDUs) do not return response. * Two A-IPDUs (NO. and ) exist in all models. From 8 to 6 HP models, one Fan-IPDU exists. From 8 to HP models, two Fan-IPDUs exist. Circle (O): Faulty IPDU A B IPDU quantity error Is there no disconnection of communication line between IPDU and I/F P.C. board?* A 0B Sub-code [L9] Check code

211 Check code Check code name [P0] Error concerning high-pressure SW Cause. High-pressure SW error. Service valve closed. Pd sensor error. Indoor/outdoor fan error 5. Indoor/outdoor PMV choke 6. Indoor/outdoor heat exchanger clogging, air short circuit 7. circuit error 8. circuit error 9. 5 circuit error 0. Discharge line check valve malfunction. Refrigerant overcharge Sub-code: 0: Compressor, 0: Compressor te) High-pressure SW is normally closed. (B contact) Does high-pressure SW operate? Are parts of highpressure SW normal? Check parts. Failure Replace Is service valve fully opened? Is circuit cabling normal? Check and correct cabling. Open service valve fully. Reset power supply, and start a test operation corresponded to the season. Cooling To (B) Heating To (C) Are characteristics of high-pressure sensor normal? Replace the highpressure sensor. (B) Cooling operation Does cooling outdoor fan normally operate? Is there any crack or coming-off of fan? Repair faulty parts. Connector connection, fan IPDU, fan motor, wiring Is outdoor PMV normal?. Connector connection. Cabling. Coil. Valve body 5. Outdoor I/F P.C. board Connectors: PMV: CN00, PMV: CN0, PMV: CN0 Repair outdoor PMV. Is there any interference of heatexchanging of outdoor unit?. Heat exchanger clogging. Air short circuit Eliminate the interference. (A) Check A-IPDU P.C. board. Failure replace Check code Check code name [P0] Discharge temp TD error Cause. Service valve of outdoor unit closed. Outdoor PMV error. TD sensor error. Refrigerant shortage, clogging of refrigerant piping 5. -way valve error 6. circuit leakage, misinstallation Are service valve of gas and liquid sides fully opened? Open service valve fully. Is outdoor PMV normal?. Connector connection. Wiring. Coil. Valve body 5. Outdoor I/F P.C. board Connectors: PMV: CN00, PMV: CN0, PMV: CN0 Repair outdoor PMV. Are characteristics of TD sensor resistance normal? * See Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics on 8-0. Sensor Characteristics. Replace TD sensor. Does discharged refrigerant gas leak to suction side through -way valve? Check -way valve. circuit. Are and valve coils installed correctly?. Is circuit sealed correctly (no leakage)? Correct installation of valve coil. Replace valve. Are indoor units of a different refrigerant line connected? (Check it using the miswiring check function of the outdoor unit.) Correct wiring Refrigerant shortage, clogging, pipe breakage (Check there is no pipe breakage, and then recharge the refrigerant.) 0

212 Check code Check code name [P05] Phase error detected, power failure detected, abnormal inverter DC voltage (on compressor) Cause Phase error or power failure of the power supply to the outdoor unit Sub-code: 00: Phase error/power failure is detected. 0: Abnormal inverter DC voltage on Compressor, 0: Abnormal inverter DC voltage on Compressor Check the phase of the power line to the outdoor unit. Check error of outdoor I/F P.C. board. Check there are no loosened connectors, etc. Check connection wiring of MG-CTT. Check operation of MG-CTT. Check code [P07] Check code name Cause Heat sink overheat error. Power voltage error. Outdoor fan system error. Heat sink installation error. Clogging of the cooling duct for the heat sink 5. A-IPDU P.C. board error 6. Temperature sensor trouble with built-in IPM Sub-code: 0: Compressor, 0: Compressor Is power voltage normal?* Correct power line. * 80-5V±0% Is wiring of A-IPDU normal? Correct wiring to compressor or connector connection. Is indoor fan normal? Check fan and fan motor. Are screws fixing A-IPDU and heat sink loosened? Tighten screws. Is there no clogging of heat sink cooling duct? Clear clogging. Check A-IPDU P.C. board. (A) Is circuit normal? Is circuit normal? Refrigerant overcharge, clogging, pipe breakage, abnormal overload condition Does heating indoor fan normally operate? Is indoor PMV normal? Is there any interference of heatexchanging of indoor unit?. Filter clogging. Heat exchanger clogging. Air short circuit Is 5 circuit normal? Are any indoor units of different refrigerant line connected? Refrigerant overcharge, clogging, pipe breakage, abnormal overload condition (C) Heating operation Are connector connection, condenser, fan motor and fan normal? Is connector connection and coil normal? Is there clogging on any valve? (Check it using the miswiring check function of the outdoor unit.) Are characteristics of TC and TCJ sensor resistance value normal? Check indoor P.C. board. Failure Replace Repair circuit. Coil error, clogging, disconnection of wiring, etc. Repair circuit. (Coil error, clogging, disconnection of wiring, etc.) Repair faulty parts. Repair faulty parts. Eliminate the interference. Repair faulty parts; connector connection, cabling, coil installation, clogging, etc Replace PMV body. Check and correct the wiring. Replace TC and/or TCJ sensor.

213 Check code Check code name Cause [P] Indoor fan motor error. Wiring error of fan motor connector. Fan motor error. Indoor P.C. board error Turn off power supply. * Detectable in model equipped with DC fan motor (-way cassette, -way cassette, -way cassette, concealed duct, wall and ceiling types) Is there connection error or disconnection on connector CN, CN of indoor P.C. board (MCC-0)? Correct connector connection. Remove connectors CN and CN on indoor P.C. board (MCC-0). Does fan turn without trouble when turning it with hands? Replace indoor fan motor. Is resistance value between each phase at motor side of fan motor connector CN on indoor P.C. board (MCC-0) correct? * Is resistance value at motor side of fan motor connector CN on indoor P.C. board (MCC- 0) correct? * * Is not winding (Red lead) to (White lead), (White lead) to 5 (Black lead), 5 (Black lead) to (Red lead) opened/shorted? Resistance value should satisfy the follows. [-way Cassette type] AP007 to AP00: Approx. 70 to 00Ω AP06 to AP056: Approx. 5 to 50Ω [-way Cassette type] AP007 to AP05: Approx. 70 to 00Ω AP08 to AP00: Approx. 0 to 70Ω AP06 to AP056: Approx. 0 to 50Ω [-way Cassette type] Approx. 0 to 70Ω [Ceiling type] AP05 to AP07: Approx. 0 to 70Ω AP06 to AP056: Approx. 0 to 50Ω [Wall and concealed duct types] Approx. 5 to 5Ω Is not grounded between cabinet and,, 5? Should be 0MΩ or more. * Check resistance value of fan motor position detective circuit. Is not winding (Yellow lead) to (Pink lead) opened/shorted? Resistance should be 5 to 0kΩ. Replace indoor fan motor. Replace indoor fan motor. Is output of indoor fan motor position detective signal correct? * * Check fan motor position detective signal. Measure voltage with tester between and 5 of CN on indoor P.C. board (MCC-0) under condition of CN and CN installed and power-. Turn fan slowly with hands so that pin voltage fluctuates between 0 and 5V. Between and 5: 5V Replace indoor fan motor. Check indoor P.C. board (MCC-0). Failure Replace CN CN Check code [P0] Check code name Cause Water overflow in an indoor unit. Float SW malfunction. Drain pump malfunction. Clogging of drain pipe. Indoor P.C. board error Sub-code: Overflowing indoor unit's address Is float SW connector (Indoor control P.C. board CN) connected normally? Correct connector connection. Does float SW operate? Is wiring normal? Check and correct wiring. Check indoor P.C. board. Failure Replace Does drain pump operate? Is power supply to drain pump normal?* Check indoor P.C. board. Failure Replace Check drain pipe, etc. Replace drain pump, and check cabling. * Check there is 0-0V voltage of - pin of CN68 on indoor P.C. board.

214 Check code Check code name [P5] Gas leak detection TS condition (Sub-code: 0) Cause. Outdoor unit service valve closed. Outdoor PMV error. TS sensor error. Refrigerant shortage, clogging refrigerant circuit 5. -way valve error 6. circuit error Are service valves at gas and liquid side fully opened? Open service valves fully. Is outdoor PMV normal?. Connector connection. Wiring. Coil. Valve body 5. Outdoor I/F P.C. board Connectors: PMV: CN00, PMV: CN0, PMV: CN0 Repair outdoor PMV. Are characteristics of TS sensor resistance normal? * See Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics on 8-0. Sensor Characteristics. Replace TS sensor. Does discharge refrigerant gas bypass to suction side through -way valve? Check and replace -way valve and coil. Is there any leakage on and valve circuits? Repair / valve circuits. (Coil, valve body, disconnection of wire, etc.) Refrigerant shortage, clogging, pipe breakage. (Check there is no clogging and pipe breakage, and then recharge refrigerant.) Check code Check code name [P] Outdoor liquid back detection error Are connections of outdoor PMV/PMV/PMV connectors correct? Are operations of outdoor PMV/PMV/PMV normal? Are characteristics of Pd sensor/ps sensor output voltage normal? Is valve coil correctly connected? Are balance pipe service valves of all units fully opened? Is there no clogging of B valve? Is there no clogging of B valve of any other unit than malfunctioning one? Is there no leakage of check valve of main discharge pipe in follower units in which compressors are driven in cooling operation? Check I/F P.C. board. Cause.PMV/PMV/PMV error. Pd sensor, Ps sensor error. Clogging of circuit. Clogging of B circuit and/or balance pipe 5. Leakage at a check valve on a main discharge pipe 6. Outdoor I/F P.C. board error Correct connector connection. (PMV: CN00, PMV: CN0, PMV: CN0) PMV error Pd sensor/ps sensor error Correct connector connection. (: CN) Open fully balance pipe service valves of all units. Replace clogging parts. Replace clogging parts. Replace check valve of main discharge pipe.

215 Check code Check code name [P7] Cause Discharge temp TD error. Outdoor unit service valve closed. Outdoor PMV error. TD sensor error. Refrigerant shortage, clogging of refrigerant circuit 5. -way valve error 6. circuit leakage, misinstallation Are service valves of gas and liquid sides fully opened? Open service valves fully. Is outdoor PMV normal?. Connector connection. Wiring. Coil. Valve body 5. Outdoor I/F P.C. board Connectors: PMV: CN00, PMV: CN0, PMV: CN0 Repair outdoor PMV. Are characteristics of TD sensor resistance normal? * See Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics on 8-0. Sensor Characteristics. Replace TD sensor. Does discharge refrigerant gas bypass to suction side through -way valve? Check -way valve. circuit. Are, valve coils installed correctly?. Is circuit sealed correctly (no leakage)? Correct installation of valve coil. Replace valve. Are indoor units of a different refrigerant line connected? (Check it using the miswiring check function of the outdoor unit.) Correct wiring Refrigerant shortage, clogging, pipe breakage (Check there is no pipe breakage, and then recharge the refrigerant.) Check code Check code name [P5] Gas leak detection TD condition (Sub-code: 0) Cause. Outdoor unit service valve closed. Outdoor PMV error. TD sensor error. circuit error 5. Refrigerant shortage, clogging refrigerant circuit Are service valves of gas and liquid sides fully opened? Open service valves fully. Is outdoor PMV normal?. Connector connection. Wiring. Coil. Valve body 5. Outdoor I/F P.C. board Connectors: PMV: CN00, PMV: CN0, PMV: CN0 Repair outdoor PMV. Are characteristics of TD and TD sensor resistance normal? * See Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics on 8-0. Sensor Characteristics. Replace TD and TD sensor. Is valve circuit normal? (Coil misinstallation, valve leakage) Repair valve circuits. (Coil, valve body, coil installation, disconnection of cable, etc.) Are not indoor units in different refrigerant circuit connected? (Check it using the miswiring check function of the outdoor unit.) Correct wiring. Refrigerant shortage, clogging, pipe breakage. (Check there is no clogging and pipe breakage, and then recharge refrigerant.)

216 C heck code Check code name [P0] High-pressure protective operation Are service valves fully opened? Are characteristics of highpressure sensor normal? Reset power supply, and start a test operation corresponded to the season. Cooling To (B) Heating To (C) Cooling operation (B) Does cooling outdoor fan normally operate? Is there any fan crack or coming-off? Is outdoor PMV normal?. Connector connection. Wiring. Coil. Valve body 5. Outdoor I/F P.C. board Connectors: PMV: CN00, PMV: CN0, PMV: CN0 Is there any interference of heatexchanging of outdoor unit?. Heat exchanger clogging. Air short circuit Is bypass circuit normal? Is circuit normal? Is check valve of main discharge pipe normal? Refrigerant overcharge, clogging, pipe breakage, abnormal overload Cause. Pd sensor error. Service valve closed.. Indoor/outdoor fan error. Indoor/outdoor PMV clogging 5. Indoor/outdoor heat exchanger clogging 6. circuit error 7. circuit error 8. 5 circuit error 9. Outdoor I/F P.C. board error 0. Operation error of check valve of main discharge pipe. Refrigerant overcharge Open service valves fully. Check parts. Failure Replace *. Pressure by pressure gauge (Check joint). Pressure display on 7-segment display. Output voltage of I/F P.C. board If and, are different, an error of pressure sensor is considered. If and are different, check I/F P.C. board. Repair faulty parts. Repair faulty parts. (Connector connection, fan IPDU, fan motor, cabling) Repair outdoor PMV. Eliminate the interference. Repair bypass circuit. (Coil error, clogging, disconnection of wire, etc.) Repair circuit. (Coil error, clogging, disconnection of wire, etc.) Repair check valve. Replace Check code Check code name [P9] Cause -way valve reverse error. -way valve error. TS sensor/te sensor error. Pd sensor/ps sensor error. TE sensor/tl sensor misconnection Sub-code: Detected outdoor unit. Is -way valve coil connector connected? Correct connector connection. (-way valve coil: CN7) Are output voltage characteristics of Pd and Ps sensors normal? Sensor error Are characteristics of resistance value of TS, TE and TL sensors normal? * See Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics on 8-0. Sensor Characteristics. Sensor error Are TS, TE and TL sensor connectors connected normally? Correct connector connection TS sensor: CN505 TE sensor: CN50 TL sensor: CN5 Reset the power supply and start heating test operation. Does -way valve operate? Does discharge refrigerant gas bypass to suction side through -way valve? * If no error occurs in the test operation, restart operation. -way valve error Check -way valve. * Check TS and TE temperature of the outdoor unit which is running. (I/F) SW0=[], SW0=[6], SW0=[] TS sensor temperature SW0=[], SW0=[7], SW0=[] TE sensor temperature <Judgment criteria> TE sensor: rmal if TE is 0 C or less in the seasons except summer (Outside temp 0 C or lower) TS sensor: rmal if TS is 50 C or less in the seasons except summer (Outside temp 0 C or lower) 5

217 C heck code Check code name [P] Cause Outdoor fan IPDU error. Fan lock. Fan IPDU P.C. board error. Overload. External cause such as blast Sub-code: 0: short circuit : Position detection circuit error : Motor lock : Motor current error detected C: TH sensor temperature error D: TH sensor error E: Fan Vdc error : Fan,:Fan Is wire connector connection on fan IPDU P.C. board normal? Correct wire connector connection. Is not outdoor fan motor locked? Is the resistance of the motor's winding wire normal? *Resistance of the winding: Ω (between R-S, R-T and S-T) Replace motor. Is sub-code of outdoor I/F P.C. board [0*]? Replace fan IPDU. Is there no problem such as stuffing or blast blowing to discharge port of outdoor fan? Clear the cause of overload. Check fan IPDU. (C) Heating operation Does heating indoor fan normally operate? Is indoor PMV normal? Is check valve of main discharge pipe normal? Is there any interference of heat-exchanging of indoor unit?. Filter clogging. Heat exchanger clogging. Air short circuit Is 5 circuit normal? Are any indoor units in different refrigerant circuit connected? Refrigerant overcharge, clogging, pipe breakage, abnormal overload Is connector connection and coil normal? Is there clogging in any valves? Is connector connection, condenser or fan motor normal? Are characteristics of sensor TC and TCJ resistance normal? (Check it using the miswiring check function of the outdoor unit.) Check indoor P.C. board. Faulty Replace Repair faulty parts. Repair faulty parts. Repair check valve. Replace Eliminate the interference. Replace PMV body. Repair 5 circuit. (Coil error, choke, disconnection of cables, etc.) Check and correct wiring. Replace TC or TCJ sensor. 6

218 C heck code Check code name [P9] Compressor position detective circuit error Cause. Wire/connector connection error. Compressor error. A-IPDU P.C. board error Sub-code: 0: Compressor, 0: Compressor Are connector connection and wiring normal? Check and correct circuit and cables such as wiring to compressor, etc. Is the unit grounded? Compressor error Replace Is not winding shorted? (Is winding resistance 0. to.0ω?) Compressor error Replace Is not winding opened? Compressor error Replace Check A-IPDU P.C. board. Failure Replace C heck code Check code name [P] Other indoor error (Group follower unit error) Cause Another indoor unit in the group is abnormal. When the header unit of the group detected error [E0], [L0], [L07] or [L08], the follower unit of the group displays [P] error and stops. There are no check code display and alarm record of the main remote controller. Check code Check code name Cause [P6] IPM short-circuit protection error. Outdoor unit power error. A-IPDU error/wire connection error. Compressor error. A-IPDU P.C. board error Sub-code: 0: Compressor, 0: Compressor Is power voltage of outdoor unit normal? Correct power line. Is wire connector connection on INV P.C. board normal? Correct connection of wire connector. Is there no fusing of AC.5A or 0A fuse? Replace A-IPDU P.C. board. Is compressor normal? Replace compressor. Replace A-IPDU P.C. board. 7

219 Segment Display Function 7-segment display on outdoor unit (interface P.C. board) The interface control P.C. board features a 7-segment LED display designed to check operational status. Display items can be changed by changing the combination of the number settings of rotary switches provided on the P.C. board (SW0, SW0 and SW0). Interface P.C. board Push switch SW0 SW05 SW5 7-segment display [A] D600 D60 D60 D60 D60 SW0 SW0 SW0 7-segment display [B] Rotary switches Checking Procedure to Be Followed in Event of Abnormal Shutdown If the system is shut down due to an error in the outdoor unit, perform checks in the following steps: Open the panel of the outdoor unit and inspection window of the electric parts box, and check the 7-segment display. The check code is displayed in the right-hand section of the 7-segment display [B]. [U] [OOO] ([OOO]: Check code) * To check the check code, set the rotary switches SW0/SW0/SW0 to [//]. If there is a sub-code, the display alternates between the check code [OOO] ( seconds) and the sub-code [OOO] ( second). Check the check code and follow the applicable diagnostic procedure. If the 7-segment display shows [U] [E8], there is an error in a follower unit. Press the push-switch SW0 on the header unit and hold for several seconds. As the fan of the outdoor unit in which the error has occurred comes on, open the panel of the unit, and check the check code shown on the 7-segment display. Perform checks in accordance with the diagnostic procedure applicable to the check code. 8

220 ()Display of System Information (Displayed on Header Outdoor Unit Only) SW0 SW0 SW0 Display detail System capacity A [ 8]~[6]:8 to 6 HP B [HP]. of outdoor units A [ ]~[ ]: to B [ P]. of indoor units connected /. of units with cooling thermostat A B [ 0.]~[6.]:0 to 6 (. of units connected) [C 0]~[C6]:0 to 6 (. of units with cooling thermostat ) 5. of indoor units connected /. of units with heating thermostat A B [ 0.]~[6.]:0 to 6 (. of units connected) [H 0]~[H6]:0 to 6 (. of units with heating thermostat ) 6 Amount of compressor command correction A B Value displayed in hexadecimal format 7 Release control A rmal: [r. ], During release control: [r.] B 8 Oil equalization control rmal: [oil-0] During oil equalization control: [oil-] Oil equalization request A Displayed through LED segment lighting pattern 9 B Display section A Display section B If element F shown on sketch at left turned on: A Header unit oil equalization request F G B If element C shown on sketch at left turned on: E C Follower unit oil equalization request D Dp U U U Outdoor unit. 0 Refrigerant/oil recovery operation A Oil recovery in cooling: [C], rmal: [C ] B Refrigerant recovery in heating: [H], rmal: [H ] Automatic addressing A [Ad] B During automatic addressing: [ FF], rmal: [ ] Power peak-cut A [du] B rmal: [ ], During 50-90% capacity operation: [_50-_90] While control is based on BUS line input: [E50-E90] Optional control (P.C. board input) Displays optional control status A B Operation mode selection: During priority heating (normal) h..... P riority cooling c..... H eating only H..... C ooling only C..... Priority given to. of indoor units in operation n..... P riority given to specific indoor unit U..... External master /: rmal..... Start input..... Stop input Night operation: rmal..... Start input..... Snowfall operation: rmal..... Start input..... Optional control (BUS line input) Same as above 5 6 9

221 ()Display of Outdoor Unit Information (Displayed on Each Outdoor Unit) SW0 SW0 SW0 Display detail E r r o r da t a A Outdoor unit.: [U] to [U] B Check code (only latest one displayed) If there is no check code, [ ] is displayed. ] and sub-code [ If there is sub-code, check code [ alternately, for seconds and second, respectively. ] are displayed <SW0> push SW function: Fan operation at outdoor unit with error. 7-segment display section A: [E.] <SW0 + SW05> push SW function: Fan operation at outdoor unit without error. 7-segment display section A: [E.0] <SW05> push SW function: Fan operation function check mode is cancelled. A B Operation mode A Stop [ ] rmal cooling: [ C], rmal heating: [ H], rmal defrosting: [ J] Outdoor unit HP capacity A 8HP: [ 8], 0HP: [ 0], HP: [ ], HP: [], 6HP: [6], 8HP: [8], 0HP: [0], HP: [] B B [ HP] Compressor operation command * Operation data of each compressor is displayed in turn in second intervals. rmal: Compressor speed (rps) is displayed in decimal format. [C ] 7-segment display (A/B): [C ] [..., ] 5 [..., ] <SW0> push SW function: Switches to display of operating current (decimal value). 7-segment display (A/B): [i. ] [i. ] Pressing of <SW05> restores normal display. 6 Outdoor fan mode A [FP] Compressor backup A [C.b.] B Mode 0 to 6: [ 0] to [6] B Displays compressor backup setting status rmal: [ ] Compressor. backup: [ ] Compressor. backup: [ ] 7 8 A Control valve output data Displays control output status of solenoid valve B PMV/PMV opening PMV o pen in g Oil level judgment status rmal 6 A B H. -way valve: -way valve: H. 0 : / 5: / 5:. 00 : / 5: / 5:. 00 : / 5: / 5:. 00 A: / B: / C: / D:. 000 A: / B: / C: / D: A: / B: / C: / D: A: / B: / C: / D: : / :. 00 : / :. 00 Displays opening data in decimal format. PMV "Press <SW0>, then PMV display switches to PMV display." PMV.P Displays opening data in decimal format..p PMV.P A [o L.] B Initial display: [ ], Oil level judgment result: [#..$] Displayed letters #, and $ represent judgment results for compressor s. and, respectively ( 0 for normal and or for low level). <SW0> push SW function: Displays low level confirmed judgment result of each compressor. * Pressing of <SW05> restores A [L d.] normal display. B Compressor. low level being confirmed: [L ] Compressor. low level being confirmed: [ L ] 0

222 ()Display of Outdoor Cycle Data (Displayed at Each Outdoor Unit) SW0 SW0 SW SW0 SW0 SW A P d. P s. P L. td td ts ts te te tl tl tl to B F F F F5 tg tg Display detail TK sensor data Temperature sensor reading ( C) is displayed in decimal format. TK sensor data 5 Pd pressure (MPaG) is displayed in decimal format. (MPaG: Approx. 0 times magnitude of kg/cmg) Ps pressure data Ps pressure (MPaG) is displayed in decimal format. PL pressure conversion data Converted PL pressure (MPaG) is displayed in decimal format. TD sensor data Temperature sensor reading ( C) is displayed Letter symbol in decimal format. Data TD sensor data Letter symbol and data are displayed Letter symbol alternately, for second and display for Data TS sensor data seconds, respectively. Letter symbol Data is displayed in [ ]. Data Data with negative value is displayed as [ ]. TS sensor data Letter symbol Data TE sensor data Letter symbol Data TE sensor data Letter symbol Data TL sensor data Letter symbol Data TL sensor data Letter symbol Data TL sensor data Letter symbol Data TO sensor data Letter symbol Data TK sensor data Display detail Pd pressure data TK5 sensor data TG sensor data TG sensor data Letter symbol Data Letter symbol Data Letter symbol Data Letter symbol Data Letter symbol Data Letter symbol Data

223 ()Display of Outdoor Cycle Data (Displayed at Header Unit) * This method is used when displaying follower unit information on the 7-segment display of the header unit. SW0 SW0 SW0 Display detail E rror data A [U. ], : SW0 setting. + (Outdoor unit. U to U) B Check code is displayed (latest one only). If there is no check code: [ ]. Type of compressor installed A [U. ], : SW0 setting. + (Outdoor unit. U to U) B Outdoor unit HP capacity A [U. ], : SW0 setting. + (Outdoor unit. U to U) B 8HP: [ 8], 0HP: [ 0], HP: [ ], HP: [], 6HP: [6], 8HP: [8], 0HP: [0], HP: [] Compressor operation command A [U. ], : SW0 setting. + (Outdoor unit. U to U) B Indicates which compressor is. 5 ~ Any unconnected compressors is represented by. When compressor. is When compressor. is Fan operation mode A [U. ], : SW0 setting. + (Outdoor unit. U to U) B At rest: [F 0], In mode 6: [F 6 ] B Release signal A [U. ], : SW0 setting. + (Outdoor unit. U to U) B rmal: [r ], Upon receiving release signal: [r ] 7 Oil level judgment A [U. ], : SW0 setting. + (Outdoor unit. U to U) B rmal: [ ], Low level: [ L] 8 Compressor operating current A [U. ], : SW0 setting. + (Outdoor unit. U to U) B [. ],. is value of operating current in decimal format. 9 Compressor operating current A [U. ], : SW0 setting. + (Outdoor unit. U to U) B [. ],. is value of operating current in decimal format. te: Follower unit is selected by setting SW0. SW0 7-segment display section A U U

224 (5) Display of Indoor Unit Information (Displayed on Header Unit Only) SW0 SW0 SW0 Display detail Indoor BUS communication signal receiving status B Upon receiving signal: [ ], Other times: [ ] 5 Indoor check code B check code: [ ] 6 Indoor HP capacity B 0., 0. 5, 0. 8,...,.,. 7,...,. 5,...,.,...,...5,...6,...8, 0, 6, 0 7 ~ Indoor request command (S code, operation mode) 8 ~6 Indoor PMV opening data B Displayed in decimal format 9 Indoor TA / TRA opening data B Displayed in decimal format ~ Indoor TSA opening data B Displayed in decimal format 0 ~ Indoor TF / TFA opening data B Displayed in decimal format ~ Indoor TOA opening data B Displayed in decimal format Indoor TCJ opening data B Displayed in decimal format ~ Indoor TC opening data B Displayed in decimal format Indoor TC opening data B Displayed in decimal format B [ #.... ] # represents mode: COOL: [C.... ], HEAT: [H.... ] FAN: [F.... ], : [S.... ] represents S code: [#.... 0] to [#.... F] te: Indoor address. is selected by setting SW0 and SW0 and displayed on 7-segment display, section A. SW0 ~6 SW0 Indoor address SW0 setting number SW0 setting number +6 SW0 setting number + 7-segment display section A [0]~[6] [7]~[] []~[8] SW0 setting number +8 [9]~[6] (6) Display of Outdoor EEPROM Writing Error Code (Displayed on Header Unit Only) * The latest error code written in the EEPROM of each outdoor unit is displayed. (This function is used to check the error code after the resetting of the power supply.) To display the error code, push SW0 and hold for at least 5 seconds after setting SW0 to 0 as shown in the table below. SW0 SW0 SW0 Indoor address 7-segment display section A Latest error code of header unit (U) E.. 6 Latest error code of follower unit. (U) E.. Latest error code of follower unit. (U) E.. 7-Segment Display Section A D600 D60 Section B D60 D60 D60 Set SW0/SW0/SW0 to [//6] and push SW0 and hold for at least 5 seconds. The latest error code of the header unit (U) will be displayed. If the setting of SW0 is changed, the latest error code of a follow unit (U-U) will be displayed.

225 8-7. Oil Level Judgment Display The current compressor oil level judgment results can be accessed by setting the switches provided on the interface P.C. board of an outdoor unit. Perform the checks in accordance with the procedure described below. Operation Procedure () Start the operation. () Set the switches provided on the interface P.C. board of the outdoor unit for which oil level judgment results are required as follows: SW0/SW0/SW0 = /6/ () The oil level judgment result will be displayed on the 7-segment display. 7-segment display: [ol] [#..$] The letters #, and $ are digits that represent judgment results for compressor s. and, respectively. (See the table below for the interpretation of the judgment results.) () When checking is completed, revert the SW0/SW0/SW0 setting to [//]. Interface P.C. board of outdoor unit for which oil level judgment results are Start operation. Oil level judgment results are displayed Set SW0/SW0/SW0 to /6/. Upon completion of checking, revert SW0/SW0/SW0 setting to //. Oil Level Judgment Results Displayed digit Judgment result Description O rmal The amount of oil in the compressor is sufficient. Display example Low level The amount of oil in the compressor is insufficient. (Both and stand for insufficiency.) If this result persists, the system will turn itself off in a protective shutdown. 7-segment display [ ol ] [ ol ] [ ol ] [ 0 0 ] [ ] [ 0 ] Oil level is normal for compressors and. Oil level is low for compressors and. Oil level is low for compressor and normal for compressors. Judgment result for compressor Judgment result for compressor

226 8-8. SMMS-e Outdoor Interface P.C. Board Function Setting Exchange Table. Switch/Function Setting Exchange SW06 SW07 SW09 SW0 SW SW0 Part type DIP SW bit DIP SW bit DIP SW bit DIP SW bit DIP SW bit DIP SW bit CN0 Check connector Exchange contents bit Compressor backup : rmal, : Backup when compressor was in trouble bit Compressor backup : rmal, : Backup when compressor was in trouble All bit and are : Setup of outdoor unit backup bit Demand control (Standard specifications) Exchange of upper limit regulation bit Demand control (Expansion function) Exchange of steps to steps of upper limit In case of center outdoor unit bit Indoor connection capacity over Judgment of error bit Judgment of error for. of connected indoor units In case of terminal outdoor unit bit Exchange of Outdoor unit. / Start order. bit Outdoor fan high static pressure operation bit For low noise operation bit Operation switching when indoor water overflow error detected bit Communication termination resistance between indoor and outdoor units Manual full opening operation for PMV opening operation Manual full closing operation for PMV opening operation : 0 to 00% : Middle to 00% : steps (Standard) : steps : Error judgment : ne (when backup setting for outdoor unit) : error judgment : Error judgment : Outdoor unit. [U. #] (#: to ) : Outdoor start order. [y. #] (#: to ) : rmal : High static pressure operation : rmal : INV frequency upper limit restriction : rmal : Fan rpm upper limit restriction : Entire system stops : System operation continues (Room which trouble occurred only stops.) (According to the following setting contents) : termination resistance : With termination resistance When released: rmal, When short-circuited: Open fully ( minutes) When released: rmal, When short-circuited: Closed fully ( minutes) Initial setting at shipment bit Selection of PMV open/close or bit manual operation SW DIP SW bit bit bit PMV opens/closes by operation of CN0/CN (*) PMV opens/closes by operation of CN0/CN (*) PMV opens/closes by operation of CN0/CN (*) SW DIP SW bit bit Line address setup (Used by combining with SW) bit Line address setup SW DIP SW bit bit bit bit bit Option function (According to the following setting contents) bit Output exchange of external output P.C. boa SW6 DIP SW bit bit bit Compressor operation output Display of system operation ratio bit Communication termination resistance : termination resistance between outdoor units : With termination resistance CN Check connector bit Released Released * PMV full open/full close operation by short-circuited CN0/CN is for PMV which was selected by setting of SW. 5

227 . Switching of Jumper Wire/Function Setup Function switching setup jumper Part type Exchange contents J0 J0 J6 Optional function Operation mode selection operation switching Upper limit setup of demand capacity command in corresponding indoor during saving operation in indoor Demand control (Standard specification) Corresponds to -core wire O O : With jumper, : Without jumper () Indoor unit at not selected side is kept with waiting status. The mode is changed a mode which selected the operation mode of the indoor unit at not selected side. O Approx. 75% (rmal) Approx. 60% rmal (-core wire <Successive MAKE signal> or O -core wire <Successive MAKE or Pulse signal>) -core wire <Successive MAKE signal> Initial setting at shipment * When you replace the board with a service board, be sure to cut the jumper wire matching with the outdoor unit model to be installed. (The jumper wires J09 to J which were mounted at shipment from the factory are provided to all the boards regardless of model type.) O O O 6

228 Interface Board Switches and jumper wire positions to be used in the Function setup switching table CN0 CN CN SW0 Interface P.C.board SW06 SW07 SW09 SW0 SW SW SW SW SW6 SW7 7

229 8-9. Leakage/Clogging of Refrigerating Cycle Circuit List of Check Codes Generated upon Occurrence of Leakage/Clogging in Outdoor Cycle or Oil Circuit Part (MMY-MAP0806, 006, 06, B6 ) Clogging Part Location of problem (see next page) Outdoor PMV Unit generating check code B Check valve in discharge pipe C Check valve in oil-equalization circuit Capillary Strainer D Symptom Corresponding unit Activation of high-pressure protection Activation of low-pressure protection Discharge temp. error (TD) Discharge temp. error (TD) P0 H06 P0 P7 Rise of pressure Fall of pressure Rise of discharge temp. (compressor ) Rise of discharge temp. (compressor ) Corresponding unit High-pressure protection error High-pressure SW system error P0 P0-XX Abnormal rise of pressure Corresponding unit High-pressure SW system error P0-XX Abnormal rise of pressure Corresponding unit Oil level detection circuit error H6-XX Oil circuit error or oil level low Oil level low detection and protection H07 A Check valve in discharge pipe convergent section Detected fault and check code A valve E Other connected unit Oil level low detection and protection H07 B valve F Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection H07 Oil level low C valve G Other connected unit Oil level low detection and protection H07 Oil level low D valve D valve circuit capillary Strainer H Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection H07 Oil level low Corresponding unit Oil level detection circuit error H6-05 Oil level low detection and protection H07 Oil circuit error Oil level low Oil level low Reducer I Oil level low Oil return distributor J Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection H07 Oil level low C bypass capillary K Corresponding unit Oil level detection circuit error Oil circuit error H6-0 Leakage Part Location of problem (see next page) Outdoor PMV Corresponding unit A Check valve in discharge pipe convergent section Check valve in discharge pipe Unit generating check code B C Check valve in oil-equalization circuit Detected fault and check code Outdoor liquid backflow error P Oil level low detection and protection H07 Other connected unit Discharge temp. error (TD) Discharge temp. error (TD) P0 P7 Symptom Refrigerant entrapment Rise of discharge temp. (compressor ) Rise of discharge temp. (compressor ) Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection H07 Refrigerant entrapment Compressor breakdown H0-XX Compressor error (lockup) H0-XX Corresponding unit Refrigerant entrapment Oil level low detection and protection H07 H0-XX Compressor breakdown H0-XX Compressor error (lockup) Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection H07 Excessive amount of oil (Leaking side) Insufficient amount of oil (rmal side) D A valve E Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection H07 Oil level low C valve G Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection H07 Oil level low te: XX represents sub-code 8

230 Outdoor unit (8, 0,, HP) Model : MMY-MAP0806,006, 06, B6 Fan M Fan motor Right side Main heat exchanger (TO) Reducer Left side Main heat exchanger (PMV) A B (TE) (TL) (5) ) -way valve Reducer High-pressure sensor (TS) H (TS) Low-pressure sensor Oil separator Fusible plug () FP C (D) () () (TD) Highpressure switch Highpressure switch (TD) G Accumlator Liquid Tank (TK) (C) Sub cool heat exchanger Compressor (Inverter) Compressor (Inverter) Check valve Check valve (PMV) K (TK) (TK) (TK5) (TL) Oil Header Reducer D I J Liquid side Service valve Gas side Service valve F (A) Balance pipe Service valve (B) Symbol E Solenoid valve Capillary tube Check valve Check joint ) C/O models don't have -way valve and coil. However, MMY-MAP**06T8(J)P-E models don't have only -way coil. 9 Strainer Temperature Distributor sensor

231 List of Check Codes Generated upon Occurrence of Leakage/Clogging in Outdoor Cycle or Oil Circuit Part (MMY-MAP0A6, A6, 06, 606, 8B6 ) Clogging Outdoor PMV, Part Location of problem (see next page) A Unit generating check code Corresponding unit Detected fault and check code Activation of high-pressure protection Activation of low-pressure protection Discharge temp. error (TD) Discharge temp. error (TD) P0 H06 P0 P7 Symptom Rise of pressure Fall of pressure Rise of discharge temp. (compressor ) Rise of discharge temp. (compressor ) Check valve in discharge pipe convergent section Leakage B Corresponding unit High-pressure protection error High-pressure SW system error P0 P0-XX Abnormal rise of pressure Check valve in discharge pipe C Corresponding unit High-pressure SW system error P0-XX Abnormal rise of pressure Check valve in oil-equalization circuit Capillary Strainer A valve B valve C valve D valve D valve circuit capillary Strainer Reducer Oil return distributor C bypass capillary D E F G H I K L Corresponding unit Other connected unit Corresponding unit Other connected unit Oil level detection circuit error Oil level low detection and protection Oil level low detection and protection Oil level low detection and protection Oil level low detection and protection H6-XX H07 H07 H07 H07 Oil circuit error or oil level low Oil level low Oil level low Oil level low Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection H07 Oil level low Corresponding unit Corresponding unit Corresponding unit Oil level detection circuit error Oil level low detection and protection Oil level low detection and protection Oil level detection circuit error H6-05 H07 H07 H6-0 Oil circuit error Oil level low Oil level low Oil level low Oil circuit error Outdoor PMV Part Location of problem (see next page) Unit generating check code Corresponding unit Detected fault and check code Outdoor liquid backflow error Oil level low detection and protection P H07 Symptom Refrigerant entrapment A Other connected unit Discharge temp. error (TD) Discharge temp. error (TD) P0 P7 Rise of discharge temp. (compressor ) Rise of discharge temp. (compressor ) Check valve in discharge pipe convergent section Check valve in discharge pipe Check valve in oil-equalization circuit A valve C valve B C D E G Corresponding unit Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection Compressor breakdown Compressor error (lockup) Oil level low detection and protection Compressor breakdown Compressor error (lockup) H07 H0-XX H0-XX H07 H0-XX H0-XX Refrigerant entrapment Refrigerant entrapment Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection H07 Excessive amount of oil (Leaking side) Insufficient amount of oil (rmal side) Corresponding unit Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection Oil level low detection and protection H07 H07 Oil level low Oil level low te: XX represents sub-code 0

232 Outdoor Unit (0,,, 6, 8HP) Model MMY-MAP0A6, A6, 06, 606, 8B6 Fan M Fan motor Right side Main heat exchanger (TO) Right side Sub heat exchanger (PMV) (TG) Left side Main heat exchanger (PMV) (TL) (TE) A B (TG) (TL) Left side Sub heat exchanger (TE) ) -way valve High-pressure sensor H (TS) 仮 Oil separator (TS) Low-pressure sensor Fusible plug (D) FP () () Accumlator Liquid Tank (TD) Highpressure switch Highpressure switch (TD) G C () (C) Sub cool heat exchange Compressor (Inverter) Compressor (Inverter) (PMV) K (TK) (TK) (TK) (TK5) (TL) Oil Header Reducer D I F (A) J Liquid side Service valve Gas side Service valve Balance pipe Service valve (B) Symbol E Solenoid valve Capillary tube Check valve Check joint ) C/O models don't have -way valve and coil. However, MMY-MAP**06T8(J)P-E models don't have only -way coil. Strainer Temperature Distributor sensor

233 List of Check Codes Generated upon Occurrence of Leakage/Clogging in Outdoor Cycle or Oil Circuit Part (MMY-MAPA6, 6A6, 806, 006, 06 ) Clogging Part Location of problem (see next page) Outdoor PMV, Unit generating check code B Check valve in discharge pipe C Check valve in oil-equalization circuit Capillary Strainer D Symptom Corresponding unit Activation of high-pressure protection Activation of low-pressure protection Discharge temp. error (TD) Discharge temp. error (TD) P0 H06 P0 P7 Rise of pressure Fall of pressure Rise of discharge temp. (compressor ) Rise of discharge temp. (compressor ) Corresponding unit High-pressure protection error High-pressure SW system error P0 P0-XX Abnormal rise of pressure Corresponding unit High-pressure SW system error P0-XX Abnormal rise of pressure Corresponding unit Oil level detection circuit error H6-XX Oil circuit error or oil level low Oil level low detection and protection H07 A Check valve in discharge pipe convergent section Detected fault and check code A valve E Other connected unit Oil level low detection and protection H07 B valve F Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection H07 Oil level low C valve G Other connected unit Oil level low detection and protection H07 Oil level low D valve D valve circuit capillary Strainer H Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection H07 Oil level low Corresponding unit Oil level detection circuit error H6-05 Oil level low detection and protection H07 Oil circuit error Oil level low Oil level low Reducer I Oil level low Oil return distributor K Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection H07 Oil level low C bypass capillary L Corresponding unit Oil level detection circuit error Oil circuit error H6-0 Leakage Part Location of problem (see next page) Outdoor PMV Corresponding unit A Check valve in discharge pipe convergent section Check valve in discharge pipe Unit generating check code B C Check valve in oil-equalization circuit Detected fault and check code Symptom Outdoor liquid backflow error P Oil level low detection and protection H07 Refrigerant entrapment P0 P7 Rise of discharge temp. (compressor ) Rise of discharge temp. (compressor ) Other connected unit Discharge temp. error (TD) Discharge temp. error (TD) Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection H07 Refrigerant entrapment Compressor breakdown H0-XX Compressor error (lockup) H0-XX Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection H07 Refrigerant entrapment Compressor breakdown H0-XX Compressor error (lockup) H0-XX Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection H07 Excessive amount of oil (Leaking side) Insufficient amount of oil (rmal side) D A valve E Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection H07 Oil level low C valve G Corresponding unit Oil level low detection and protection H07 Oil level low te: XX represents sub-code

234 Outdoor Unit (, 6, 8 0 HP) Model MMY-MAPA6, 6A6, 806, 006, 06 Fan M Fan M Fan motor Fan motor Right side Main heat exchanger (PMV) (TO) Right side Sub heat exchanger (TG) Left side Main heat exchanger (PMV) (TL) A (TE) (TG) (TL) B Left side Sub heat exchanger (TE) ) -way valve 仮 High-pressure sensor (TS) H Oil separator Low-pressure sensor (TS) C () Fusible plug (D) FP () (TD) Highpressure switch Highpressure switch G (TD) (TK) (C) Sub cool heat exchanger Compressor (Inverter) Compressor (Inverter) (PMV) K Accumlator () Liquid Tank (TK) (TK) (TK5) (TL) Oil Header Reducer D I J F (A) (B) Liquid side Service valve Gas side Service valve Balance pipe Service valve Symbol E Solenoid valve Capillary tube Check valve Check joint Strainer ) C/O models don't have -way valve and coil. However, MMY-MAP**06T8(J)P-E models don't have only -way coil. Temperature Distributor sensor

235 8-0. Sensor Characteristics Outdoor Unit Temperature sensor characteristics Outdoor TS, TS, TE, TE, TL, TL, TL and TO sensors Resistance [kω] (0 C or below) kΩ kΩ Resistance [kω] (0 C or above) Temperature [ C] Temperature [ C] Resistance [kω] Outdoor TD,TD,TK,TK,TK and TK5 sensors Temperature [ C] Resistance [kω] Resistance [kω] (0 C or below) 5 Resistance [kω] (0 C or above) kΩ 50.kΩ Temperature [ C] Outdoor TG and TG sensors Resistance [kω] (0 C or below) kΩ kΩ Resistance [kω] (0 C or above) Temperature [ C] Temperature [ C] Resistance [kω]

236 Outdoor Unit Pressure sensor characteristics Input/output wiring summary High pressure side (Pd) Pin. Low pressure side (Ps) Input/output name Lead wire color Input/output name Lead wire color OUTPUT White OUTPUT White GND Black GND Black +5V Red +5V Red Output voltage vs. pressure High pressure side (Pd) Low pressure side (Ps) 0.5~.5V 0~.9MPa 0.5~.5V 0~0.98MPa 5 Low pressure-side output voltage (V) High pressure-side output voltage (V) Pressure (MPa) Pressure (MPa) Indoor Unit Temperature sensor characteristics Indoor TA(TSA), TRA,TF(TFA) sensor 0 Resistance [kω] Temperature [ C] Temperature [ C] Resistance [kω]

237 Indoor TC sensor Resistance [kω] (0 C or beiow) Temperature [ C] 0 5 Resistance [kω] (0 C or above) 0 5 Temperature [ C] Resistance [kω] Indoor TC and TCJ, TOA sensor Resistance [kω] (0 C or beiow) Temperature [ C] 0 5 Resistance [kω] (0 C or above) 0 5 Temperature [ C] Resistance [kω]

238 8-. Pressure Sensor Output Check Outdoor Unit Pd sensor characteristics 0 to. MPa (0.5 to.7v output for 0 to.5 MPa) Voltage readings across pins and of CN50 on indoor unit main P.C. board (with negative-side probe of multimeter placed on pin ) VOLT Pd Pd (MPa) (kg/cm) VOLT Pd Pd (MPa) (kg/cm) VOLT Pd Pd VOLT (MPa) (kg/cm) VOLT Pd Pd (MPa) (kg/cm) Pd Pd (MPa) (kg/cm)

239 Outdoor Unit Ps sensor characteristics 0 to.7 MPa (0.5 to 5V output for 0 to.7 MPa) Voltage readings across pins and of CN500 on indoor unit main P.C. board (with negative-side probe of multimeter placed on pin ) VOLT Ps Ps VOLT Ps Ps VOLT Ps Ps VOLT Ps Ps VOLT Ps Ps (MPa) (kg/cm ) (kg/cm ) (kg/cm ) (kg/cm ) (kg/cm ) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) 8

240 9 BACKUP OPERATI (EMERGENCY OPERATI) This product offers backup modes of operation to tide over certain emergency situations. If a fault occurs in one of the compressors, it is possible to operate the system on an emergency basis by operating only the remaining compressor, (compressor backup operation). If one of the outdoor units fails in a combined outdoor unit system, the system can be operated on an emergency basis by keeping only the remaining outdoor unit(s), (outdoor unit backup operation). Perform backup operation setting in accordance with the procedure described below. 9-. te for Backup Operation The method of backup operation differs according to the contents of fault as shown in the table below. Contents of fault Method of backup operation Setting procedure One of the compressors in the same unit fai ls (see te ) Compre ss or ba ck up (s ee te ) G o to 9-. All the compressors in the same unit fail Outd oor unit backup or cooli ngseason outdoor unit backup (see tes,, and 5) Go to 9-. or 9-. A fault occurs in a compressor motor coil (e.g. a layer short-circuit) A fault occurs in a refrigerating cycle part, fan or related part, or electrical part A fault occurs in a temperature sensor or pressure sensor te : If the compressor has failed due to a fault in its motor coil (e.g. a layer short-circuit), do not perform compressor backup operation because of severe oil degradation. It could damage other outdoor units. te : Keep the number of backed-up outdoor units under compressor backup operation to one in the system (single refrigerant line). As for MMY-MAP806*, MMY-MAP006* and MMY-MAP06, the backup operation of compressor cannot be done. Backed-up compressor Backed-up compressor Prohibited Faulty Faulty Example te : Keep the number of backed-up outdoor units under outdoor unit backup operation to one in the system (single refrigerant line). Backed-up outdoor unit Backed-up outdoor unit Faulty Example Faulty Prohibited te : It is prohibited to combine compressor backup operation and outdoor unit backup operation. Backed-up compressor Faulty Faulty Example Prohibited Backed-up outdoor unit te 5 : When the chassis of different size are combined, do not perform back up oueration with the large size chassis. Backed-up outdoor unit Example Faulty Prohibited MMY-MAP06* MMY-MAP06* (MMY-MAP606*) Backed-up outdoor unit Example Faulty Prohibited 9 MMY-MAP806* MMY-MAP606* (MMY-MAP006*)

241 9-. Compressor Backup Operation Setting <Outline> If a fault occurs to one of the compressors installed in outdoor unit, follow the procedure described below to back up the faulty compressor by using the remaining, normal compressor. <Work Procedure> () Turn off the power supply to all the outdoor units connected to the system. () Set the DIP switches of SW06, provided on the interface P.C. board of the outdoor unit with the faulty compressor, as shown in the table below. SW06 SW07 SW09 SW0 SW SW SW SW SW6 SW7 SW06 Bit Bit Bit Bit Factory default setting When compressor. (front left) is faulty When compressor. (front right) is faulty 0

242 () Change the connection of wiring between Comp-IPDU and Fan-IPDU, as shown in the below. Outdoor Unit (8, 0,,, 6, 8HP) Model: MMY-MAP0806, MAP006, MAP06, MAPB6, MAP0A6, MAPA6, MAP06, MAP606, MAP8B6.When compressor. (front left) is faulty change the connection of wiring.when compressor. (front right) is faulty Change the connection of wiring between Como-IPDU and Fan-IPDU as shown in the below. Ex. MMY-MAP0806*, MAP006*, MAP06*, MAPB6* CN CN CN CN Change the connection of wiring which is connected to the CN, of Comp-IPDU Change to CN of Comp-IPDU from CN of Comp-IPDU Change to CN of Comp-IPDU from CN of Comp-IPDU Ex. MMY- MAP0A6, MAPA6, MAP06, MAP606, MAP8B6 CN CN CN CN Change the connection of wiring which is connected to the CN, of Comp-IPDU Change to CN of Comp-IPDU from CN of Comp-IPDU Change to CN of Comp-IPDU from CN of Comp-IPDU

243 Outdoor Unit (, 6, 8, 0, HP) Model: MMY-MAPA6, MAP6A6, MAP806, MAP006, MAP06.When compressor. (front left) is faulty Change the connection of wiring between Comp-IPDU and Fan-IPDU as shown in the below. CN CN CN CN Change the connection of wiring which is connected to the CN, of Comp-IPDU Change to CN of Comp-IPDU from CN of Comp-IPDU Change to CN of Comp-IPDU from CN of Comp-IPDU (Tighten two wirings together with screw terminal).when compressor. (front right) is faulty Change the connection of wiring between Comp-IPDU and Fan-IPDU as shown in the below. CN CN CN CN Change the connection of wiring which is connected to the CN, of Comp-IPDU Change to CN of Comp-IPDU from CN of Comp-IPDU Change to CN of Comp-IPDU from CN of Comp-IPDU (Tighten two wirings together with screw terminal) () Turn on the power supply to all the units connected to the system. This is the end of compressor backup operation setting.

244 9-. Outdoor Unit Backup Operation Setting <Outline> This product allows outdoor unit backup operation setting to be performed either at the header unit or a follower unit. If any of the fault modes specified below occurs to one of the outdoor units in a multi-outdoor unit system, proceed with outdoor unit backup operation. A compressor failure (e.g. a layer short-circuit or a compressor failure in which no compressor is available to back up the faulty compressor) A failure of a pressure sensor (Pd or Ps) or a temperature sensor (TD, TD, TS, TS, TE, TE, TG, TG, TK, TK, TK, TK5, TL, TL or TL) te: Keep the number of backed-up outdoor units to one in the system (single refrigerant line) Follower outdoor unit backup operation setting (failure of follower outdoor unit) <Work procedure> () Turn off the power supply to all the indoor and outdoor units connected to the system. [Setup of failed follower outdoor unit] () Fully close the gas pipe service valve of the failed outdoor unit. () Leave the service valves of the liquid and balance pipe fully open (to prevent refrigerant stagnation in the unit). However, if there is a leakage from an outdoor PMV (unable to close), fully close the liquid pipe service valve. () <In case of fault in compressor, electrical part, I/F P.C. board, or IPDU P.C. board> From this point on, keep the power supply to the failed unit off. <In case of fault in refrigerating circuit or related part (pressure sensor, temperature sensor, refrigerating cycle part, or fan system part)> Disconnect the connector [CN0] for outdoor-outdoor communication (BUS) provided on the interface P.C. board. CN0 BUS Setup of failed follower outdoor unit () Fully close gas pipe service valve. () In case of fault in refrigerating circuit or related part, disconnect BUS communication connector [CN0] on interface P.C. board. () Leave service valves of liquid and balance pipes fully open. (if there is leakage from outdoor PMV, fully close liquid pipe.) [Setup of header unit] (5) Turn on Bit of SW09 on the interface P.C. board of the header unit. (Setting to prevent connected indoor units capacity over error. (E6)) Interface P.C. board of header unit SW06 SW07 SW09 SW0 SW SW SW SW SW6 SW7 (5) Turn on Bit of SW09.

245 (6) Turn on the power supply to all the units connected to the system other than the failed follower unit. Determine what to do with the power supply to the failed follower unit in the following manner. <In case of fault in compressor, electrical part, I/F P.C. board, or IPDU P.C. board> Leave the power supply off. <In case of fault in refrigerating circuit or related part (pressure sensor, temperature sensor, refrigerating cycle part, or fan system part)> Turn on the power supply to protect the compressor (by turning on the case heater). (When the power supply to the unit is turned on, [E9] (error in the number of outdoor header units) will be displayed on the 7-segment display. However, this will not cause any problems.) (7) Perform settings needed to gain permission for backup operation from the header unit (error clearance). ) Set SW0/0/0 on the interface P.C. board to // and confirm that [U] [E6] (dropping out of an outdoor unit) is displayed on the 7-segment display. ) Set SW0/0/0 on the interface P.C. board to /6/. Upon confirming that [Er] [ ] is displayed on the 7-segment display, press SW0 and hold for 5 seconds or more. ) [Er] [ CL] (error clearance completed) will be displayed on the 7-segment display. ) Set SW0/0/0 back to //. (The display should change to [U] [ ].) Interface P.C. board of header unit (7) Set SW0/0/0 to // [U] [E6] will be displayed. Push switch Set SW0/0/0 to [/6/]. [Er] [ ] will be displayed. Press SW0 and hold for 5 seconds or more [Er] [ CL] will be displayed. 7-segment display Set SW0/0/0 back to //. [U] [ ] will be displayed. Rotary switches This is the end of follower outdoor unit backup operation setting. Check the operation.

246 9--. Header outdoor unit backup operation setting (failure of header outdoor unit) <Work procedure> () Turn off the power supply to all the units connected to the system at the source. [Setup of failed header outdoor unit] () Fully close the gas pipe service valve of the failed outdoor unit. () Leave the service valves of the liquid and balance pipes fully open (to prevent refrigerant stagnation in the failed outdoor unit). However, if there is a leakage from an outdoor PMV (unable to close), fully close the liquid pipe service valve. () <In case of fault in compressor, electrical part, I/F P.C. board, or IPDU P.C. board> From this point on, keep the power supply to the failed unit off. <In case of fault in refrigerating circuit or related part (pressure sensor, temperature sensor, refrigerating cycle part, or fan system part)> Disconnect the connector [CN0] for outdoor-outdoor communication (BUS) provided on the interface P.C. board. CN0 BUS Setup of failed follower outdoor unit () Fully close gas pipe service valve. () In case of fault in refrigerating circuit or related part, disconnect BUS communication connector [CN0] on interface P.C. board. () Leave service valves of liquid and balance pipes fully open. (if there is leakage from outdoor PMV, fully close liquid pipe.) [Selection of new header unit] (5) Select a new header unit from the follower units on the basis of the following criteria: If only one follower unit is connected, select it as the header unit. If two follower units are connected, select the follower unit that is nearest to the failed header unit. [Setup of new header unit] (6) Set SW and SW on the interface P.C. board same as the setting of failed header unit (refrigerant line address setting). (7) Turn on Bit of SW09 on the interface P.C. board. (Setting to prevent connected indoor unit capacity over error. (E6)) 5

247 (8) Set Bits and of SW0 on the interface P.C. board same as that of the failed header unit (terminator resistance setting). Outdoor interface P.C. board of unit selected as new header unit (7) Turn on Bit of SW09. SW06 SW07 SW09 SW0 SW SW SW SW SW6 SW7 (8) Set Bits and of SW0 identically to failed header unit. (6) Set SW and SW identically to failed header unit. [Wiring changes to communication line] (9) Redirect the indoor-outdoor communication line connected to the failed header unit [U/U] to the unit selected as the header unit [U/U]. (0)If a central control device is connected, connect the central control communication line [U/U] to the communication line terminal of the unit selected as the new header unit [U/U], and connect up the tie connector between the [U/U] and [U/U] terminals. Failed header unit Unit selected as new header unit (previously follower unit. ) Follower unit. Outdoor-outdoor communication line (U5/U6) Central control communication line (U/U terminal) Indoor-outdoor communication line (U/U terminal) (9) Redirect the indoor-outdoor communication line from failed header unit to unit selected as header unit [U/U]. (0) If central control device is connected, redirect central control communication line from failed header unit to unit selected as new header unit [U/U]. ()Turn on the power supply to all the units connected to the system other than the failed unit. Determine what to do with the power supply to the failed unit in the following manner. <In case of fault in compressor, electrical part, I/F P.C. board, or IPDU P.C. board> Leave the power supply off. <In case of fault in refrigerating circuit or related part (pressure sensor, temperature sensor, refrigerating cycle part, or fan system part)> Turn on the power supply to protect the compressor (by turning on the case heater). (When the power supply to the unit is turned on, [E9] (error in the number of outdoor header units) will be displayed on the 7-segment display. However, this will not cause any problems.) This is the end of header outdoor unit backup operation setting. Check the operation. 6

248 9-. Cooling-Season Outdoor Unit Backup Operation Setting <Outline> Limited to summer and other situations where there is no need for heating operation, this function makes it possible to get backup operation up and running quickly without going through the normal setup procedure, regardless of which type of outdoor unit has failed, the header unit or a follower unit. In this backup operation, the system behaves in exactly the same way as described in the Outdoor Unit Backup Operation Setting section, except that it cannot perform heating operation. te : When the system is set up for this function, heating operation is not available. ("HEATING STANDBY" displayed on the remote controller.) te : If the unit failure has been caused by a fault in the interface P.C. board or electric circuit, this function is not available. In that case, follow the procedure specified in the Outdoor Unit Backup Operation Setting section. <Work procedure> () Turn off the power supply to all the units connected to the system. [Setup of failed outdoor unit] Regardless of whether the failed outdoor unit is the header unit or a follower unit, there is no difference in the setup procedure. () Turn on Bits and of SW06 provided on the interface P.C. board. () If there is a leakage from an outdoor PMV (unable to close), fully close the liquid pipe service valve. () Turn on the power supply to all the units connected to the system. If the fault involves poor insulation of a compressor motor, remove the compressor leads before the power is turned on. Turn on Bits and of SW06. SW06 SW07 SW09 SW0 SW SW SW SW SW6 SW7 This is the end of cooling-season outdoor unit backup operation setting. 7

249 0 OUTDOOR UNIT REFRIGERANT RECOVERY METHOD 0-. Refrigerant Recovery from Failed Outdoor Unit (Pump-Down) This product supports refrigerant pump-down, a function which allows refrigerant to be recovered from an outdoor unit in need of repair using a normal outdoor unit in a system featuring multiple outdoor units te for refrigerant recovery operation When performing pump-down operation, take note of the following matters: te : The pump-down refrigerant recovery rate changes with outside temperature and other factors. After pump-down is completed, recover any residual gas using a refrigerant recovery device, etc., and be sure to measure the amount of recovered refrigerant. (The refrigerant recovery rate can be improved by heating the accumulator of the outdoor unit to be repaired during pump-down operation.) te : If pump-down has been performed, the system cannot be operated until the faulty outdoor unit is repaired. (Continued operation would be impossible due to a refrigerant overcharge.) te : If outdoor PMVs and both happen to be faulty (unable to open) the refrigerant in the heat exchangers cannot be recovered. In that case, recover any residual gas in the heat exchangers using a tube piercing valve or some other tool. After a pump-down operation, do not perform any brazing until the residual gas in the heat exchangers is recovered Refrigerant recovery procedure A (Case of no outdoor unit backup operation setting) <Work procedure> Turn on the power supply to the system at the source, but leave the system switched off. If the fault involves poor insulation of a compressor motor, remove the motor leads before the power is turned on. [Setup of failed outdoor unit] () Connect the check joint of liquid pipe and the low pressure-side check joint using a charge hose, and purge the hose of air (to recover refrigerant from the liquid tank and heat exchangers). () Fully close the liquid pipe service valve of the failed outdoor unit. (Leave the service valves of the gas and balance pipes fully open.) () If the oil is likely to has degraded due to a compressor fault, disconnect the A valve connector of the failed outdoor unit (to prevent the degraded oil from flowing into other outdoor units). () Set SW0/0/0 on the interface P.C. board of the failed outdoor unit to //. After [rd] [ ] is displayed on the 7-segment display, press SW0 and hold for 5 seconds or more. 8

250 (5) [rd] [ FF] will be displayed on the 7-segment display, and pump-down operation will start. * To put the operation on hold midway, turn off the power supply to all the outdoor units, or press SW05 on the interface P.C. board. Header unit Failed outdoor unit () If oil has degraded due to compressor fault, undo A valve connector. Connect liquid pipe check joint and low pressure-side check joint using charge hose, and purge hose of air Fully close liquid pipe service valve. (Leave service valves of gas and balance pipes fully open.) () Set SW0/0/0 to //. [rd] [ ] is displayed. Interface P.C. board of failed outdoor unit Press SW0 and hold for 5 seconds or more. (5) [rd] [ FF] is displayed (pump-down operation starts). Behavior during pump-down operation Outdoor unit Behavior Failed outdoor unit Compressors: Turned off Outdoor fan: On PMV, PMV and PMV: Open /A/B/C/D: On //5: On Every other outdoor unit Operates in test cooling operation mode (6) Approx. 0 minutes after the system starts up, fully close the gas pipe service valve of the failed outdoor unit. (7) Press SW0 of the failed outdoor unit to have pressure data (MPa) displayed. (The display switches each time SW0 is pressed.) Display Example [rd] [ ] Initial display [Pd] [.0] High-pressure sensor output [Ps] [.0] Low-pressure sensor output [Selection of outdoor unit for pressure adjustment] (8) Of all outdoor units operating in the pump-down mode, select the one with the lowest unit. as an outdoor unit for pressure adjustment. Identifying Unit. The unit. is the number displayed on the 7-segment display when SW0/0/0 are set to //. ([U#] [ ]: # represents the unit.) [Setup of outdoor units other than unit for pressure adjustment and failed unit] (9) Leaving the balance pipes of the unit for pressure adjustment and the failed unit fully open, fully close the balance pipe service valves of all other outdoor units. [Setup of outdoor unit for pressure adjustment] (0)Set SW0/0/0 on the interface P.C. board of the outdoor unit for pressure adjustment to //. ()As the low-pressure sensor output is displayed on the 7-segment display, adjust the pressure to around 0. MPa by slowly closing the gas pipe service valve, with checking pressure data. ()Compare the low-pressure sensor outputs of the failed unit with that of the unit for pressure adjustment, and wait until the two pressure readings become almost the same. After letting the system continue operating for a while longer, fully close the gas pipe service valve of the unit for pressure adjustment. 9

251 [Setup of failed outdoor unit] ()When the low-pressure sensor output of the failed outdoor unit falls below 0.0MPa, fully close the balance pipe packed valve, and press SW05 on the interface P.C. board to finish the pump-down operation. ()Turn off the power supply to all the outdoor units, and recover the residual refrigerant in the outdoor unit using a refrigerant recovery device. Be sure to measure the amount of recovered refrigerant. (This is necessary to determine how much additional refrigerant will be needed after the completion of the repair.) (8) Select outdoor unit with lowest unit. as outdoor unit for pressure adjustment. Unit for pressure adjustment (6) Approx. 0 minutes after system startup, fully close gas pipe service valve. Failed outdoor unit (9) Fully close balance pipes of all outdoor units other than unit for pressure adjustment and failed unit. (0) Set SW0/0/0 to // to have lowpressure sensor output displayed. [Ps] [###] () While monitoring low-pressure sensor output, adjust pressure to around 0. MPa by slowly closing gas pipe service valve. () Wait until low-pressure sensor outputs of failed outdoor unit and outdoor unit for pressure adjustment become almost identical, and, after letting system continue operating for while longer, fully close gas pipe service valve. (7) Press SW0 to have low-pressure sensor output displayed [Ps] [###] () When low-pressure sensor output of failed outdoor unit falls below 0.0 MPa, fully close balance pipe packed valve. Press SW05 to finish pump-down operation. () Turn off power supply to all outdoor units at source, and recover residual refrigerant in outdoor unit using refrigerant recovery device. Measure amount of recovered refrigerant. This is the end of the refrigerant recovery operation. Set SW0/0/0 of the failed outdoor unit and the outdoor unit for pressure adjustment back to //. 50

252 0--. Refrigerant recovery procedure B (Case of outdoor unit backup operation setting) <Outline> If outdoor unit backup operation setting is performed, use an alternative refrigerant recovery procedure as described below, provided that the power cannot be turned on for the failed outdoor unit. (Refrigerant will be recovered from the failed outdoor unit using the test cooling operation function.) te : If cooling-season outdoor unit backup operation or outdoor unit backup operation is in progress with the power supply to the failed outdoor unit turned on, follow the procedure described in 0--. Refrigerant recovery procedure A (Case of no outdoor unit backup operation setting). If outdoor unit backup operation setting is performed with the power supply to the failed outdoor unit turned on, recovery operation can only start after putting the outdoor-outdoor communication connector on the interface P.C. board of that unit [CN0] back to its initial state and resetting the power supply. te : If the power cannot be turned on the failed outdoor unit, the solenoid valves and PMVs of the unit cannot be turned on, so that it reduces the amount of recovered refrigerant compared to a standard pump-down operation. Recover the residual gas in the unit using a refrigerant recovery device, and be sure to measure the amount of recovered refrigerant. <Work procedure> [Setup of failed outdoor unit] () Connect the liquid pipe check joint and the low pressure-side check joint using a gauge manifold, and purge the manifold of air (to recover refrigerant from the liquid tank and heat exchangers). () Fully close the liquid pipe packed valve of the failed outdoor unit. (Leave the service valve of the gas pipe and the packed valve of the balance pipe fully open.) [Setup of unit selected as header unit (hereafter header outdoor unit )] () Set SW0/0/0 on the interface P.C. board of the header outdoor unit to /5/. After [C. ] [ ] is displayed on the 7-segment display, press SW0 and hold for 5 seconds or more. () After [C. ] [ C] is displayed on the 7-segment display, the system starts operating in the test cooling operation mode. (5) Set SW0/0/0 on the interface P.C. board of the header outdoor unit to // to have the low-pressure sensor output (MPa) displayed on the 7-segment display. () Connect liquid pipe check joint and low pressure-side check joint using gauge manifold, and purge manifold of air. Failed outdoor unit Unit selected as header unit () Fully close liquid pipe service valve. (Leave gas and balance pipes fully open.) () Set SW0/0/0 to /5/. [C. ] [ ] is displayed Interface P.C. board () Press SW0 and hold for 5 seconds or more. [C. ] [ C] is displayed. (Test cooling operation begins). (5) Set SW0/0/0 to // to have low-pressure sensor output (MPa) displayed. Press SW0 to have low-pressure sensor output displays. Pd Ps Td Td TS TE TE C~C (6) Approx. 0 minutes after the system starts up, fully close the gas pipe service valve of the failed outdoor unit. [Selection of outdoor unit for pressure adjustment] (7) Select the header unit as the unit for pressure adjustment. 5

253 [Setup of outdoor units other than header unit and failed unit] (8) Leaving the balance pipes of the unit for pressure adjustment and the failed unit fully open, fully close the balance pipe packed valves of all other outdoor units. [Setup of header unit] (9) While monitoring the low-pressure sensor output, adjust the pressure to around 0. MPa by slowly closing the gas pipe service valve. (0)Compare the manifold gauge pressure of the failed unit with the low-pressure sensor output of the header unit, and wait until the two pressure readings become almost identical. After letting the system continue operating for a while longer, fully close the gas pipe service valve of the unit for pressure adjustment. [Setup of failed outdoor unit] ()When the manifold gauge pressure of the failed outdoor unit falls below 0.0 MPa, fully close the balance pipe packed valve, and press SW05 on the interface P.C. board to finish the test cooling operation. ()Turn off the power supply to all the outdoor units, and recover the residual refrigerant in the outdoor unit using a refrigerant recovery device. Be sure to measure the amount of recovered refrigerant. (This is necessary to determine how much additional refrigerant will be needed after the completion of the repair.) (6) Approx. 0 minutes after system startup, fully close gas pipe service valve. Failed outdoor unit (7) Select header unit as unit for pressure adjustment. (8) Fully close balance pipes of all other outdoor units other than unit for pressure adjustment and failed unit. Header unit (outdoor unit selected as such) () When manifold gauge pressure of failed outdoor unit falls below 0.0 MPa, fully close balance pipe packed valve. Press SW05 to finish test cooling operation. () Turn off power supply to all outdoor units at source, and recover residual refrigerant in outdoor unit using refrigerant recovery device. Measure amount of recovered refrigerant. (9) While monitoring low-pressure sensor output, adjust pressure to around 0. MPa by slowly closing gas pipe service valve. (0) Wait until low-pressure sensor outputs of failed outdoor unit and outdoor unit for pressure adjustment become almost identical, and, after letting system continue operating for while longer, fully close gas pipe service valve. This is the end of the refrigerant recovery operation. Set SW0/0/0 of the header unit back to //. 5

254 0-. How to Operate System While Failed Outdoor Unit Being Repaired <Outline> After refrigerant is recovered from the failed outdoor unit through a pump-down operation, the overall amount of refrigerant held by the system becomes excessive, and this makes it impossible to operate the remaining outdoor units even though they are not faulty. However, operation is still possible if the system-wide amount of refrigerant is adjusted in accordance with the procedure described below. <Work procedure> () Follow the steps specified in 0-. Refrigerant Recovery from Failed Outdoor Unit (Pump-Down). () Adjust the amount of refrigerant held by the system by removing some of it using a refrigerant recovery device, etc. Determine the amount of refrigerant to be removed according to the capacity of the failed outdoor unit. (See the table below.) Example: If you are under repairing of a 6HP outdoor unit in the 50HP system (combination of outdoor unit: 8HP + 6HP + 6HP): Amount of refrigerant to be remove from this system = kg () Set up the outdoor unit from which refrigerant has been recovered in the manner described in 9-. Outdoor Unit Backup Operation Setting. This completes the procedure. Capacity code of outdoor unit under repair [HP] 8 0 B 0A A 6 8B A 6A 8 0 Removal amount of refrigerant [kg]

255 0-. Work procedure after Repair When vacuuming in the repaired outdoor unit, follow the procedure described below. <Work procedure> () Fully open PMV and PMV (MMY-MAP06 to 06 only) in accordance with the table below. te: PMV full-opening operation via short-circuiting of the CN0 pins is automatically undone after minutes, causing the valves to fully close. To maintain fully open state, turn off the power switch of the outdoor unit within minutes of the short-circuiting of the CN0 pins. SW Bit CN0 Bit PMV operation Bit Bit Short-circuit PMV fully open for minutes. Short-circuit PMV fully opens for minutes. () Be sure to perform vacuuming in from the three check joints shown in the diagram below (liquid pipe, discharge pipe and suction pipe). Fan M Fan motor Right side Main heat exchanger (TO) Reducer Left side Main heat exchanger (PMV) (TE) (TL) (5) Reducer -way valve High-pressure sensor (TS) (TS) Fusible plug FP () (D) () () Liquid Tank Highpressure switch Highpressure switch (TD) Sub cool heat exchanger Compressor (C) Check valve (PMV) (TD) Compressor Check valve (TK) (TK) (TK5) Oil Header Reducer (A) (TK) Accumulator (TL) Low-pressure sensor Oil Separator 5 (B)

256 REPLACING COMPRESSORS -. Compressor Replacement Procedure (Outline) START WARNING In situations such as indoor unit relocation and repairs, it is not possible to recover all the refrigerant held by the system in the outdoor units. It could cause a serious accident, such as blow out or injury. Be sure to perform refrigerant recovery using a refrigerant recovery device. Is the outdoor unit the only one in the system? YES NO Manually open PMV, and of the failed unit (by short-circuiting the pins of CN0 on I/F P.C. board and turning off the power switch), and recover refrigerant using a refrigerant recovery device (*). Recover refrigerant from the failed unit in accordance with 0 OUTDOOR UNIT REFRIGERANT RECOVERY METHOD. Turn off the power switch of the failed outdoor unit. Remove the faulty compressor. Measure the amount of oil in the faulty compressor. Check the color of the oil in the faulty compressor. ASTM grade: Is it or above? (Judge the condition of the oil against color samples, and decide whether to replace the faulty compressor only or all compressors.) WARNING When detaching a pipe by heating with a burner at brazed joint, take care as any oil left in the piping may burn in a momentary flash of fire when the brazed filler metal melts. * The full-opening of PMV, and via short-circuiting of the CN0 pins is automatically undone after minutes, causing the valves to fully close. To maintain fully open state, turn off the power switch of the outdoor unit within minutes. * The SMMS-e (6 series) and the SMMS-i ( series) use different types of compressors. Be sure to check the service part code. NO Replace the faulty compressor only. YES Replace both the faulty compressor and the normal compressor. Measure the amount of oil in the normal compressor. Adjust the amount of oil according to the oil quantity measurement result(s). Install the new compressor(s) (*). Perform a leakage check of the failed outdoor unit. Perform vacuum drying in the failed outdoor unit. This flowchart only shows the standard compressor replacement procedure. Since the situation can differ site by site, perform the task in accordance with the following judgment criteria: () New compressors are charged with 900cc of oil per unit. () The amount of oil held by an outdoor unit is as shown below. Model MAP- Amount of oil [cc] Refrigerant charging END 0806, 006, 06, B6 00 0A6, A6, 06, A6, 6A6, 806, 006, 06* 500 () When a compressor is dismantled, it usually contains cc oil. The amount of oil held by an oil separator is usually 0-000cc for MAP0806, MAP006, MAP06, MAPB6, MAP06, MAP606, MAP8B6*, MAP806, MAP006 and MAP06* 55

257 -. Replacement of Compressors <Checking color of oil in faulty compressor> Lay the faulty compressor down, draw a small amount of oil via the oil equalization pipe, and check its color against color samples. Determine the number of compressors to be replaced according to the color checking result. ASTM grade: Below Replace the faulty compressor only. ASTM grade: or above Replace both the faulty compressor and the normal compressor(s). Compressor Oil equalization pipe WARNING When detaching a pipe by heating with a burner at brazed joint, take care as any oil left in the piping may burn in a momentary flash of fire when the brazing filler metal melts. [When replacing faulty compressor only] <Measuring amount of oil in faulty compressor> Amount of oil in faulty compressor: A [cc] = (Weight of compressor as it was dismantled (kg) - D) x 0 (Specific volume of oil: 0 [cc/kg]) (kg) Compressor model RA6ATB-0M RAATB-0MD Ｄ Weight (not include oil.5.0 Please check the type name of the compressor as it was dismantled. <Adjusting amount of oil in new compressor> (900cc at shipment) Perform the adjustment on the basis of how much oil the faulty compressor contained, A [cc], by following the steps below. Amount of oil in faulty compressor A [cc]: 0 A < 000 () Adjust the amount of oil in the new compressor to 000cc. (Lay the new compressor down and draw 900 [cc] of oil via the oil-equalization pipe.) tes: Do not draw more than 900 [cc] of oil as it may cause damage to the compressor. If the faulty compressor contained 500cc or less, there may have been a problem with the oil equalization circuit, etc. Perform checks in accordance with -. Check Procedure to Search Cause of Compressor Oil Shortage. 56

258 Amount of oil in faulty compressor A [cc]: 000 A < 900 () Adjust the amount of oil in the new compressor to A cc. (Lay the new compressor down and draw (900 - A) [cc] of oil via the oil equalization pipe.) Amount of oil in faulty compressor A [cc]: 900 A () Adjust the amount of oil in the new compressor to A cc. (Insert a hose into the discharge pipe or oil equalization pipe of the new compressor and inject (A-900) [cc] of oil using a funnel, etc.) 57 Compressor

259 [When replacing normal as well as faulty compressor] - applicable to MMY-MAP0806*, 006*, 06* and B6* <Remove the normal compressor> Remove the normal compressor in the same way as the faulty compressor. te: Be sure to insulate the removed compressor leads using insulation tape, etc. WARNING When detaching a pipe by heating with a burner at brazed joint, take care as any oil left in the piping may burn in a momentary flash of fire when the brazing filler metal melts. <Measuring amount of oil in normal compressor> As was the case with the faulty compressor, measure the amount of oil contained by placing the compressor on a scale. Amount of oil in normal compressor: B [cc] = (Weight of compressor as it was dismantled (kg) - D) 0 (Specific volume of oil: 0 [cc/kg]) te: (kg) Compressor model RAATB-0MD Ｄ Weight (not include oil.0 Please check the type name of the compressor as it was dismantled. <Adjusting amount of oil in new compressors> Perform the adjustment on the basis of how much oil the faulty compressor contained, A [cc], and how much oil the normal compressor contained, B [cc], by following the steps below. Combined amount of oil in faulty and normal compressors A+B [cc]: 0 A+B < 000 () Adjust the amount of oil in the two new compressors to 000cc each (total 000cc). Lay the compressors down and draw 900 [cc] of oil from each of them via their oil equalization pipes. tes: Do not draw more than 900 [cc] of oil from a compressor as it may cause damage. If the faulty compressor contained 500cc or less, there may have been a problem with the oil equalization circuit, etc. Perform checks in accordance with -. Check Procedure to Search Cause of Compressor Oil Shortage. Combined amount of oil in faulty and normal compressors A+B [cc]: 000 A+B < 800 () Adjust the amount of oil in the two new compressors to (A+B)/ cc each. Lay the compressor down and draw [800-(A+B)]/ [cc] of oil from each of them via their oil equalization pipes. Combined amount of oil in faulty and normal compressors A+B [cc]: 800 A+B () Adjust the amount of oil in the two new compressors to (A+B)/ cc each. (Insert a hose into the discharge pipe or oil equalization pipe of each compressor and inject (A+B)/-900 [cc] of oil using a funnel, etc.) 58 Compressor

260 [When replacing normal as well as faulty compressor] - applicable to MMY-MAP0A6, A6, 06, 606 and 8B6 <Remove the normal compressor> Remove the normal compressor in the same way as the faulty compressor. te: Be sure to insulate the removed compressor leads using insulation tape, etc. WARNING When detaching a pipe by heating with a burner at brazed joint, take care as any oil left in the piping may burn in a momentary flash of fire when the brazing filler metal melts. <Measuring amounts of oil in normal compressor> As was the case with the faulty compressor, measure the amount of oil contained by placing each compressor on a scale. Amount of oil in normal compressor: B [cc] = (Weight of compressor as it was dismantled (kg) - D) 0 (Specific volume of oil: 0 [cc/kg]) te: (kg) Compressor model RA6ATB-0M Ｄ Weight (not include oil.5 Please check the type name of the compressor as it was dismantled. <Adjusting amount of oil in new compressors> Perform the adjustment on the basis of how much oil the faulty compressor contained, A [cc], and how much oil the normal compressor contained, B [cc], by following the steps below. Combined amount of oil in faulty compressor and normal compressor A+B [cc]: 0 A+B < 000 () Adjust the amount of oil in the two new compressors to 000cc each (total 000cc). Lay the compressors down and draw 900 [cc] of oil from each of them via their oil equalization pipes. tes: Do not draw more than 900 [cc] of oil from a compressor as it may cause damage. If the faulty compressor contained 500cc or less, there may have been a problem with the oil equalization circuit, etc. Perform checks in accordance with -. Check Procedure to Search Cause of Compressor Oil Shortage. Combined amount of oil in faulty compressor and normal compressor A+B [cc]: 000 A+B < 800 () Adjust the amount of oil in the two new compressors to (A+B)/ cc each. Lay the compressor down and draw [800-(A+B)]/ [cc] of oil from each of them via their oil equalization pipes. Combined amount of oil in faulty compressor and normal compressor A+B [cc]: 800 A+B () Adjust the amount of oil in the two new compressors to (A+B)/ cc each. (Insert a hose into the discharge pipe or oil equalization pipe of each compressor and inject (A+B)/-900 [cc] of oil using a funnel, etc.) 59 Compressor

261 [When replacing normal as well as faulty compressor] - applicable to MMY-MAPA6, 6A6, 806, 006 and 06 <Remove the normal compressor> Remove the normal compressor in the same way as the faulty compressor. te: Be sure to insulate the removed compressor leads using insulation tape, etc. WARNING When detaching a pipe by heating with a burner at brazed joint, take care as any oil left in the piping may burn in a momentary flash of fire when the brazing filler metal melts. <Measuring amounts of oil in normal compressors> As was the case with the faulty compressor, measure the amount of oil contained by placing each compressor on a scale. Amount of oil in normal compressor: B [cc] = (Weight of compressor as it was dismantled (kg) - D) 0 (Specific volume of oil: 0 [cc/kg]) te: (kg) Compressor model RA6ATB-0M Ｄ Weight (not include oil.5 Please check the type name of the compressor as it was dismantled. <Adjusting amount of oil in new compressors> Perform the adjustment on the basis of how much oil the faulty compressor contained, A [cc], and how much oil the normal compressor contained, B [cc], by following the steps below. Combined amount of oil in faulty compressor and normal compressor A+B [cc]: 0 A+B < 000 () Adjust the amount of oil in the two new compressor to 000cc each (total 000cc). Lay the compressor down and draw 900 [cc] of oil from each of them via their oil equalization pipes. tes: Do not draw more than 900 [cc] of oil from a compressor as it may cause damage. If the faulty compressor contained 500cc or less, there may have been a problem with the oil equalization circuit, etc. Perform checks in accordance with -. Check Procedure to Search Cause of Compressor Oil Shortage. Combined amount of oil in faulty compressor and normal compressor A+B [cc]: 000 A+B < 500 () Adjust the amount of oil in the two new compressor to (A+B)/ cc each. Lay the compressor down and draw [500-(A+B)]/ [cc] of oil from each of them via their oil equalization pipes. Combined amount of oil in faulty compressor and normal compressor A+B [cc]: 500 A+B () Adjust the amount of oil in the two new compressors to (A+B)/ cc each. (Insert a hose into the discharge pipe or oil equalization pipe of each compressor and inject (A+B)/-900 [cc] of oil using a funnel, etc.) 60 Compressor

262 <Installing compressor> Install a compressor by following the dismantling procedure in reverse. The dismantling process may have loosened compressor leads and quick connectors. Prior to installation, therefore, tighten them a little with a pair of pliers, and verify that they are tight after reconnection. tes: Although a compressor is provided with only two hexagonal bolts, it is standard. The tightening torque of the hexagonal bolts, used to mount the compressor, is 00kg/cm. If oil has been drawn from the accumulator, repair the cut pipe through pinching and brazing. <Vacuum-pumping> (Single outdoor unit system) Before performing vacuum-pumping, fully open PMV, and. If they are closed, the heat exchangers of the outdoor unit cannot be vacuum-pumped. Connect a vacuum pump consecutively to the check joints placed in the liquid and discharge pipes and on the high-pressure side of the suction pipe, and turn it on. Operate the vacuum drying until the vacuum gauge indicates mmhg. <Method to fully open PMV manually> () Turn on the power switch of the outdoor unit. () With the Bits and of SW set to off, short-circuit the pins of CN0. () Disconnect the connectors of PMV from the I/F P.C. board. () With the Bits and of SW set to off and on, respectively, short-circuit the pins of CN0. (5) Disconnect the connector of PMV from the I/F P.C. board (6) With the Bits and of SW set to on and off, respectively, short-circuit the pins of CN0. (7) Disconnect the connector of PMV from the I/F P.C. board. (8) Turn off the power switch of the outdoor unit. te: Steps (6) and (7) are not required for MMY-MAP0806, 006, 06, and B6 <Refrigerant charging> Inject the same amount of refrigerant as the recovered residual refrigerant via the charging port of the liquid-side service valve. 6

263 -. Check Procedure to Search Cause of Compressor Oil Shortage Are the balance pipes of all outdoor units connected to the same refrigerant line fully open? Open the balance pipe valves fully. Are there any miswiring or incorrect connection of TK,TK, TK and TK5 sensor in the unit that has replaced compressor? Correct the miswiring or connection. TK: CN5 TK: CN5 TK: CN5 TK5: CN55 Are the characteristics of the TK, TK, TK or TK5 sensors of the unit that has replaced compressor correct? Replace the faulty sensor. With the compressor(s) disconnected, check the oil circuit in accordance with the procedure described below. (To next page) 6

264 <MMY-MAP0806, MAP006, MAP06 and MAPB6 > Check items and procedures to follow when checking oil circuit with compressor(s) disconnected Check item Location Procedure ) With PMV fully closed, apply pressure to the check joint of liquid pipe with nitrogen, and check the pressure at the check joint of discharge pipe. If the pressure at the check joint of discharge pipe increases, there is a leak from PMV (A) and check valve of discharge pipe (C). Replace the faulty parts. ) If the pressure does not increase, fully open outdoor PMV and check the pressure at the check joint of discharge pipe again. If the pressure increases, there is a leak from the check valve of discharge pipe (C). Replace the part. Leakage of outdoor PMV Leakage of check valve in discharge pipe convergent section A,C Leakage of check valve in discharge pipe E ) With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen, if gas escapes from the discharge pipe section of the disconnected compressor, there is a leak from the check valve of discharge pipe (E). Replace the part. Leakage of check valve in oil equalization circuit F ) With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen, if gas escapes from the oil equalization pipe section of the disconnected compressor, there is a leak from the oil equalization pipe check valve (F). Replace the part. Leakage of A valve G 5) With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen, manually open the B valve. If gas escapes from the suction pipe section of the disconnected compressor, there is a leak from the A valve. Replace the part. Leakage of B valve H 6) Then manually open the A valve. If gas escapes from the suction pipe section of the disconnected compressor, there is a leak from the B valve. Replace the part. Clogging of D valve Clogging of oil-return capillary Clogging of oil-return distributor J 7) With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen, manually open the D valve. If gas does not escape from the suction pipe section of the disconnected compressor, the D valve, oil-return capillary or oil-return distributor is clogged. Replace the part. Fan M Fan motor Right side Main heat exchanger (TO) Reducer Left side Main heat exchanger (PMV) A C (TE) (TL) (5) Reducer -way valve High-pressure sensor (TS) J (TS) Oil separator Fusible plug Low-pressure sensor () FP (D) E () () (TD) Highpressure switch Highpressure switch (TD) G Accumulator Liquid Tank (C) Sub cool heat exchanger Compressor Check (Inverter) Check valve valve (PMV) Compressor (Inverter) F (TK) (TK) (TK5) (TL) (TK) Oil Header Reducer (A) I G Liquid side Service valve Gas side Service valve Balance pipe Service valve 6 (B) H

265 <MMY-MAP0A6, MAPA6, MAP06, MAP606, MAP8B6 > Check items and procedures to follow when checking oil circuit with compressor(s) disconnected Check item Location Procedure ) With PMV and fully closed, apply pressure to the check joint of liquid pipe with nitrogen, and check the pressure at the check joint of discharge pipe. If the pressure at the check joint of discharge pipe increases, there is a leak PMV(A) or (B) and check valve of dischage pipe (C). Replace the faulty parts. ) If the pressure does not increase, fully open outdoor PMV and and check the pressure at the check joint of discharge pipe again. If the pressure increases, there is a leak from the check valve of discharge pipe (C). Replace the part. Leakage of outdoor PMV Leakage of check valve in discharge pipe convergent section A,B C Leakage of check valve in discharge pipe E ) With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen, if gas escapes from the discharge pipe section of the disconnected compressor, there is a leak from the check valve of discharge pipe (E). Replace the part. Leakage of check valve in oil equalization circuit F ) With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen, if gas escapes from the oil equalization pipe section of the disconnected compressor, there is a leak from the oil equalization pipe check valve (F). Replace the part. Leakage of A valve G 5) With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen, manually open the B valve. If gas escapes from the suction pipe section of the disconnected compressor, there is a leak from the A valve. Replace the part. Leakage of B valve H 6) Then manually open the A valve. If gas escapes from the suction pipe section of the disconnected compressor, there is a leak from the B valve. Replace the part. Clogging of D valve Clogging of oil-return capillary Clogging of oil-return distributor J 7) With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen, manually open the D valve. If gas does not escape from the suction pipe section of the disconnected compressor, the D valve, oil-return capillary or oil-return distributor is clogged. Replace the part. Fan M Fan motor Right side Main heat exchanger (TO) Right side Sub heat exchanger (PMV) A (TG) Left side Main heat exchanger (PMV) (TL) (TE) C (TG) (TL) Left side Sub heat exchanger (TE) B -way valve J (TS) High-pressure sensor 仮 Oil separator (TS) Fusible plug Low-pressure sensor E () (D) FP () () Accumulator Liquid Tank Highpressure switch (TD) (TD) Highpressure switch (C) Sub cool heat exchanger Compressor (Inverter) (PMV) Compressor (Inverter) F (TK) (TK) (TK5) (TL) (TK) Oil Header Reducer I H (A) G Liquid side Service valve Gas side Service valve Balance pipe Service valve 6 (B)

266 <MMY-MAPA6, MAP6A6, MAP806, MAP006, and MAP06> Check items and procedures to follow when checking oil circuit with compressor(s) disconnected Check item Location Procedure Leakage of outdoor PMV Leakage of check valve in discharge pipe convergent section A,B ) With PMV and fully closed, apply pressure to the check joint of liquid pipe with nitrogen, and check the pressure at the check joint of discharge pipe. If the pressure at the check joint of discharge pipe increases, there is a leak from PMV(A) or (B) and check valve of discharge pipe (C). Replace the faulty parts. ) If the pressure does not increase, fully open outdoor PMV and and check the pressure at the check joint of discharge pipe again. If the pressure increases, there is a leak from the check valve of discharge pipe (C). Replace the part. Leakage of check valve in discharge pipe E ) With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen, if gas escapes from the discharge pipe section of the disconnected compressor, there is a leak from the check valve of discharge pipe (E). Replace the part. Leakage of check valve in oil equalization circuit F ) With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen, if gas escapes from the oil equalization pipe section of the disconnected compressor, there is a leak from the oil equalization pipe check valve (F). Replace the part. Leakage of A valve G 5) With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen, manually open the B valve. If gas escapes from the suction pipe section of the disconnected compressor, there is a leak from the A valve. Replace the part. Leakage of B valve H 6) Then manually open the A valve. If gas escapes from the suction pipe section of the disconnected compressor, there is a leak from the B valve. Replace the part. Clogging of D valve Clogging of oil-return capillary Clogging of oil-return distributor J 7) With pressure applied to the check joint of discharge pipe with nitrogen, manually open the D valve. If gas does not escape from the suction pipe section of the disconnected compressor, the D valve, oil-return capillary or oil-return distributor is clogged. Replace the part. Fan M M Fan motor Fan Fan motor Right side Main heat exchanger (PMV) (TO) Right side Sub heat exchanger (TG) A Left side Main heat exchanger (PMV) (TL) (TE) (TG) (TL) (TE) B C Left side Sub heat exchanger -way valve 仮 High-pressure sensor (TS) J Oil separator Low-pressure sensor (TS) () Fusible plug (D) FP E () () Accumulator Liquid Tank Highpressure switch (TD) (TD) Highpressure switch (C) (TK) Sub cool heat exchanger Compressor (Inverter) Compressor (Inverter) (PMV) (TL) Oil Header (A) Reducer I F (TK) (TK) (TK5) G Liquid side Service valve Gas side Service valve Balance pipe Service valve 65 (B) H

267 OUTDOOR UNIT PARTS REPLACEMENT METHODS. Part to be replaced Work procedure Cabinet Remarks ) Discharge cabinet WARNING Screws ( corners) Wear a pair of gloves. Otherwise, you will risk an injury involving a replacement part or some other object.. Detachment ) Stop the air conditioner operation, and turn off the circuit breaker. ) Remove the screws for the discharge cabinet. (M5 6, pcs.) Discharge cabinet side cover Screws ( corners) 5) Suction cabinet (front and rear) With a MAP0A6, A6, 06, 606, 8B6 type, the discharge cabinet side covers need to be removed. Left and right: (M5 6, pcs.) - sets Remove the two discharge cabinets for MAPA6, 6A6, 806, 006, 06 type. ) Remove the screws for the lower cabinet. Front and rear: (M5 0, 7 pcs. for front and 6 pcs. for rear) Remove the two front lower cabinets and two rear lower cabinets for MAPA6, 6A6, 806, 006, 06, type. (M5 x 0, pcs (Front) M5 x 0, 0 pcs (Rear) ) Remove the screws for the service panel. (M5 0, pcs.) 5) Remove the screws for the suction cabinet. Front and rear: (M5 0, pcs. each) 6) Side cabinet (left and right) ) Service panel ) Lower cabinet (front and rear) ) Discharge cabinet In the case of a MAP0A6*, A6, 06, 606, 8B6 type: M5x0, 5 pcs. each Remove the two front discharge cabines and two rear discharge cabinets for MAPA6, 6A6, 806, 006, 06 type. (M5 x 0, 9 pcs (Front) M5 x 0, 9 pcs (Rear) 6) Remove the screws for the discharge cabinet side cabinet. Left and right: (M5 0, 6 pcs. each) Remove the two front support plates and two rear support plates for MAPA6, 6A6, 806, 006, 06 type. (M5 x 0, 6 pcs) - set 5) Suction cabinet (front & rear). Attachment Hook Carry out installation by following the detachment procedure in reverse (6) )). Be careful of the hooks provided on the suction cabinet, service panel and lower cabinet. Service panel 66 6) Side cabinet (left & right) ) Lower cabinet (front & rear)

268 . Part to be replaced Propeller fan Fan motor Work procedure Remarks ) Screws ( corners) WARNING Wear a pair of gloves. Otherwise, you will risk an injury involving a replacement part or some other object.. Detachment ) Stop the air conditioner operation, and turn off the circuit breaker. ) Remove the screws for the discharge cabinet. (M5 0, pcs.) ) Remove the heat exchanger partition plate (upper). (M5 0, pcs.) Discharge cabinet side cover * With a MAP0A6, A6, 06, 606, 8B6 type, the fan motor can be replaced without removing the discharge cabinet side covers. ) Remove the flange nut securing the fan motor and propeller fan. (To loosen the nut, turn it clockwise.) 5) Remove the square washer. 6) Remove the propeller fan. ) Heat exchanger partition plate (upper) 5) Square washer ) Flange nut CAUTI Lift it straight up. Do not forcibly pull it, or it may get stuck. 7) Disconnect the Faston connectors for the fan motor leads ( pieces) from the Fan IPDU, and pull the leads up and out. 8) Remove the fan motor. (M6 0, pcs.) As for MAPA6 6A6, 806, 006, 06 type, the number of Fan, Fan motor, Motor base, Flange nut, Washer and Fan P.C Board are twice compare to MAP0806, 006, 06, B6, 0A6, A6, 06, 606, 8B6 type because Fans are equipped. 6) 8) Screw ( locations) 7) Disconnect Faston connectors and pull fan motor leads up and out. Fan motor lead travel route Close-up view of Faston connectors Clamp filter Fan IPDU 67

269 . Part to be replaced Propeller fan Fan motor (continued) Work procedure. CAUTI for replacement or attachment ) Insert the propeller fan while aligning the D-cut surface of the fan motor shaft with the arrow mark ( ) on the fan. (If the propeller fan is tightly mounted on the shaft without securing alignment between the D-cut surface and the arrow mark ( ), it may cause the fan to melt and fall off due to friction heat.) ) Be sure to put the square washer in place. (Otherwise, unusual noises and vibrations may result.) ) Tighten the flange nut at a torque of 5N m (5kgf cm). (To tighten the flange nut, turn it counterclockwise.) ) Remove the clamp filter from the fan motor with trouble, then attach the clamp filter to the substitution in the same way as before replacement. (Turn through the fan motor lead once around the clamp filter.) Apply the same procedure again for MAPA6, 6A6, 806, 006, 06, type unit to replace another clamp filter. Remarks D-cut surface of fan motor shaft Arrow mark ( ) of fan To be aligned with D-cut surface ) Clamp filter MAP0806, 006, 06, B6, 0A6, A6, 06, 606, 8B6 type MAPA6*, 6A6*, 806*, 006*, 06* type ) Clamp filter 68

270 . Part to be replaced Work procedure Heat exchanger Remarks ) Motor base ) Discharge cabinet anchor plate WARNING Wear a pair of gloves. Otherwise, you will risk an injury involving a replacement part or some other object. Before the work, be sure to recover the refrigerant of outdoor unit into cylinders or another unit connected to the same system. (Refer to the chapter on refrigerant recovery methods to be used during compressor replacement.) Heat exchanger (left) Heat exchanger (right) Fan. Detachment (Right-Side Heat Exchanger as Example) ) Remove the cabinet. ) Remove the motor base. (M5 0, 6 pcs.) Remove the two motor motor bases for MAPA6, 6A6, 806, 006, 06 type (M5 x 0, 6 pcs) - set (Detach the fan motor leads as well.) ) Discharge cabinet anchor plate Heat exchanger (left) Support plate (front & rear) With a MAP0A6, A6, 06, 606, 8B6 type remove the discharge cabinet anchor plates. Left and right: (M5 0, pcs.) - sets With MAPA6, 6A6, 806, 006, 06 type remove the discharge cabinet anchor plate. (M5 x 0, pcs) ) Remove the upper partition plate. (M5 0, 5 pcs.) ) Remove the screws for the support post. (M5 0, pcs.) 5) Remove the screws for the waterproof board. (M 0, pcs.) 6) Remove the brazed joints of the piping connected ( locations). ) Support post 5) Watarproof board (between left and right heat exchangers) With a MAP0A6, A6, 06, 606, 8B6, A6, 6A6, 806, 006, 06 type also remove the brazed joints of the piping connected to the sub-heat exchanger ( locations). 7) Remove the screws for the heat exchanger end plate and pull the heat exchanger out. (M5 0, pcs.) 6) Brazed joints ( locations on distributor side) 6) Brazed joints ( locations on header side) 7) Rear Support post Pull heat exchanger out of rear end. (Left-side heat exchanger is pulled out of front end.) 69

271 . Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks Inverter assembly ) Screw (with arrow mark) WARNING Wear a pair of gloves. Otherwise, you will risk an injury involving a replacement part or some other object.. Detachment Removable design ) Screw (with arrow mark) ) Reactor ) Stop the air conditioner operation, and turn off the lead cover circuit breaker. ) Remove the inverter cover. (M 0, pcs.) ) Remove the wiring. (e.g. the power supply wire, compressor leads, coils, sensors and heaters) ) Steps only applicable to a MAP0A6, A6, 06, 606, 8B6, A6, 6A6, 806, 006, 06 type Remove the reactor lead cover. (M 0, pc.) Remove the screws securing the box. (M 0, pc.) Detach the reactor leads. ( terminal block bolts) )) Fan (left side) ) Reactor terminal block ) Fan (right side) 5) Screw 5) Remove the screws securing the box. (M5 0, pc. each for top and bottom) In the case of a MAP0A6, A6, 06, 606, 8B6, A6, 6A6, 806, 006, 06 type: M5 0, pcs. for top and pcs for bottom 6) Disengage the hook by gently pressing down the locking lever with your finger. (The lower part of the box moves forward.) 7) Hold the top board with both hands to disengage the top hook. 5) Screws with arrow mark ( locations) Locking lever 7) Pull it forward. Attachment Carry out installation by following the dismantling procedure in reverse (7) )). Before pushing the lower part in, pull the reactor leads out. Take care so that the wiring does not get caught in the way. Reconnect all the wiring. Before pushing lower part in, pull leads out through hole. When pushing lower part in, be sure to keep wiring out of way. 70

272 . Part to be replaced 5 Work procedure Reactor assembly WARNING Wear a pair of gloves. Otherwise, you will risk an injury involving a replacement part or some other object. Remarks MAP0A6, A6, 06, 606, 8B6, A6, 6A6, 806, 006, 06 type ) Screw Fixing claw (slide stopper to right). Detachment ) Stop the operation, and turn off the circuit breaker. ) Remove the inverter assembly. (See the inverter assembly dismantling method under item.) ) With a MAP0A6, A6, 06, 606, 8B6, A6, 6A6, 806, 006, 06 type, remove the separately mounted reactor box. To remove the reactor box, remove the screws at the top and bottom (M5 0) and unlock the box by sliding the stopper to the right. * Before pulling the reactor box, tilt it back to free ) Screw Fixing claw (slide stopper to right) the bottom. ) Remove the reactor box located at the back of the inverter assembly. (M 6, pcs.) ) Screws ( locations) * The screws can be removed from the front. With a MAP0A6, A6, 06, 606, 8B6, A6, 6A6, 806, 006, 06 type remove the separately mounted anchor plate. (M 6, pcs.) 5) Remove and replace the reactor. (M 6, pc.) ) Screws ( locations) MAP0806, 006, 06, B6, 0A6, A6, 06, 606, 8B6 type ) Screws ( locations) ) Screws ( locations) 7

273 For HT8(J)P, HT7(J)P, HT8(J)P-ME, HT7P-ME, T8(J)P-E, HT8P-A, HT8P-C model. Part to be replaced 6 -way valve coils Pressure sensors locations MAP0806* MAP006* MAP06* Work procedure Remarks Rear Front MAP0A6 MAPA6 MAP06 MAP606 Rear Front MAPA6 MAP6A6 MAP806 MAP006 MAP06 Rear Front 7

274 (For HT8(J)P-E, HT8(J)P-TR model). Part to be replaced 6 -way valve coils Pressure sensors locations MAP0806* MAP006* MAP06* Work procedure Remarks Rear Front MAP06* MAP606* Rear Front MAP806* MAP006* MAP06* Rear Front 7

275 (For T8(J)P, T7(J)P, T8P-SG, T8(J)P-ID, T8(J)P-T model). Part to be replaced 6 -way valve coils Pressure sensors locations MAP0806* MAP006* MAP06* MAPB6* Work procedure Remarks Rear Front MAP06* MAP606* MAP8B6* Rear Front MAP806* MAP006* MAP06* Rear Front 7

276 . Part to be replaced 7 Temperature sensors - locations and idenfication colors MAP0806* MAP006* MAP06* MAPB6* Work procedure Remarks Product front view TL sensor(yellow) Example:for Asia model TL sensor(yellow) For only Europe and Turkey model TL sensor(yellow) For cooling only model Product rear view TS sensor (gray) TS sensor (black) TK sensor (white) TK5 sensor (green) TK sensor (blue) - One farther to you TL sensor (red) TK sensor (black) - One closer to you 75 -

277 . 7 Part to be replaced Temperature sensors - locations and idenfication colors MAP0A6 MAPA6 MAP06 MAP606 MMP8B6 Work procedure Remarks Product front view TG sensor(blue) TG sensor(red) TL sensor(yellow) TL sensor(gray) Example:for Asia model TG sensor(blue) TG sensor(red) TL sensor(yellow) TL sensor(gray) For only Europe and Turkey model TL sensor(yellow) TL sensor(gray) For cooling only model Product rear view TS sensor (black) TS sensor (gray) TK sensor (white) TK sensor (black) - One closer to you TK5 sensor (green) TK sensor (blue) - One farther to you TL sensor (red) 76

278 . Part to be replaced 7 Temperature sensors - locations and idenfication colors MAPA6 MAP6A6 MAP806 MAP006 MAP06 Work procedure Remarks Product front view TG sensor(blue) TG sensor(red) TL sensor(yellow) TL sensor(gray) Example:for Asia model TG sensor(blue) TG sensor(red) TL sensor(yellow) TL sensor(gray) For only Europe and Turkey model TL sensor(yellow) TL sensor(gray) For cooling only model Product rear view TK sensor (white) TS sensor (gray) TK sensor (black) - One closer to you TS sensor (black) TK sensor (blue) - One farther to you TL sensor (red) TK5 sensor (green) 77

279 (For HT8(J)P, HT7(J)P, HT8(J)P-ME, HT7P-ME, T8(J)P-E, HT8P-A, HT8P-C model). Part to be replaced Remarks Work procedure 8 Pipe fixing rubber - detachment/ attachment MAP0806* MAP006* MAP06* MAP0A6 MAPA6 MAP06 MAP606 MAPA6 MAP6A6 MAP806 MAP006 MAP06 78

280 (For HT8(J)P-E, HT8(J)P-TR model). Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks 8 Pipe fixing rubber - detachment/ attachment MAP0806* MAP006* MAP06* MAP06* MAP606* MAP806* MAP006* MAP06* 79

281 (For T8(J)P, T7(J)P, 8P-SG, T8(J)P-ID, T8(J)P-T model). Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks 8 Pipe fixing rubber - detachment/ attachment MAP0806* MAP006* MAP06* MAPB6* MAP06* MAP606* MAP8B6* MAP806* MAP006* MAP06* 80

282 . Part to be replaced 8 Pipe fixing rubber - detachment/ attachment (common) Work procedure Remarks ) WARNING Wear a pair of gloves. Otherwise, you will risk an injury involving a replacement part or some other object.. Detachment ) Hold the pipe fixing rubber in such a manner that your fingers and thumb are in contact with the two longitudinal ends of the piece, and squeeze it a little to create a small gap between the rubber and the stainless steel band wrapped around it. ) Push the hook end of the stainless steel band down to disengage the hook from the square hole. Squeeze rubber to create small gap. ) Push band down in arrow direction.. Attachment ) The pipe fixing rubbers use a two-segment design to accommodate a wide range of pipe combinations. When installing them, therefore, it is recommended to first split them up into segments and pair the segments up only after placing them on pipes of matching sizes separately. In this regard, make sure that the mating tooth and slit of pairing segments face each other. ) When placing an stainless steel band around pipe fixing rubber, make sure that the hook end of the stainless steel band coincides with the slit side of the rubber. (The band can be placed the other way around, but only at the expense of work efficiency.) ) Place the stainless steel band tightly around the pipe fixing rubber so that there is no gap between them. Take utmost care not to create a gap over the curved section of the rubber where the hairpin side of the band is located. ) While holding the rubber, press down the base of the hook lightly against the rubber, and engage the hook with the square hole by squeezing the curved section of the rubber where the square hole side of the band is located (see the arrow). (If the hook does not engage with the square hole, recheck whether there is a gap between the band and rubber.) Place two segments of damper on pipes of matching sizes separately, making sure tooth and slit of pairing segments face each other. ) Align tooth and slit and push two segments towards each other. ) Make sure that hook end of stainless steel band coincides with slit side of rubber. Slide it along. Place band tightly around rubber without a gap between them. ) Push square hole end of tape in arrow direction by squeezing rubber. ) Press down hook side of tape against rubber. 8

283 . Part to be replaced 9 ) -way valve - detachment/ attachment MAP0806 MAP006 MAP06 ) This process "N0.9" doesn't need for Cooling only models because it doesn't have -way valve. Work procedure Remarks For HT8(J)P, HT7(J)P, HT8(J)P, HT8(J)P-ME, HT7P-ME, T8(J)P-E, HT8P-A model WARNING PMV Wear a pair of gloves. Otherwise, you will risk an injury involving a replacement part or some other object. Before starting the work, be sure to recover the refrigerant of outdoor unit by removing it with a refrigerant recovery device. 5 Brazed point. Detachment ) Remove the lower cabinet (front side). ) Remove the inverter box in accordance with the dismantling instructions. ) Disconnect the -way valve coil and PMV coil ( piece) and 5, 5 coils ( pieces) and get all wiring located near the -way valve out of the way. ) Remove brazed points ( locations) for the PMV assembly, which is placed in front of the -way valve. * Provide adequate cover for the PMV to protect it from overheating. Brazed point For HT8(J)P-E, HT8(J)P-TR model 5 PMV 5 5) Since it is difficult to simultaneously remove the brazed points for the pipes located above the way valve ( locations), cut through them just below the brazed points using a saw, etc. 6) Detach the pipe located below the -way valve. 7) Remove the end sections of the pipes above the -way valve, which were cut in step 5). 8) Install a new -way valve. * Provide adequate cover for the -way valve to protect it from overheating. During the installation, insert pipes firmly into the -way valve, or a blockage or leakage involving brazing filler metal may result. 7) End sections of pipes ( locations) 9) Reinstall the PMV assembly, which was removed in step ). * Provide adequate cover for the PMV to protect it from overheating. 0) Reinstall all the coils removed in step ), and put the wiring back to its initial state. ) Reinstall the inverter box in accordance with the installation instructions. ) Reinstall the lower cabinet. 8 5) ting line -way valve Brazed point

284 . Part to be replaced 9 ) -way valve - detachment/ attachment (continued) MAP0A6 MAPA6 MAP06 MAP606 ) This process ".9" doesn't need for cooling only models because it doesn't have -way valve. Work procedure Remarks For HT8(J)P, HT7(J)P, HT8(J)P-ME, HT7P-ME, T8(J)P-E, HT8P-A, HT8P-C model WARNING Wear a pair of gloves. Otherwise, you will risk an injury involving a replacement part or some other object. PMV PMV Before starting the work, be sure to recover the refrigerant of outdoor unit by removing it with a refrigerant recovery device. Brazed point. Detachment ) Remove the lower cabinet (front side). ) Remove the inverter box in accordance with the dismantling instructions. ) Disconnect the -way valve coil and PMV, PMV coils ( pieces) and 5, 5 coils ( pieces) and get all wiring located near the -way valve out of the way. ) Remove brazed points ( locations) for the PMV assembly, which is placed in front of the -way valve. Brazed point For HT8(J)P-E, HT8(J)P-TR model 5 * Provide adequate cover for the PMV proper to protect it from overheating. 5) Since it is difficult to simultaneously remove the brazed points for the pipes located above the way valve ( locations), cut through them just below the brazed points using a saw, etc. 6) Detach the pipe located below the -way valve. 7) Remove the end sections of the pipes above the -way valve, which were cut in step 5). 8) Install a new -way valve. 5 7) End sections of pipes ( locations) * Provide adequate cover for the -way valve to protect it from overheating. During the installation, insert pipes firmly into the -way valve, or a blockage or leakage involving brazing filler metal may result. 9) Reinstall the PMV assembly, which was removed in step ). * Provide adequate cover for the PMV to protect it from overheating. 0) Reinstall the PMV assembly, which was removed in step ), and put the wiring back to its initial state. ) Reinstall the inverter box in accordance with the installation instructions. ) Reinstall the lower cabinet. 8 5) ting line -way valve Brazed point

285 . Part to be replaced 9 ) -way valve - detachment/ attachment (continued) MAPA6 MAP6A6 MAP806 MAP006 MAP06 Work procedure Remarks WARNING 6) End sections of pipes ( locations) Wear a pair of gloves. Otherwise, you will risk an injury involving a replacement part or some other object. ) This process ".9" doesn't need for cooling only models because it doesn't have -way valve. Before starting the work, be sure to recover the refrigerant of outdoor unit by removing it with a refrigerant recovery device. ) ting line -way valve. Detachment ) Remove the lower cabinet (left and right). ) Remove the inverter box in accordance with the dismantling instructions. ) Disconnect the -way valve coil and get all wiring located near the -way valve out of the way. ) Since it is difficult to simultaneously remove the brazed points for the pipes located above the way valve ( locations), cut through them just below the brazed points using a saw, etc. 5) Detach the pipe located below the -way valve. 6) Remove the end sections of the pipes above the -way valve, which were cut in step 5). 7) Install a new -way valve. * Provide adequate cover for the -way valve to protect it from overheating. During the installation, insert pipes firmly into the -way valve, or a blockage or leakage involving brazing filler metal may result. 8) Reinstall all the coils removed in step ), and put the wiring back to its initial state. 9) Reinstall the inverter box in accordance with the installation instructions. 0) Reinstall the lower cabinet. For HT8(J)P, HT7(J)P, HT8(J)P-ME, HT7P-ME, T8(J)P-E, HT8P-A, HT8P-C model For HT8(J)P-E, HT8(J)P-TR model ting through of pipes located above -way valve ( locations) -way valve Removing of brazed point for pipe located below -way valve ( location) Support plate * *)Be careful for support-plate near the way-valve when conduct the replacement. 8 Brazed point

286 P.C. BOARD EXCHANGE PROCEDURES Outdoor Unit -. Replacement of outdoor P.C. board -- List of service P.C. boards Parts code T6V8 T6V68 T6V67 T6V6 T6V66 Parts code T6V8 T6V69 T6V67 T6V6 T6V66 Parts code T6V8 T6V60 T6V67 T6V6 T6V65 T6V66 Description Interface P.C. board Inverter P.C. board for compressor Inverter P.C. board for fan ise filter P.C. board Demand Response P.C. board (For MMY-MAP****HT8P-A) Applicable model Description Interface P.C. board Inverter P.C. board for compressor Inverter P.C. board for fan ise filter P.C. board Demand Response P.C. board (For MMY-MAP****HT8P-A) Applicable model Description Interface P.C. board Inverter P.C. board for compressor Inverter P.C. board for fan ise filter P.C. board (Left side) ise filter P.C. board (Right side) Demand Response P.C. board (For MMY-MAP****HT8P-A) Applicable model MMY-MAP0806 MMY-MAP006 MMY-MAP06 MMY-MAPB6 MMY-MAP0A6 MMY-MAPA6 MMY-MAP06 MMY-MAP606 ΜΜY-MAP8B6 MMY-MAPA6 MMY-MAP6A6 MMY-MAP806 MMY-MAP006 MMY-MAP06 P.C. board type code MCC-67 MCC-669 MCC-659 MCC-608-A,B Product code ASM-PCB(I/F) ASM-PCB(AIPDU) ASM-PCB(FANIPDU) ASM-PCB(N/F) MCC-65 ASM-PCB(DRC) P.C. board type code MCC-67 MCC-669 MCC-659 MCC-608-A,B Product code ASM-PCB(I/F) ASM-PCB(AIPDU) ASM-PCB(FANIPDU) ASM-PCB(N/F) MCC-65 ASM-PCB(DRC) P.C. board type code MCC-67 MCC-660 MCC-659 MCC-608-A,B MCC-608-A,B Product code ASM-PCB(I/F) ASM-PCB(AIPDU) ASM-PCB(FANIPDU) ASM-PCB(N/F) ASM-PCB(N/F) MCC-65 ASM-PCB(DRC) -- Configuration of inverter assembly MMY-MAP0806* MMY-MAP006* MMY-MAP06* MMY-MAPB6* Inverter P.C. board for fan [FAN IPDU] (MCC-659) Interface P.C. board [Outdoor control P.C. board] (MCC-67) ise Filter P.C. board (MCC-608) Power supply terminal block Communication terminal block Thermistor For MMY-MAP****HT8P-A Transformer Inverter P.C. board for Compressor [A IPDU] (MCC-669) Inverter P.C. board for Compressor [A IPDU] (MCC-669) 85 Magnet Contactor Demand Response P.C. board (MCC-65)

287 MMY-MAP0A6 MMY-MAPA6 MMY-MAP06 MMY-MAP606 MMY-MAP8B6 Inverter P.C. board for fan [FAN IPDU] (MCC-659) Interface P.C. board [Outdoor control P.C. board] (MCC-67) ise Filter P.C. board (MCC-608) Power supply terminal block Communication terminal block Thermistor For MMY-MAP****HT8P-A Transformer Relay terminal block for reactor Inverter P.C. board for Compressor [A IPDU] (MCC-669) MMY-MAPA6 MMY-MAP6A6 MMY-MAP806 MMY-MAP006 MMY-MAP06 Inverter P.C. board for fan [FAN IPDU] Relay terminal block (MCC-659) for reactor Inverter P.C. board for Compressor [A IPDU] (MCC-669) Magnet Contactor Interface P.C. board [Outdoor control P.C. board] (MCC-67) Demand Response P.C. board (MCC-65) ise Filter P.C. board (MCC-608) Power supply terminal block Communication terminal block Thermistor For MMY-MAP HT8P-A Inverter P.C. board for fan [FAN IPDU] (MCC-659) Inverter P.C. board for Compressor [A IPDU] (MCC-660) Inverter P.C. board for Compressor [A IPDU] (MCC-660) 86 Magnet Contactor Demand Response Transformer P.C. board (MCC-65)

288 --.Interface P.C. Board (MCC-67) Replacement Procedure This Interface board is commonly installed in different models before shipment. When the board assembly is to be replaced, check the displayed inspection contents below and replace the board in accordance with the model, following the below procedure. Replacement steps: () Turn off the power supply of the outdoor unit and wait at least minutes. () Remove all of the connectors connected to the interface board. (Remove the connectors by pulling the connector body. Do not pull the wire). () Remove the interface board from the six PCB mounts (①). () the jumper wires of the service board, as instructed in the table below. The jumper setting differs from original supplied PCB, therefore be sure to configure the Jumpers as in the table below. If the model is not specified, inspection code "L0" is displayed and the equipment will not operate. Produits France Model name Service P.C. Board MMY-MAP0806HT8/7(J)P* MMY-MAP006HT8/7(J)P* MMY-MAP06HT8/7(J)P* MMY-MAP06HT8/7(J)P* MMY-MAP606HT8/7(J)P* MMY-MAP806HT8/7(J)P* MMY-MAP006HT8/7(J)P* MMY-MAP06HT8/7(J)P* MMY-MAP0806HT8(J)P-E/-TR MMY-MAP006HT8(J)P-E/-TR MMY-MAP06HT8(J)P-E/-TR MMY-MAP06HT8(J)P-E/-TR MMY-MAP606HT8(J)P-E/-TR MMY-MAP806HT8(J)P-E/-TR MMY-MAP006HT8(J)P-E/-TR MMY-MAP06HT8(J)P-E/-TR MMY-MAP0806T8(J)P-E MMY-MAP006T8(J)P-E MMY-MAP06T8(J)P-E MMY-MAP06T8(J)P-E MMY-MAP606T8(J)P-E MMY-MAP806T8(J)P-E MMY-MAP006T8(J)P-E MMY-MAP06T8(J)P-E MMY-MAP0806T8/7(J)P# MMY-MAP006T8/7(J)P# MMY-MAP06T8/7(J)P# MMY-MAPB6T8/7(J)P# MMY-MAP06T8/7(J)P# MMY-MAP606T8/7(J)P# MMY-MAP8B6T8/7(J)P# MMY-MAP806T8/7(J)P# MMY-MAP006T8/7(J)P# MMY-MAP06T8/7(J)P# MMY-MAP0806HT8/7(J)P-ME MMY-MAP006HT8/7(J)P-ME MMY-MAP0A6HT8/7(J)P-ME MMY-MAP06HT8/7(J)P-ME MMY-MAPA6HT8/7(J)P-ME MMY-MAP06HT8/7(J)P-ME MMY-MAPA6HT8/7(J)P-ME MMY-MAP606HT8/7(J)P-ME MMY-MAP6A6HT8/7(J)P-ME MMY-MAP806HT8/7(J)P-ME MMY-MAP006HT8/7(J)P-ME Model size 990W 0W 600W 990W 0W 600W 990W 0W 600W 990W 0W 600W 990W 0W 990W 0W 600W 0W 600W J0 J06 J07 J09 J0 J * The characters in accordance with the destination may attach to the end of model name. (Blank, -A, -C) # The characters in accordance with the destination may attach to the end of model name. (Blank, -ID, -SG, -T) 87 J J

289 ① ① PCB Mounts Interface P.C.Board T6V8 Dip Switches ① SW06 SW07 SW09 SW0 SW SW SW SW SW6 SW7 Jumpers Push this part to the direction of the arrow. And remove the PCB. ① PCB Mounts ① ① ① (5) Set the dip switch settings of the service board to match the switch settings of the PCB being replaced. (6) Install the service board to the outdoor control unit (Confirm that it is securely fixed to the PCB Mounts). (7) Connect the connectors (Confirm that they are correctly and securely inserted). (8) If a component on the board is bent during board replacement, adjust it manually ensuring that it is not short or contact other parts. (9) Install the cover, then turn on the power supply. Check the operation. 88

290 --. Comp-IPDU P.C. Board (MCC-669) Replacement Procedure <MAP0806, 006, 06, B6 type> This board is commonly installed in different models before shipment. Set the DIP switch (SW800) setting of the service board to the switch setting before replacement. Replacement Steps: () Turn off the power supply of the outdoor unit and allow at least minutes for the capacitor to discharge. ()Remove all the connectors and the Faston and screw terminals(①) connected to the Compressor IPDU. (Remove the connectors by pulling the connector body. Do not pull the wire). ()Remove all the four screws(②) which secures the Compressor IPDU to the Heat sink. (These screws are to be re-used after procedure.) ()Remove the Compressor IPDU from the four spacers (③) by pinching the top of the spacers by round-nose pliers. Compressor IPDU (T6V68) Ex. MMY-MAP06HT8P ①YELLOW lead wire ①BLACK lead wire ①Reactor lead wire ③ ③ ②Screw ①WHITE lead wire ①RED lead wire ①Reactor lead wire ②Screw Compressor IPDU (MCC-669 Pinch this part by round-nose pliers for removing the PCB. ③ SW800 ①BLUE lead wire Spacer ③ ①RED lead wire ( are in packed in this service assembly) ①WHITE lead wire ①BLACK lead wire 89

291 (5) Set the DIP switch (SW800) setting of the service board to match the switch setting from the original PCB. -Set the DIP switch (SW800) depending on the position of the IPDU within the electrical box, as shown in the following diagram. Ex. MMY-MAP06HT8P Compressor IPDU Left Side For Compressor: DIP switch (SW800) setting Compressor IPDU Right Side For Compressor: DIP switch (SW800) setting (6) Apply the Silicone Thermal Grease to the semiconductors (DB0, Q0) on the service PC board, and align the positions of the heat sink holes to mount the Compressor IPDU on the outdoor control unit. And fix the Compressor IPDU to the outdoor control unit by the spacers (③). Uniformly apply the Silicone Thermal Grease to the heat dissipating surfaces of the IPM (Q0) and rectifier (DB0). te: Do this work carefully since allowing any dirt, scratches, etc. to be left on the PC board mounting areas of the semiconductors will impair the heat dissipation effect and may result in a failure. Silicone Thermal Grease use one of the following Momentive Performance Materials TIG000 Dow Corning Toray SC0 Mizutani Electric Ind HSC000 Shin-Etsu Chemical G-76 or G-77 (7) Screw the Compressor IPDU to the heat sink by the four screws that were removed in step (). If the screws are loose, the effect component will generate heat, and cause it to breakdown. Do not use an electric driver or an air driver. As it can cause component damage. The torque of the screws for DB0 and Q0 is.nm. (8) Re-connect the connectors and Faston and screw terminals(①). Be sure that all the connectors and the screw terminals are connected correctly and securely inserted. T6 te: ①When connecting the white lead wire which is connected to CN0, be absolutely sure that it is passed through the T6 transformer and then connected ②When connecting the black lead wire which is connected to CN0, be absolutely sure that it is passed through the T6 transformer and then connected (If it is not passed through the transformer, it will not be possible for the input current level to be measured correctly, and a compressor failure may result.) (9) If the components on the PCB were bent during this procedure, straighten them so they do not touch other parts. (0) Install the cover, then turn on the supply. Check the operation. 90 T6 DB0 Q0

292 --5. Comp-IPDU P.C. Board (MCC-669) Replacement Procedure <MAP0A6, A6, 06, 606, 8B6 type> This board is commonly installed in different models before shipment. Set the DIP switch (SW800) setting of the service board to the switch setting before replacement. Replacement Steps: () Turn off the power supply of the outdoor unit and allow at least minutes for the capacitor to discharge. ()Remove all the connectors and the Faston and screw terminals(①) connected to the Compressor IPDU. (Remove the connectors by pulling the connector body. Do not pull the wire). ()Remove all the four screws(②) which secures the Compressor IPDU to the Heat sink. (These screws are to be re-used after procedure.) ()Remove the Compressor IPDU from the four spacers (③) by pinching the top of the spacers by round-nose pliers. Compressor IPDU (T6V69) Ex. MMY-MAP606HT8P ①YELLOW lead wire ①BLACK lead wire ①Reactor lead wire ③ ③ ②Screw ①WHITE lead wire ①RED lead wire ①Reactor lead wire ②Screw Compressor IPDU MCC-669 Pinch this part by round-nose pliers for removing the PCB. ③ SW800 ①BLUE lead wire Spacer ③ ①RED lead wire ( are in packed in this service assembly) ①WHITE lead wire ①BLACK lead wire 9

293 (5) Set the DIP switch (SW800) setting of the service board to match the switch setting from the original PCB. -Set the DIP switch (SW800) depending on the position of the IPDU within the electrical box, as shown in the following diagram. Ex. MMY-MAP606HT8P Compressor IPDU Left Side For Compressor: DIP switch (SW800) setting Compressor IPDU Right Side For Compressor: DIP switch (SW800) setting (6) Apply the Silicone Thermal Grease to the semiconductors (DB0, Q0) on the service PC board, and align the positions of the heat sink holes to mount the Compressor IPDU on the outdoor control unit. And fix the Compressor IPDU to the outdoor control unit by the spacers (③). Uniformly apply the Silicone Thermal Grease to the heat dissipating surfaces of the IPM (Q0) and rectifier (DB0). te: Do this work carefully since allowing any dirt, scratches, etc. to be left on the PC board mounting areas of the semiconductors will impair the heat dissipation effect and may result in a failure. Silicone Thermal Grease use one of the following Momentive Performance Materials TIG000 Dow Corning Toray SC0 Mizutani Electric Ind HSC000 Shin-Etsu Chemical G-76 or G-77 (7) Screw the Compressor IPDU to the heat sink by the four screws that were removed in step (). If the screws are loose, the effect component will generate heat, and cause it to breakdown. Do not use an electric driver or an air driver. As it can cause component damage. The torque of the screws for DB0 and Q0 is.nm. (8) Re-connect the connectors and Faston and screw terminals(①). Be sure that all the connectors and the screw terminals are connected correctly and securely inserted. T6 te: ①When connecting the white lead wire which is connected to CN0, be absolutely sure that it is passed through the T6 transformer and then connected ②When connecting the black lead wire which is connected to CN0, be absolutely sure that it is passed through the T6 transformer and then connected (If it is not passed through the transformer, it will not be possible for the input current level to be measured correctly, and a compressor failure may result.) (9) If the components on the PCB were bent during this procedure, straighten them so they do not touch other parts. (0) Install the cover, then turn on the supply. Check the operation. 9 T6 DB0 Q0

294 --6. Comp-IPDU P.C. Board (MCC-660) Replacement Procedure <MAPA6, 6A6, 806, 006, 06 type> This board is commonly installed in different models before shipment. Set the DIP switch (SW800) setting of the service board to the switch setting before replacement. Replacement Steps: () Turn off the power supply of the outdoor unit and allow at least minutes for the capacitor to discharge. ()Remove all the connectors and the Faston and screw terminals(①) connected to the Compressor IPDU. (Remove the connectors by pulling the connector body. Do not pull the wire). ()Remove all the eight screws(②) which secures the Compressor IPDU to the Heat sink. (These screws are to be re-used after procedure.) ()Remove the Compressor IPDU from the four spacers (③) by pinching the top of the spacers by round-nose pliers. Compressor IPDU (T6V60) Ex. MMY-MAP06HT8P ①YELLOW lead wire ③ ①BLACK lead wire ①Reactor lead wire ③ ①WHITE lead wire ②Screw ②Screw ②Screw ①RED lead wire ①Reactor lead wire ②Screw Compressor IPDU MCC-660 Pinch this part by round-nose pliers for removing the PCB. ③ SW800 ①BLUE lead wire Spacer ③ ①RED lead wire ( are in packed in this service assembly) ①WHITE lead wire ①BLACK lead wire 9

295 (5) Set the DIP switch (SW800) setting of the service board to match the switch setting from the original PCB. -Set the DIP switch (SW800) depending on the position of the IPDU within the electrical box, as shown in the following diagram. Ex. MMY-MAP06HT8P Compressor IPDU Left Side For Compressor: DIP switch (SW800) setting Compressor IPDU Right Side For Compressor: DIP switch (SW800) setting (6) Apply the Silicone Thermal Grease to the semiconductors (DB0, DB0, DB0, Q0) on the service PC board, and align the positions of the heat sink holes to mount the Compressor IPDU on the outdoor control unit. And fix the Compressor IPDU to the outdoor control unit by the spacers (③). Uniformly apply the Silicone Thermal Grease to the heat dissipating surfaces of the IPM (Q0) and rectifier (DB0, DB0, DB0). te: Do this work carefully since allowing any dirt, scratches, etc. to be left on the PC board mounting areas of the semiconductors will impair the heat dissipation effect and may result in a failure. Silicone Thermal Grease use one of the following Momentive Performance Materials TIG000 Dow Corning Toray SC0 Mizutani Electric Ind HSC000 Shin-Etsu Chemical G-76 or G-77 (7) Screw the Compressor IPDU to the heat sink by the eight screws that were removed in step (). If the screws are loose, the effect component will generate heat, and cause it to breakdown. Do not use an electric driver or an air driver. As it can cause component damage. The torque of the screws for DB0, DB0, DB0 and Q0 is.nm. (8) Re-connect the connectors and Faston and screw terminals(①). Be sure that all the connectors and the screw terminals are connected correctly and securely inserted. T6 te: ①When connecting the lead wire, don't touch PCB part of the T0 transformer. ②When connecting the white lead wire which is connected to CN0, be absolutely sure that it is passed through the T6 transformer and then connected. ③When connecting the black lead wire which is connected to CN0, be absolutely sure that it is passed through the T6 transformer and then connected. ④When connecting the red lead wire which is connected to CN0, be absolutely sure that it is passed through the T0 transformer and then connected. ⑤When connecting the white lead wire which is connected to CN0, be absolutely sure that it is passed through the T0 transformer and then connected. (If it is not passed through the transformer, it will not be possible for the input current level to be measured correctly, and a compressor failure may result.) (9) If the components on the PCB were bent during this procedure, straighten them so they do not touch other parts. (0) Install the cover, then turn on the supply. Check the operation. 9 DB0 T6 DB0 DB0 T0 T0 Q0 PCB part of the T0 transformer

296 --7. Fan-IPDU P.C. Board (MCC-659) Replacement Procedure This board is commonly installed in different models before shipment. Set the DIP switch (SW800) setting of the service board to the switch setting before replacement. Replacement steps: () Turn off the power supply of the outdoor unit and allow at least minutes for the capacitor to discharge. () Remove all the connectors and the Faston and screw terminals(①) connected to the FAN IPDU. (Remove the connectors and Faston terminals by pulling the connector body. Do not pull the wire). () Remove all the two screws(②) which secures the FAN IPDU to the Heat sink. (These screws are to be re-used after procedure.) () Remove the Fan IPDU from the four PCB Mounts (③). FAN-IPDU (T6V67) Ex. MMY-MAP06HT8P ③ SW800 ②Screw ③ ①Screw terminal BLUE lead wire ①Faston terminal RED lead wire ①Faston terminal WHITE lead wire FAN IPDU (MCC-659) ② ①Faston terminal BLACK lead wire Push this part to the direction of the arrow. And remove the PCB. ③ PCB Mounts ③ ①Faston terminal YELLOW lead wire (5) Confirm that no dirt or damage is on the sub heat sink. As it can reduce the heat transfer efficiency, and cause a breakdown. Remove the PCB IC0 Sub Heat Sink Heat Sink 95

297 (6) Set the DIP switch (SW800) setting of the service board to match the switch setting from the original PCB. -Set the DIP switch (SW800) depending on the position of the IPDU within the electrical box, as shown in the following diagram. Ex. MMY-MAP06HT8P FAN-IPDU Upper Side For Fan: DIP switch (SW800) setting Ex. MMY-MAP606HT8P Ex. MMY-MAP06HT8P FAN-IPDU Upper Side For Fan: DIP switch (SW800) setting FAN-IPDU Left Side For Fan: DIP switch (SW800) setting FAN-IPDU Upper Side For Fan: DIP switch (SW800) setting (6) Apply the Silicone Thermal Grease to the semiconductors (IC0) on the service PC board, and align the PCB mount holes on the PCB with the PCB mounts, and fix the FAN IPDU to the outdoor control unit by clipping the PCB into the PCB mounts (③). Uniformly apply the Silicone Thermal Grease to the heat dissipating surfaces of the IPM (IC0).. te: Do this work carefully since allowing any dirt, scratches, etc. to be left on the PC board mounting areas of the semiconductors will impair the heat dissipation effect and may result in a failure. Silicone Thermal Grease use one of the following Momentive Performance Materials TIG000 Dow Corning Toray SC0 Mizutani Electric Ind HSC000 Shin-Etsu Chemical G-76 or G-77 (7) Screw the FAN IPDU to the heat sink by the two screws that were removed in step (). If the screws are loose, the effected component will generate heat, and cause in to breakdown. Do not use an electric driver or an air driver, as it can cause component damage. The torque of screws (IC0) is 0.55Nm. (8) Re-connect the connectors and Faston and screw terminals(①). Be sure that all the connectors and the Faston terminals are connected correctly and securely inserted. (9) If the components on the PCB were bent during this procedure, straighten them so they do not to touch other parts. (0) Install the cover, then turn on the supply. Check the operation. 96

298 --8. ise Filter P.C. Board (MCC-608A, B) Replacement Procedure <MAP0806, 006, 06, B6, 0A6, A6, 06, 606, 8B6 type> Replacement steps: () Turn off the power supply of the outdoor unit and allow at least minutes for the capacitor to discharge. () Remove the terminal block sub-assembly ①. Remove the screws ② on the power supply terminal block ④ and the screws ③ securing the terminal block subassembly ①. he screws will be reused during the installation of the service P.C. board, so keep them in a safe place. Ex. MMY-MAP06HT8P ise Filter P.C. board (MCC-608) Line Filter⑨ PCB Mount⑦ Screw-on terminal⑧ ise Filter P.C. board (T6V6) ⑦ ⑧ ⑧ PCB Mount⑩ Screw⑤ Remove terminal block sub-assembly① ise Filter P.C. board (A) (MCC-608A) ② ⑩ ⑩ ⑧ ② ② ②Screw ⑧ ⑦ ⑧ ④Power supply terminal block ⑦ ⑦ ③Screw ③ ③ ise Filter P.C. board B (MCC-608B) ③ Screw⑥ ⑦ () Disconnect all the connectors and Faston terminals used to connect wiring to the noise filter P.C. board. he line filter ⑨ and its leads, both connected to the screw-on terminals ⑧ of the noise filter P.C. board (A) will be removed in step 6. D sconnect all the connectors and Faston terminals. 97

299 () Remove the earth screws ⑤, ⑥ and the three PCB mount ⑩. The removed earth screws ⑤, ⑥ and the PCB mount ⑩ will be reused during the installation of the service P.C. board, so keep them in a safe place. (5) Remove the noise filter P.C. board assembly by unlocking the four PCB mounts used to secure the P.C. board ⑦. (6) Remove the line filter ⑨ and its leads, both connected to the screw-on terminals ⑧ of the just-removed noise filter P.C. board (A), and reinstall them on the service P.C. board (A) by firmly connecting them to the screw-on terminals ⑧ in the same manner as before. (7) Install the service P.C. boards (A) and (B) in the outdoor unit controller. (Make sure that they are firmly secured to the PCB mounts ⑦ and ⑩.) Line Filter installation: Screw the line filter and the connecting wires together to the terminals as right figure. The torque of 6 screws of the line filter is.8ft lbs (.5Nm). Connecting Wire Please check that the screws connecting the line filter are not loose. If the screw is loose, the screw will generate heats, and cause the line filter to breakdown. Line Filter Do not use an electric driver or an air driver, as this can cause damage to the line filter. Connecting Wire Connect the wires according to the wiring diagram. Line Filter Line Filter (8) Securely connect the service P.C. boards to the chassis using the earth screws ⑤, ⑥ removed in step (). If either of the screws is loose, it will pose a risk of device failure by degrading noise control, so take care while engaging in the work. Nevertheless, do not use an electric or pneumatic screwdriver under any circumstances as it may lead to component damage. (9) Connect the wiring using the connectors and Fastons removed in step (). Make sure that the connectors and Fastons are connected correctly and securely. (0) If any component on the P.C. board becomes crooked during replacement, straighten it without touching any other component. () Mount the terminal block sub-assembly ① and firmly secure it using the screws ③. () Securely connect the red, white and black leads from the service P.C. board (A) to the power supply terminal block ④ using the screws ②. () Put the cover on, turn on the power, and check operation. Close-up view of screw-on terminals ⑧ Screw tightening torque (N m) Screw diameter M6 M M Torque (N m).5±0..±0. 0.5±0. 98 Close-up view of terminal block sub-assembly

300 --9. ise Filter P.C. Board (MCC-608A, B) Replacement Procedure <MAPA6, 6A6, 806, 006, 06 type (Left side of ise Filter Box)> Replacement steps: () Turn off the power supply of the outdoor unit and allow at least minutes for the capacitor to discharge. () Remove the terminal block sub-assembly ①. Remove the screws ② on the power supply terminal block ④ and the screws ③ securing the terminal block subassembly ①. he screws will be reused during the installation of the service P.C. board, so keep them in a safe place. Ex. MMY-MAP06HT8P subject: left side ise Filter P.C. board (MCC-608) ise Filter P.C. board (T6V6) Line Filter⑨ PCB Mount⑦ ⑦ Screw-on terminal⑧ ⑧ ⑧ PCB Mount⑩ Remove terminal block sub-assembly① ise Filter P.C. board (A) (MCC-608A) ② Screw⑤ Wire Clamp⑪ (Packed in this service assembly) ⑩ ⑧ ⑩ ② ⑧ ② ②Screw ④Power supply terminal block ⑦ ⑧ ③Screw ⑦ ⑦ ③ ③ ise Filter P.C. board B (MCC-608B) ③ Screw⑥ ⑦ () Disconnect all the connectors and Faston terminals used to connect wiring to the noise filter P.C. board. he line filter ⑨ and its leads, both connected to the screw-on terminals ⑧ of the noise filter P.C. board (A) will be removed in step 6. D sconnect all the connectors and Faston terminals. 99

301 () Remove the earth screws ⑤, ⑥ and the three PCB mount ⑩. The removed earth screws ⑤, ⑥ and the PCB mount ⑩ will be reused during the installation of the service P.C. board, so keep them in a safe place. (5) Remove the noise filter P.C. board assembly by unlocking the four PCB mounts used to secure the P.C. board ⑦. (6) Remove the line filter ⑨ and its leads, both connected to the screw-on terminals ⑧ of the just-removed noise filter P.C. board (A), and reinstall them on the service P.C. board (A) by firmly connecting them to the screw-on terminals ⑧ in the same manner as before. (7) Install the service P.C. boards (A) and (B) in the outdoor unit controller. Insert wire clamp ⑪ into the hole of P.C. board (A) (Make sure that they are firmly secured to the PCB mounts ⑦ and ⑩.) Line Filter installation: Screw the line filter and the connecting wires together to the terminals as right figure. The torque of 6 screws of the line filter is.8ft lbs (.5Nm). Connecting Wire Line Filter Please check that the screws connecting the line filter are not loose. If the screw is loose, the screw will generate heats, and cause the line filter to breakdown. Terminal Wire Clamp Do not use an electric driver or an air driver, as this can cause damage to the line filter. Connecting Wire Connect the wires according to the wiring diagram. Line Filter Terminal Line Filter (8) Securely connect the service P.C. boards to the chassis using the earth screws ⑤, ⑥ removed in step (). If either of the screws is loose, it will pose a risk of device failure by degrading noise control, so take care while engaging in the work. Nevertheless, do not use an electric or pneumatic screwdriver under any circumstances as it may lead to component damage. (9) Connect the wiring using the connectors and Fastons removed in step (). Make sure that the connectors and Fastons are connected correctly and securely. (0) If any component on the P.C. board becomes crooked during replacement, straighten it without touching any other component. () Mount the terminal block sub-assembly ① and firmly secure it using the screws ③. () Securely connect the red, white and black leads from the service P.C. board (A) to the power supply terminal block ④ using the screws ②. () Put the cover on, turn on the power, and check operation. Close-up view of screw-on terminals ⑧ Screw tightening torque (N m) Screw diameter M6 M M Torque (N m).5±0..±0. 0.5±0. 00 close-up view of terminal block sub-assembly

302 --0. ise Filter P.C. Board (MCC-608A, B) Replacement Procedure <MAPA6, 6A6, 806, 006, 06 type (Right side of ise Filter Box)> Replacement steps: () Turn off the power supply of the outdoor unit and allow at least minutes for the capacitor to discharge. () Remove the filter cover ①. Remove the screws ② on the Inverter assembly securing the filter cover ①. he screws will be reused during the installation of the service P.C. board, so keep them in a safe place. Ex. MMY-MAP06HT8P subject: right side ise Filter P.C. board (MCC-608) Line Filter⑨ PCB Mount⑦ Screw-on terminal⑧ ise Filter P.C. board (T6V65) ⑦ ⑧ ⑧ PCB Mount⑩ Screw⑤ Remove the filter cover① Screw② ② ise Filter P.C. board (A) (MCC-608A) ⑩ ⑩ ⑧ ⑧ ⑦ ⑧ ⑦ ⑦ filter cover① ise Filter P.C. board B (MCC-608B) ② Screw⑥ ② ⑦ () Disconnect all the connectors and Faston terminals used to connect wiring to the noise filter P.C. board. he line filter ⑨ and its leads, both connected to the screw-on terminals ⑧ of the noise filter P.C. board (A) will be removed in step 6. D sconnect all the connectors and Faston terminals. () Remove the earthing screws ⑤, ⑥ and the three PCB mount ⑩. he removed earthing screws ⑤, ⑥ and the PCB mount ⑩ will be reused during the installation of the service P.C. board, so keep them in a safe place. 0

303 (5) Remove the noise filter P.C. board assembly by unlocking the four PCB mounts used to secure the P.C. board ⑦. (6) Remove the line filter ⑨ and its leads, both connected to the screw-on terminals ⑧ of the just-removed noise filter P.C. board (A), and reinstall them on the service P.C. board (A) by firmly connecting them to the screw-on terminals ⑧ in the same manner as before. (7) Install the service P.C. boards (A) and (B) in the outdoor unit controller. (Make sure that they are firmly secured to the PCB mounts ⑦ and ⑩.) Line Filter installation: Screw the line filter and the connecting wires together to the terminals as right figure. The torque of 6 screws of the line filter is.8ft lbs (.5Nm). Connecting Wire Line Filter Please check that the screws connecting the line filter are not loose. If the screw is loose, the screw will generate heats, and cause the line filter to breakdown. Terminal Do not use an electric driver or an air driver, as this can cause damage to the line filter. Connecting Wire Connect the wires according to the wiring diagram. Terminal Line Filter Line Filter (8) Securely connect the service P.C. boards to the chassis using the earthing screws ⑤, ⑥ removed in step (). If either of the screws is loose, it will pose a risk of device failure by degrading noise control, so take care while engaging in the work. Nevertheless, do not use an electric or pneumatic screwdriver under any circumstances as it may lead to component damage. (9) Connect the wiring using the connectors and Fastons removed in step (). Make sure that the connectors and Fastons are connected correctly and securely. (0) If any component on the P.C. board becomes crooked during replacement, straighten it without touching any other component. () Mount the filter cover ① and firmly secure it using the screws ②. () Put the cover on, turn on the power, and check operation. Close-up view of screw-on terminals ⑧ Screw tightening torque (N m) Screw diameter M6 M M Torque (N m).5±0..±0. 0.5±0. close-up view of terminal block sub-assembly and filter cover 0